Thesaurus Palaeohibernicus/St. Gall Glosses on Priscian

From Wikisource
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Thesaurus Palaeohibernicus, Volume II  (1903) 
Whitley Stokes and John Strachan, eds.
St. Gall Glosses on Priscian

[ 49 ] PRISCIAN.

a. Codex Sangallensis. No. 904.

Cum omnis eloquentiae doctrinam et omne studiorum genus P- 1» sapientiae luce praefulgens a Graecorum fontibus diriuatum Latinos (ed. Hertz, 5 proprio sermone inuenio celebrasse et in omnibus illorum uestigia ^" ^' ' libralibus^ consecutos artibus uideo, nee in his solum quae emendate ab illis sunt prolata, sed etiam quosdam errores eorum amore Graecorum doctoruni deceptos imitari^ in quibus maxime Graeca uetustissima grammatica ars arguitur peccasse, cuius auctores, to quanto sunt iuniores, tanto^ perspicaciores, et ingeniis floruisse et diligentia ualuisse omnium iudicio confirmantur eruditissimorum — quid enim Herodiani artibus certius, quid Appollonii scropulosis deficilibusque quaestionibus enucleatius possit inueniri^ ? post (i. p. 2) illos^...conatus sum pro uiribus® rem arduam quidem...

...si eos imitor^ qui...

...quamuis ad Herodiani scriptorum pelagus et ad eius patris^ Appollonii spatiosa uolumina meorum compendiosa sunt existimanda scripta librorum.

Huius tamen operis te hortatorem sortitus iudicem quoque facio, P. 2a 2o luliane consul et patricie, cui summus dignitatis^ gradus summa adquisiuit* in omni studio^ ingenii claritudo^ non tantum accipiens** ab excelsis gradibus honorum pretii, quantum illis decoris addens tui, cuius mentem tam Homeri credo quam Virgilii animo constare, quorum uterque^ arcem possederat musicae, te tertium® ex utroque


1. .i. libardaib 2. attd diseirc" la laitnori innangrec^ P. la CO seichetair cid acomroircniu^ ' 3. inmeitso 4. issi tra indiassa 7'o{s)echestsiT som 5. indead innanisin 6. is huasneurt dom aradoidiigi

1. .i. ciinsamlai^ 2. aite

1. innaflaithemnachtce 2. hicach ceniul fis 7 ecni 3. .i. P- 2a intairdircus^ 4. .i. indias sin 5. .i. trisfer friu


1. i.e. lihrariis^. 2. the Latins have such love for the Greeks P. la that they follow even their errors. 4. it is this couple ^ then, that he has followed. 6. 'tis above my strength for its difficulty. 2. tutor'.

1. of the princedom. 2. in every kind of knowledge and wisdom. P. 2a 3. the conspicuousness. 4. ie. that pair. 5. i.e. the third man (joined) to them.

a: MS. adqssiuit b: MS. excipiens c: the second i over the line d: MS. innagxec e: MS. acomroicniu f: MS. indtairdircus g: 'libralibus' should of course be liberalibus h: i.e. ApoUonius and Herodianus i: i.e. Apollonius

[ 50 ]copossitum esse confirmans quippe non minus Graecorum quara

Latinorum in omni doctrinae genere praefulgentem. Tibi ergo hoc (i. p. 3) opus quasi ad Deum^ deuoueo, omnis eloquentiae praesul, ut quan- tamcumque inihi Deus annuerit suscepti laboris gloriam', te comite quasi quodam sole delucidius crescat.

Titulos etiam uniuersi operis per singulos* supposui libros...

...quae (sc. litterae) et in quas transeunt per declinationes uel compositi ones'* partium orationis.

...de accidentibus^" singulis sj^labis...

...de denominatiuis^ et uerbalibus...

...de figuris et earum compage^;

...de constructione^ sine ordinatione partium orationis inter se.

Philosophi diffiniunt, uocem esse aerem tenuissimum ictum uel (i. p. 5) sonum sensibilem aurium^ id est, quod proprie auribus accidit ut est prior diffinitio a substantia^ sumpta...

Articulata est, quae coortata*^ hoc est copulata cum aliquo sensu mentis eius, qui loquitur, profertur. Inarticulata est contraria uox quae* a nuUo affectu' mentis proficiscitur*. Quaedam, quae non possunt scribi intelliguntur tamen, ut sibili' hominum... aliae autem sunt, quae, quamuis scribantur tamen inar- ticulatae sunt, cum nihil significant^ ut ' coax,' ' era/ eas enim uoces quanquam intelligimus de quo^ sint uolucre profectae tamen inar-


amal hid dodia 7. .i. cid bee cid mar indinducbdl odia continued f^^fi^g^ denmo indUbuir bith md de do buith daitsiu hi coimthecht oco" 8. athitol re each libur arnaroib cummasc foir 9. .i. 25 ut accentus 'd- hi -c- 10. donaib hi thecrnohgat

1. .i. dinaib deainmmnichdechaib 2. acobds rhbis etar tl^ dirainn hi comsuidiguth 3. dligeth nimmognama rann

.i. citabiat chluasa 2. .i. afolad dianimmoblgaithcer uox 3. .i. ex acre et ore in unam uocem .i. doimmthastar fri slond 3° nintliuchta bis hisinmenmain'^ • " 4. .i. niastaider 7 nitimmorcar /rislond nintliucta^ 5. .i. hua duthracht 6. .i. ni cBSC07nlai 7. .1. iscosmart dor4taib indfet ' 8. .. nephthimmorti^ fri slond nintliuchta 9. .i. cide


6. as if it were to God. 7. i.e. whether the glory from God for 35 continued making the book be small or be great, it will be the greater from thy being associated in it. 8. before every book its title that there be no confusion upon it. 9. i.e. -as, accentus [= ad-cantus] into c. 10. of the things that happen.

2. the connexion which exists between the two parts in composition. 40 3. law of construction of parts.

1. i.e. which ears perceive. 2. i.e. the substance from which vox is produced. 3. i.e. it is combined to express the meaning which is in the mind. 4. i.e. it is not fastened down and it is not checked to express a meaning. 5. i.e. from volition. 6. i.e. it proceeds not. 45 7. i.e. the whistling is a signal by things. 8. i.e. not constrained to express a meaning. 9. i.e. from which.

a: leg. coartata b: the n is unusual; cf. Sg. 45" 19, fariioen deilb 90" 2, fomoin h deilb Sg. 201b 6 c: MS. meriiain d: the secoud n is over the line e: the second h is over the t

[ 51 ]ticulatae dicuntur. . . Scire autem debemus quod has quattuor species

uocum proficiunt quatuor superiores diffirentiae generaliter uoci accidentes'", binae per singulas inuicem coeuntes".

Lyttera est pars minima uocis compossitae, hoc est quae constat compositione literarum, minima autem, quantum ad totam adpre- hensionem uocis litteratae^ — ad banc enim etiam productae uocales- breuissimae partes inueniuntur — uel quod omnium breuissimum eorum', quae diuidi possunt, id quod diuidi non potest,

Dicitur autem litera...* a lituris^... Literas autem etiam yle- mentorum uocabulo** noncupauerunt ad similitudinem mundi yle- mentorum' : sicut etiam coeuntia^ omue^ perficiunt corpus, sic etiam haec coniuncta literalem uocem quasi corpus aliquod" componunt uel magis uere corpus est. Nam si aer corpus est", et uox, quae ex aere icto constat, corpus esse ostenditur, quippe cum et tangit^^ aurem et »5 tripartito diuiditur, quod est suum corporis, hoc est in altitudinem, latitudinem^^ longuitudinem, unde ex omni quoque parte" potest audiri. Praeterea tamen singulae syllabae'^ altitudinem quidem habent in tenore, crassitudinem uero uel latitudinem in spiritu^^ longuitudinem in tempore.


10. .i. hit cenelcha sidi doguth 11. [in marg.] .i. each gwAis^- ^? Jil and ata dechor immefohlgat tmanemnad ut diximus •

1. .i. hicoindeulc^ ingotho conitherchomraicthi olitrih 2. .i. P. 3b . deithhir limva nalitrae olchcenae 3. innani 4. .i. ualeiiomnaih 5. Consentius- A. timmorta li- (uia correptum lego 7 si a lino correp- 25 turn 7 is epenihesis dobeir -t- nand doimmohing fuit apud poetas reMqua 6. .i. oepertar doib ylementa 7. innandule 8. each di duil reUqua 9. innuile^ 10. .i.corpsuin 11. j iscorp 12, cani deithhir si dicatur corpus proprium est corporis tangere et tangi et diuidi reMqua 13. indasian .i, imhucai'^ lethit 30 14. ,i. dind trediu remep&rthu 15. cenmitha fodailter^ indrann insce 16. ,i, indasian i psiUtes^


10. ie. these are general to voice. 11. i.e. every aspect (species) P. 3 a which is therein there is a difference which they produce by doubling 'continued them, ut diximus.

1. i.e. in comparison with the word composed of letters. 2. i.e. P- 3b lawful, 1 deem (for) the other letters (to be brevissimae partes). 5. i.e. the li (in littera) is short because lego is short, etsi etc., and it is an epen- thesis that inserts a < in it, to make length in the poets, etc. 6. i.e. so that they are called elertienta. 8. every two elements (two by two), etc. 40 9. all (in the accusative sg.). 10. i.e. the body of the word. 11. and it is a body. 12. is it not lawful si, etc. 13. into roughness (Sao-ciav), i.e. into softness or breadth. 14. i.e. of the three things aforesaid. 15, besides that the part of speech is divided, 16. i.e. in roughness or i/^tAon/s.

a: The MS. has hicoindeilc, with w written above the last i<

b: the masc. article is used as Ir. corp is masc.

c: cf. fri buga, B. Ball. 324*36

d: cf. cenmitha aranecatar Sg. 65' 11

e: or psilin, Thomeysen

[ 52 ]Litera est igitur nota ylementi^^ et uelut imago quaedam uocis

literatae, quae cognoscitur ex qualitate^* uel quantitate" figurae linearum^". Hoc ergo interest inter ylementa^^ uel literas^, quod (i. p. 7) elementa proprie dicuntur ipsae pronuntiationes^, notae autem earum literae. Abussiue^ tamen et elementa pro Uteris et literae 5 pro elementis uocantur. Cum enim dicimus non posse^ constare^ in eadem syllaba r ante p, non de Uteris^ dicimus, sed de pronuntia- tione earum^^'^: nam quantum^" ad scripturam possunt coniungui, non tamen etiam pronuntiari, nisi postpossita r".

Sunt igitur figurae^ literarum quibus nos^ utimur uiginti tres, lo ipsae uero pronuntiationes' earum multo ampliores, quippe cum singulae uocales denos^'^ inueniantur sonos habentes uel plures, hamus®...


17, j, ngi inchoisc A. pronuntiationis .i. in chumachtai 7 ind- contmue yjj^^^y I3 j ^^^^ toraind A. cruindce t dirge t uocalis t 15 consonans 19. .i. omeit diflescaih his hisin tdrunt .i. mad oenjlesc is •i- mad^ diflisc is -n- reliqua 20. .i. iunangldosnathe^ i innafuath .i. ishe inglosndthe caractsir innalitev 21. .i. cumachtai'^ 22. carachtra 23. .i. derhaisndisin • derbfogir 24. .i. ind h'^adairberthach hith^ 25. .i. archuit aisiidisen 7 foguir 20 26. .i. hitosug suin 27. ni dichdrachtraib 28. .i. is archuit fogmr ni ruba nand ni archuit scribind 29. [marg.] stirps uinse" •r- ante -p- and sudet qui legat • - 30. .i. meit as ndo scribund 31. .i. an as niarmuidigthe^ -r- ut pro reliqua

1. A. inna tdranda 2. laitnorib 3. A.fogair 4. .i deichthi 5. coic deich coica 6. .i. decaih


17. i.e. a note of signification, i.e. of pronunciation, i.e. of the power continued and of the sound. 18. i.e. of the figure, i.e. roundness or straightness. 19. i.e. from the quantity of strokes in the figure, i.e. if it be one stroke it is an i, if two strokes it is an n, etc. 20. i.e. of the 30 lines or of the forms, i.e. the character of the letters is the figure*^. 21. i.e. powers. 22. characters. 23. i.e. certain precise pronun- ciations, certain precise sounds. 25. i.e. as regards pronunciation and sound. 26. i.e. in the beginning of a word. 28, i.e. it is as regards sound that it cannot be, not as regards writing. 29. stirps: 35 here is r before p therein. 30. i.e. as far as writing. 31. i.e. when r is postponed, as (in) pro, etc.

2. (we) Latins". 5. five tens, fifty.

a: Here by a kind of sandhi, mat has become mad before the d of di. So in Wb. 1c 10, ad drogduine from at drogdui7ie, and conatarad Dair, LL. 77*6, from conatarat Dair

b: MS. innaglaosnaithe

c: rectius cumachtae

d: coined to express ab-usiue

e: uinse (inse Ascoli) =uinnsi A. atd, O'Cl. huinse Conall Cemach sund LL. 252» 31, unse a ben lasin rig, ondat a bai issin tir arfar mbelaib 'here is his wife with the king, here are his cows in the country before you,' LL. 252*14, undseo LL. 100*3, undsea 101» 1, 2, uiinse, uniisi, ondar B.Ball. 320' 18

f: leg. niarsuidigthe ?

g: cf. quae est figura litterarum ? caractera quibus scribuntur etc., Clemens Scotus (Suppl. Gramm. Lat. xxxiii.).

h: Cf. ar preceptorib Wb. 19» 3, etc. Pedersen Celt. Zeitschr. ii. 379

[ 53 ]Praeterea" tamen i et u uocales, quando mediae sunt, altemos*

inter se sonos uidentnr confundere' '" positum"

Nomen, uelut a, b. Et sunt indeclinabilia tarn apud Graecos* ylementorum nomina quam apud Latinos, siue quod a barbaris (i. p- 8) 5 inuenta dicuntur, quod esse ostendit^^ Varro in ii de antiquitate literarum docens lingua Chaldaeorum singularum nomina literarum ad earum formas^^ esse facta, et ex hoc certum fieri, eos** esse primos P. 4b auctores literarum, siue quod simplicia^ haec et stabilia^ esse debent quasi fundamentum^ omnis doctrinae immobile, siue quod nee aliter lo apud Latinos poterant esse, cum a suis uocibus uocales nominentur, semiuocales uero in se disinant, mutae a se incipientes uocali termi- nentur, quas si flectas, signification quoque nominum una' euanescit^

Vocales igitur per se prolatae'^, ut dictum est, nomen suum ostendunt, absque x, quae sola ab i incipit per anostrophen^ 15 Graeci nominis ^ quae nouissime a Latinis assumpta post omnes ponitur' literas, quibus Latinae dictiones egent'" .... in


7. .i. issed a plus remeperthae 8. .i.fogur cechtar de aralalia P. 4 a J foguT naliter naile'^ airriusom A. ea?' -i- ut hominem- 9. Papirinus '^'"***""*'* I litera in locum u- literae posita sicut optimum et maximum 20 dicimus quae antiqui optumum et maxumum dicebant • > arba bes lasuidib • u • tarhesi ni ■ ut pessumus pro pessimus • ut priscianus in ante • > 10. [marg. 1.] archiunn 11. .i. anas suidigihe 12. nifail intesim so hisindlibnx romanach 13. .. dochru- thugud inna liter foib

1. .i. airbit comsuidichthl oafograib liter naile maduellatar .i. P. 4b conroib comsuidigud liter no sillah indib fri slond geniten veMqua 2. .i. cen diall 3. ar^ nicoir infotha utmall 4. .i. indinne bis indib riam .i. inne ainmmnichthe issi dm inne ainmranichthe guthaichthe a iurc6al treo fesin nibad samlaidson didiu ma duelltis - 30 reliqaa 5. .i. ladiall 6. .i. tinaid 7 atbail .i. facheirt in alios sonos • 7. ocrelad ananmmae 8. .i. treimpiUh csi 9. .i. ordd airic fil fuiri 10. aidlignigitir^ dano uadisi


7. i.e. this is the plus aforesaid. 8. i.e. the sound of each of the P. 4a two for the other, and the sound of the other letters for them, i.e. e for r, continued 35 as (in) hominem. 9. for it was a custom of theirs (to put) u instead of t, as in pessumus, etc. 10. further on. 11. i.e. when it is placed. 12. this text is not in the Roman book. 13. i.e. to form the letters according to them.

1. i.e. for they will be compounded of the sounds of other letters if P. 4b 4° they be declined, that is, so that there may be in them the composition of letters or syllables to signify a genitive, etc. 2. i.e. without declension. 3. for an unstable foundation is incongruous. 4. i.e. the meaning that is in them before, i.e. the meaning of denomination. This, indeed, is the meaning of the denomination of vowels, their production by them- 45 selves : it would not be thus, then, if they were declined, etc. 5. i.e. with declension. 6. i.e. it vanishes and perishes, i.e. it puts itself into other sounds. 7. manifesting their name. 8. i.e. by anastroi)he of ^. 9. i.e. the order of invention is (still) on it. 10. they indeed need it.

a: MS. tam apud Graecos comes after nomina b: MS. eorum c: n over a d: here ar is expressed by the Latin siglum for quia. So also in Sg. 4'> 3, 5» 4, 17" 5, 19*1, 21»» 13, 32» 9, 38» 2, bb^b, IV'b, 148» 9, 159« 3, 16PH, 164" 1, IBS'» 3, 174» 1, 179*5, 179*6, 188» 27, 188" 1, 189"!, 191» 5. 202» 2, 207" 2, 211» 14, 212" 16. In Sg. 7" 14 the siglum is the usual abbreviation for quam, but which, according to Thnrneysen is in Sg. used for quia e: MS. aidlignitir: corr. Ascoli «5

[ 54 ]commento"... semiuocales sunt septem^^ h autera aspirationis

est magis nota^^.

Ex his uocales dicuntur, quae per se uoces efficiunt et sine quibus uox literalis proferri non potest ^^ unde et nomen hoc prae- cipue sibi defendunt^^

5a Hae ergo quantum uincuntur^ a uocalibus, tantum superant mutas.

...in semiuocales, quae secundam habent euphoniam^ disinunt, quam nos sonoritatem" possumus dicere...' Semiuocales' autem sunt appellatae^, quia plenara uocem non habent, ut ' semideos ' et ' semi- lo uiros' appellamus, non qui demediam {uel dimidiam} partem habent deorum uel uirorum, sed qui pleni dii uel uiri non sunt^

Reliquae sunt mutae ... Et sunt qui non bene hoc nomen putant eas accipere . . . Qui nesciunt®, quod ad comparationem bene sonantium ita sint nominatae, uelut 'informis" dicitur mulier i^ non quae caret forma, sed quae est male formata, et sic 'frigidum' dicimus eum, qui non penitus expers est caloris^ sed qui minimo hoc utitur {uel cociturj.

Vocales apud Latinos sunt omnes ancipites^ uel liquidae", hoc est quae facile modo produci modo corripi possunt, sicut etiam apud 20 antiquissimos Graecorum erant ante inuentionem r) et co", quibus


11. .i. hisintrdctad 12. ithe se innahriathra 13. .i. continued is airi nistoburla -k 7 q 14. .i. rann insce niturgabar ade didiu 7 nirograigther^ cen guttai 15. .i. adsuidet

1. semiuocales .i. nochis miit fornllaislichiev son , 2. .1.-25 inhindius tdnaise indegaid nguttae • 3. .i. bindius 4. .i. Ni arindi bed leth iigotho nobed indib sem ar is huilliu • sed quia plenam uocem non habent sicut uocales -^ ^ 5. .i. trethesbaid naich baill dind deilb • 6. .i. hit he dodmainetar insin iudi qui reliqua 7. .i. michruthaigthe 8. .i. intesa 9. .i. eter fot 7 gair 30 10. t liquidae .i. hit lechdacha lesom in tan nddtechtat acht oin aimsir • isfollus asin tra, nand ainmm 7 nand cumachte legas dolechdagaib acht is aimraserad namma • > 11. .i. renairec ^ta 7 ft)


12. these are the words (of Servius). 13. i.e. therefore I do 35 continued ^^^ place it with k and q. 14. i.e. a part of speech; this then is not produced, nor can it be pronounced without vowels. 15. i.e. they keep.

1. that is, as far as they are surpassed. 2. i.e. the euphony (which comes) next after (that of the) vowels. 4. i.e. not that there is (only) 4© half of a voice in them, for it is more. 5. i.e. through the want of some member to the image". 6. i.e. it is they who think that, those who, etc. 8. i.e. of the heat. 9. i.e. both length and shortness. 10. i.e. he deems them liquids when they have only one time. Hence then it is clear that it is not the name and it is not the power which produces liquidity to 45 liquids, but it is temporality only. 11, i.e. before the invention of 17 and (I).

a: rograigt}ier=ro-fograigther; leg. nifograigther or ni rofograigther ? as the elision here would be exceptional, cf. Trans. Phil. Soc. 1895-6, p. 106 J.S.

b: cf. B. Ball. 318^ 39 sq. c: the gloss refers to pleni dii

[ 55 ]inuentis e et o*, quae ante ancipites erant'^ remanserunt^" perpetuo (i. p. 10)

breues", cum earum productarum loea" posesa sunt a supra dictis uocalibus semper longuis

. . .auctoritate tam^ Graecorum quam^ Latinorum ...[in marg.]^

Inuenitur tamen etiam ra ante n possitum, nee producens ante se uocalem more mutarum^

Apud antiquissimos Graecorum non plus quam sedecim erant (i- P- H) literae, quibus ab illis acceptis Latini antiquitatem seruauerunt perpetuam '.

f est Aeolicum digamma*'"', quod* apud antiquissimos Latinorum uerius eandem uim quam apud Aeolis habuit. Eum autem prope sonum^, quem nunc habet, significabat p cum aspiratione, sicut etiam apud ueteres Graecos pro <f) tt et h*°... Postea uero" in Latinis uerbis placuit loco p et h f scribi, ut 'fama/ 'filius/ 'facio,' loco autem 15 digammae u pro consonanteS quod cognatione soni^ uidebatur affinis P. 6a esse digammae ea litera*. Quare cum f loco mutae ponatur, id est p et h slue ^, miror^ banc inter semiuocales possuise artium scriptores. ... sed hoc potestatem literae motare non debuit^; si enim esset semiuocalis, necessario terminalis nominum inueniretur^ quod 20 minim e reperies^, nee ante 1 uel r in eadem syllaba poni posset, qui locus mutarum est* duntaxat, nee communem ante easdem


12. .i. coitchena riam eter fot 7 gair 13. doruarthatarP. 5& 14. .i. hithgairddi son .i. e 7 o 15. .i. indluic himhitis ^0"'^""«^ airdixi • e 7 o

1. .i. bithfotai sidi 2. emith 2a. emith 3. archiunn^- 5h 4. cinith mut 5. .i. suthain dano la laitnori anisin 6. .i. quasi dixisset nirhulitev ade onaue 7. t carachtar digaiva quod non bonum neutuv hie digamma 8. ol^ 9. emith infogur nisin 10. dasis 11. .i. lanuelitridi

1. .i. intan mhis archonsain 2. /oguir' 3. comociis P. 6a afogur diblinaib 4. admachdursa'^ .i. is machdad limm. 5. ni curnscaichthi cumachtae nairi cedoinscana si 6 guthdigthi 6. for- ceinnfitis anmmann inte 7. acht a ainmrri'^ fessin^ 8. buith relechdachaib


12. i.e. common before, both length and shortness. 14. i.e. P. 5a always short. 15. i.e. the places wherein used to be the longs e and o.

1. i.e. always long these. 3. below (lit. ahead). 4. although p. sb it is not a mute. 5. i.e. that then is perpetual with the Latins. 6. i.e. as if he had said it was not a letter till lately. 7. or the 40 character digamma, quod, etc. ; diyam,ma is here neuter. 9. such as that sound. 10. Saav<s. 11. i.e. with recent writers.

1. i.e. when it is for a consonant. 3. the sound of them both is p. 6a akin. 4. 1 marvel, i.e. I wonder. 5. the power (of the letter) is not to be changed from it, although it begins with a vowel. 6. nouns 45 would be ended in it. 7. save its own name. 8. being before liquids.

a: MS. e et o b: cf. Vol. i. p. 716 c: admachdursa is coined as a literal rendering of admiror, the idiomatic Irish for which is is machdad limm d: MS. aimva e: feisin, Windisch

[ 56 ]posita faceret syllabam. Postremo Graeci, quibiis in omnia doctrinae

auctoribus utimur, <f>, cuius locum f apud nos optinet, quod ostenditur in his maxime dictionibus, quas a Graecis sumpsimus', hoc est, 'fama,' 'fuga,' 'fur' mutam esse confirmant. Sciendum est tamen quod hie quoque error^** a quibusdam antiquis Graecorum graramaticis 5 inuassit Latinos", qui (f) et et 'x, semiuocalis putabant, nulla alia causa, nisi quod spiritus^'^ eis abundet, inducti^^ Quod si esset" spiritus^" enim potestatem literae non motat, unde nee uocales addita aspiratione aliae^^ fiunt et aliae^^* ea dempta^ Hoc tamen (i. p. 12) scire debemus, quod non fixis labris^^ est pronuntianda f, quomodo 10 ph^^, atque hoc solum interest ^^

K enim et q...cum c^"...eandem... potestatem continent. 'Kar- tago' enim et 'caput,' sine per c, sine per k scribantur, niillam faeiunt nec^ in sono nec^* in potestate in metro eiusdem consonantis differentiam^ Q uero propter nihil aliud scribenda uidetur esse^, 15 nisi ut ostendat, sequentem u ante alteram uocalem in eadem syllaba* possitam perdere uim literae in metro. Quod si ideo" alia litera® existimanda quam c^ debet g quoque, cum similiter* proponitur u amittenti u uim literae", alia^" putari, et alia""» " cum id non


9. [in marg.] nibbu machdath hetis grecdi 7 nothath^ foraih linni 20 7 dano it latindi amal sodain ut dixit prius • in latinis uerbis placuit • f usque facio'- 10. dram'^ f la lethguthsdgthi 11. .i. tre intsamailinna sengrec comroircnech 12. tinphed 13. dnamtar^ tuidchissCsidi onachfochun ailiu 14. anisin 15. atinphed 16. saini 16a. saini 17. timvathastaih cuvacaib 18. ^n 25 heulu dlutai 19. .i. inter • f 7 alias mutas .i. fogur tantum noda deligedar frimuta 7 is mutsi arachuitsidi^ 20. la -c-

1. emithifogur la. erriith 2. ind denfoguir ni fail dechor comfogair indih 3. niroscribad arnaill^ nisi 4. ^a -q- 7 lasingutai dodaiarmorat 5. .i. arthaidhsin nihelsa far -u- 30 6. liter sain 7. oldaas -c- sain • fri •c- 8. fri -q- 9. dond -u- 10. sain 10a. sain 11. [in marg.] .i. had liter sain -g 7 Mth charactav naill di amal sodain .i. iiitan -m- bis nihelas do -u- fri -g-


9. it were no wonder that they were Greek and . . . . ; and yet they 35 are Latin in that case, ut dixit, etc. 10. to count f with the semi- vowels, n. i.e. through imitation of the erroneous ancient Greeks. 1 3. when they were not led from any other cause. 1 7. compressed or close. 18. through compressed lips. 19. i.e. the sound only distinguishes it from mutes, and it is a mute so far as that goes.

1. as much in sound la. as. 2. of the one sound : there is no difference of consonance in them. 3. it was not written for anything else unless, etc. 4. with q and with the vowel that follows it. 5. i.e. for shewing the (metrical) nullity of w. 6. a different letter. 7. than c : different to c. 8. as q. 9. to the u. 1 1. i.e. in 45 that case let ^ be a different letter and have another character, to wit, when there is nullity in u beside g.

a: MS. fiunt alia dempta, corrected to fiunt et alia ea dempta b: KZ. 35, 355 ; the meaning is obscure c: The mark of length is over the r d: MS. ahamtar •with the mark of length over the n e: ^g. duidchi; of. Ml. 72<» 1 f: cf. Sg. 184" 1, 195*> 4, Wb. 11« 17, 12» 26 g: leg. ar na aill

[ 57 ]facit". Dicimus enim ' anguis" ' sicut ' quis ' et ' augur" ' sicut

iacur*'*.

Vnde si uelimus cum ueritate contemplari ^*, ut diximus, non plus quam xviii literas in Latino sermone habemus.... Nam y et z", 5 causa Graecorum.,.asciuimus^* nominum, h autem aspirationis nota et nihil aliud habet literae nisi figuram et quod in uersu^^scribitur inter alias literas. Quod si sufficeret^, ut ylementum putaretur, nihilomi- nus quorundam etiam numerorum figurae^^..elementa sunt ha- (i- p- 13) benda-". Sed minime hoc est adhibendum^, nee aliud aliquid^ ex lo accidentibus proprietatem ostendit^^ uniuscuiusque elementi, quo- modo potestas, qua^ caret aspiratio.. .. Vocalis non est [h], quia a se uocem non facif^, nee semiuocalis, cum nulla syllaba Latina uel Graeca in perfecta {in marg. t per integras} dictione in eam dissinat'*... Nulla eam syllaba plus duabus* mutis iuxta se'^ possitis', 15 nee plus tribus consonantibus continuare potest^

Videntur tamen i et u, cum in consonantes transeunt quantum P.


12. nihelas frie 13. nathir 14. mathmarc P. 6b 15. caebb • 00 • 16. lin liter laitinde 17. .i. ar n{ Jia^cotttmuerf inanmanaib ^aitindib 7 ni erchuiretar lin liter laitinde mrum 20 18. dorochuirsemmar 19. do immfolung fuit 20. anisin ascribend inter alias 21. nanota dram 22. bith^ techtai 23. nitedparthi inso arnibat litre nota aram ciascribtair hifers 24. alaill sain 25. nifail nach naiccidit taibsed sainred litre amaX donadhat chumacht&e 26. is dsuidiu 27. nirela aainin 25 aniaX guth-Axgthi" 7 ni diuschi fognr amal osana 28. Ni foircnithwr nach rann 6g indi • si enim inueniamus • uah • etc.

1. nibia dimiAtaib bes huilliu in oen sillsiib 2. occi p. 7a 3. inoen sosuth sillahe 4. trebrigedar cechconsain indegaid araile cengutai hetarru •


12. nullity beside it. 16. the number of the Latin letters. P. 6b 17. i.e. for they are not in Latin nouns (words), and so they do not «'^'^""^'^ increase^ (?) the number of Latin letters. 19. to cause length. 20. that, (namely) that it is written among the others. 21. the figures of numerals. 23. this is not to be applied, for the figures of numerals 35 will not be letters, although they are written in the verse. 24. another thing peculiar. 25. there is no accident which can display the peculi- arity of a letter as the power displays (it). 26. it is it (that it lacks) ^. 27. it does not manifest its name, like vowels, and it does not awaken sound, like consonants. 28. no complete part (of speech) ends in it.

1.there will not be more (than two) mutes in one syllable. 2. be- P. 7 a side it. 3. in one position of a syllable. 4. to continue each con- sonant (directly) after another without a vowel between them.

a: the true reading is cur, so that the puncta delentia would naturally refer to the first two letters of iacur : the corrupt iacur seems to be explained by the obscure gloss : with caehh cf. coep chro 7 fola LL. 172» 12, Zeitschr. f. deutsch. Alt. xx. 227

b: leg. bit

c: in full Sg. 18*6, 53» 1. But it is possible, as Thurneysen suggests, that guth . may be an abbreviation of guttai, guth . being written etymologically

d: cf. arcuiredar saegul Celt. Zeitschr. iii. 448

e: cf. the use of 6 after aidlignigur, e.g. Sg. 4^ 10

[ 58 ]ad potestatem®, quod raaximum est in elementis, aliae literae esse*

praeter supra dictas quia diuersum sonum^... habent quam- uis^ et Censorino.,.idem placuit^

Tantum^ enira fere interest intet uocales et consonantes, quan- tum inter animas et corpora. Vocales similiter ut per se mouentur 5 ad perficiendam syllabam et consonantes mouent secum^", consonantes uero sine uocalibus inmobiles* sunt". Et i quidem modo^^ pro (i. p. 14) simplici, modo pro duplici accipitur consonante: pro simplici, quando ab eo** incipit syllaba in principio dictionis posita subsequente uocali in eadem sillaba^^. . .pro duplici quando in medio dictionis ab eo xo P. 7b incipit syllaba" post uocalem antepossitam '* subsequente quoque uocali in eadem syllaba ut ' maius,' ' peius,' ' eius^,' in quo loco antiqui solebant geminare eandem i literam et ' maiius,' ' peiius,' 'eiius' scribere, quod non alitor^ pronuntiari posset quam^ si cum superiorly syllaba prior i, cum sequente^ altera proferetur, ut 15 ' pei-ius/ ' ei-ius,' ' mai-ius ' ; nam quamuis^ sit consonans, in eadem syllaba geminata iungi non posset ; ergo non alitor quam ' tellus,' 'mannus' proferri® debuit. ... nam tribus i iunctis qualis possit syllaba pronuntiari? quod^ Caesari ... placitum^" a Victore** quoque in arte grammatica in syllabis" comprobatur. Pro simplici quoque 20 in media dictione inuenitur, sed in compossitis, ut ' iniuria^V • • • • Virgilius in bucolico proceleusmaticum^^* posuit pro dactylo:


5. saini archuit cumachti 6. infogur 7. adas 8. atasaini litre archuit cumachti 9. inmeitse 10. toddiusgat guth nintiu 11. nistuaraschat feisin cengutai 12. cachlacein 13. la •{• 14. tosach sillaibe 15. remisi

1. .i. indensillaih disi ingute^ innadegaid 2. comtis ainmra- nidi atriur 3. nirubai nachcruth ailiii 4. oldaas 5. dd intairmmthechtas forsindi toisech frisiugutai reini 6. .i. lasin ngutai innadegaid 7. adas 8. dofurgahtais 9. .i. 30 andliged nisiii nephaccomoil inna teora liter inoen siYlaib 10. ro- toltanaigestar 11. sder ocsuidigtid sillah 12. archonsain diuit insin 13. tr^aig cethargarait


5. diverse as regards power. 6. the sound. 8. that they are different letters^ as regards power. 10. they awaken voice into 35 them. 11. they do not express themselves without vowels. 12. with i. 14. beginning of a syllable. 15. before it.

1. i.e. in the same syllable is it and the vowel after it. 2. the three of them would be nominatives. 3. it cannot be** other- wise. 5. two passages on the first i, towards the vowel before it. 40 6. i.e. along with the vowel after it. 8. to be pronounced*. 9. i.e. that law of not joining the three letters in one syllable. 10. it has pleased. 11. an artist in putting syllables. 12. that (is) for a simple consonant. 13. a foot of four short syllables.

a: MS. inmobiles b: MS. om. ab eo c: MS. posito d: a Victore: MS. auctori, to which the Irish gloss refers e: MS. proclimaticum corrected to proceleu- maticum f: leg. 7 ingute, cf. Vol. i. p. 234 note g: cf. above p. 39, note c, Sg. 28" 2 h: Cf. 209^3 infra, ruhi 2V> 13, rombi 29" 16 i: Here the Irish subj. pi. 3 translates the infinitive proferri

[ 59 ]Tytyre pascentes a flumine reiice" capellas:

...* hiulcus"' trisyllabura est.

V vero loco consonantis possita eandem prorsu» in omnibus" uim (i. p. 15) habuit apud Latinos, quam apud Eoles digarama. Unde a ple- 5 risque ei noraen hoc datur, quod apud Eoles habuit olim f" digamma, id est * uau ' ab ipsius uoce^^ profectum" . . . Pro quo Caesar banc ^ figurani scribi uoluit**. quod^ quamuis illi recte P. 8a uisum est, tamen consuetude antiqua superauit. Adeo^ autem hoc uerum est, quod pro Aeolico f digamma ponitur u : quod sicut illi io solebant accipere digamma raodo^ pro consonante simplici teste Astyage, qui diuersis hoc* ostendit usibus.…

Est tamen quando idem Eoles inueniuntur' pro duplici quoque consonante digamma possuisse . .

Nos quoque uidemur hoc® sequi in praeterito et plusquamper- 15 fecto tertiae et quartae coniugationis, in quibus i ante u consonantem (i- p- 16) possita producitur eademque snbtracta corripitur.

Nostri quoque hoc ipsum fecisse inueniuutur et pro consonante u^ uocalem breuem accepisse, ut Horatius ' siluae ' trisyllabura protulit in epodo hoc uersu :

Niuesque deducunt louem*, nunc mare^ nunc siluae'": est enim dimetrum iambicum coniunctum pentemimeri"" heroico... Similiter Catullus Veronensis'^ Quod zonam soluit diu ligatam


14. proclema^iCMW sm 7 isarchonsin diuit atd i and cotarsne si7i P- 7b 25/rt honov ar^ is airdixa re- lasuide • 15. huabela -cicero dicit •^"'*""^'* •hiulcus- patens •- etc. 16. .i. potestatibus t uirtutibus rothecht digaimm 17. .i. carachtar iidigaim 18. ondfogur inmeth innadigaim doratath anomen sin don chuniachtu-' 19. anas- rochumlai anainmsin do -n- .i. uau • 20. do inchosc uau apud latinos

1. anisin 2. inindr 3. cachlacein 4. ahuithV.S& archonsin diuit 5. intan aranecatar 6. ahuith archonsain diabuil 7. tairhesi • u osone 8. dandichdet snechti ioiuis 9. daiidiat muir iuceiii naili • 10. '^e.rdhemimens hei'ecdae" 35 11. sillah fordeib c^oc^rlib*^ son reliqua 12. ueronenstce


14. that (reiice) is a proceleusmatic, and the i therein is for a simple P. 7b consonant: that is contrary to..., for the re (in reice) is long in his continued opinion. 15. open. 16. which digarama had. 17. i.e. the character of digamma. 18. from the ...® sound of the digamma: that 40 name (vau) has been given to the power. 19, when that name, i.e. vau, has gone out to u. 20. to denote vau.

1. that. 4. its being for a simple consonant. 5. when they P. 8a are found. 6. its being for a double consonant. 7. in place of the consonant u (v). 8. the snows of Jove bring him down. 45 9. the sea at another time brings him down. 10. an heroic penthemimeris. 1 1 . this is a syllable in addition to two dactyls, etc.

a: MS. pentemere b: cf. p. 53 note d c: MS. herecdae d: For the omission of n after deib cf. isin dib desmrechtaib so Ml. 114"* 1 e: 'intrinseco' Ascoli; we have no other instance of the word

[ 60 ]inter endicasyllabos Phalegios'^ posuit Hoc tamen ipsum^* in

P. 8b deriuatiuis uel compossitis frequenter fieri solet, ut 'auis, auceps^' ... ' lauo lautus^ 'faueo fautor^'

Et epigrammata^ quae egomet legi in trepode^ uetustissimo Appollinis qui stat in Xerolopho*' Bizantii ...

Nos quoque hiatus causa interponimus u loco /r ut ' Dauus,' 'ArgiuusV 'pauo",' 'ouum^"' Hoc tamen etiam per alias quas- dam consonantes hiatus uel euphoniae causa solet fieri", ut ' pro- dest ' . . .

In b etiam solet apud Eoles transire f digamma quotiens ab p^^ lo incipit dictio... Apud nos quoque est inuenire, quod pro u con- P. 9a sonante b ponitur, ut 'caelebs^,' caelestium uitam ducens^ per b scribitur, quod' u consonans ante consonantem poni non potest. Sed etiam* 'Bruges' et 'Belena*' antiquissimi dicebant, teste Quintiliano, qui hoc ostendit in primo institutionum'^^ oratoriarum": nee mirum, 15 cum b quoque in u euphoniae causa conuerti inuenimus, ut 'aufero pro ' abfero.'

Aspiratio ante omnes^ uocales poni potest... Ideo extrin- secus ascribitur uocalibus", ut minimum sonet, consonantibus autem intrinsecus", ut plurimum sonet : omnis enim litera sine uox plus 20 (i. p. 19) sonat ipsa sese, cum" postponitur quam cum anteponitur, quod uocali- bus accedens esse uidetur", nee, si tollatur ea, perit etiam uis sig- nificationis, ut si dicam 'Erennius^^' absque aspiratione, quamuis


13. forsa cenelae metir sin 14. .i. buith do -u- osoin arguti

1. comsuidigthe son 2. diaruidigthe'^ s6n 3. fortachtid 25 4. inna forlitevdi 5. noynen artis isin trechostu 6. hisindluc sin indsainriuth t forsan nomen ciuitatis 7. ddne^ 8. grecdae 9. gesachtach 10. og 11. aHmvigahdil menaichthe 12. p hro

1. oentaim 2. celae • dondi as caelestem «b- tarhesi -u- dindi 30 as uitam -s- dindi as ducens 3. ol 4. cid 5. inna- forcetal 6. innasulbaire 7. arcelim 8. isairi is renguthsiX^ihi suidigthix atinfed dosemigud 7 rnesrugud indfoguir Tndir his isingutti 9. remibsdn 10. hitiarmoracht sdn dolethnugud afoguir 11. accidit tecimiing dogutaib anisin 35 12. dofoirnde inson 7 afolad inchoisig


13. in that kind of metre. 14. that w-consonant should be for a continued vowel.

1. this (is) compounded. 2. this (is) derived. 5. in the tripod. 6. in that place especially, or etc. 8. a Greek. 40 11. for avoiding hiatus.

2. celae from caelestem, h instead of v from vitam, s from ducens. 6. of the eloquence. 8. for this reason its aspiration is placed before a vowel, to attenuate and moderate the ample sound which is in the vowel. 9. that is, before them. 10. that is, in subsequence, 45 to broaden their sound. 11. that is an accident which happens to vowels. 12. it determines the sound and the substance which it signifies.

a: MS. blena b: MS. add. libro c: MS. sonat cum ipsa secum d: leg. diruidigthe e: as Ascoli observes, the gloss points to a lemma danus, not dauns, in marg. danus seruus simonis prisciarms in ante .i. in libro [de] constiuetione

[ 61 ]uitium" uidear facere, intellectus tamen permanet". Consonantibus

autem sic cohaeret, lit huiusdem" penitus substantiae sit^', nt si auferatur, significationis uim minuat prorsus^®, ut si dicam 'Cremes* pro 'Chremes/ Unde hac considerata ratione" Graeconim doctissimi 5 singulas^* fecerunt eas quoque literas*', quippe'^ pro rj- 6, pro ttH (f>, pro Kt -x^ scribentes. Nos autem antiquam scripturam seruamus^^ In Latinis tamen^ dictionibus dos quoque pro ph coepimus f scribere...nisi quod... est aliqua in pronuntiatione'^ huius literae P. 9b differentia cum sono' ph.

p- autem ideo non est translatum ab illis in aliam figuram'^quod' nee sic cohaeret huic quomodo mutis nee, si tollatur, minuit signifi- cationem^ Quamuis enim subtracta aspiratione dicam 'retor/ 'Phir- rus' intellectus intiger manet^, non aliter^ quam'^ si antecedens uocalibus^ auferatur, unde ostenditur ex hoc quoque aliqua esse 15 cognatio r literae cum uocalibus. Ex quo quidam dubitauerunt utrum praeponi debeat huic aspiratio an subiungui. Unde Aeoles loco, ut diximus, aspirationis digamma ponentes in dictionibus ab p


13. tredigbdil tinfeth 14. incoissig afolad cetnae P- 9 a 15. conidhinunn folad doib 16. ni inchoisig mso?t afolad '^^^^^"^^^ «o c^tne — .i. inchoisged riam^ — iarndigbail intinfith. 17. dluthe inftnfith donaih osonaib 18. oendai oenlitre dodenom dih hiscrihunt 19. cdrachtra na conson j intinfeth. 20. indemin 21. hiscribiunt ddcarachtar beos .i. carachtar osine 7 carachtar tinfiih awal dondgnitis sengreic • > 22. ciaforcomamtn riagoil «5 sengvec hiscribunt inda caractar isnaib osonaib ucut^ rocruthaig- semmar^ camaiph t?>miurgu oen chdractsiv -f- tarhesi -p- cotinf eth. inepertaib latinndaib^ • - 23. hifogur

1. hifogur 2. oiidenta^ dentorand tarahesi^ amaX naheliu 3. ol P. 9b 4. sluindid afolad cetnce 0. issed afolad citnae sluinditae 30 6. nintsain^ 7. oldaas 8. ar 9. huadligud inchoibnis


13. through taking away the aspiration. 14. it signifies the same P. 9 a substance •. 15. so that they have the same substance. 16. the co?i««««d sound does not signify the same substance — i.e. which it signified previously — after taking away the aspiration. 17. the closeness of the aspiration 35 to the consonant.s. 18. single, that single letters should be made of them in writing. 19. the characters of the consonants and the aspira- tion. 20. certainly. 21. in still writing two characters, i.e. the character of a consonant and the character of aspiration, as the ancient Greeks used to do. 22. though we pre.serve the rule of the ancient 40 Greeks in writing the two characters in yon consonants, we have, however, formed one character — f instead of p with aspiration — in Latin words.

2. so that one figure should be made instead of this, like the others. P. 9 b 4. it expresses the same substance. 5. it is the same substance which they express. 8. from. 9. from the principle of the affinitj'.

a: leg. eiusdem b: MS. add. uel nothis c: MS. digammae d: this part of the gloss is over the other e: cf. Sg. 202" 3 f: the aspiration is irregular g: i.e. latindaih h: n is over the line i: MS. tarhesi k: « is over the line l: for the technical /oZwd 'substantia,' ' significatio ' cf. Sg. 3*2, 9» 12, 15, 16, 9 4, 5, 25" 10, 17, 26 9, 12, 27» 3, 6, 8, 16, 27 9, 28» 1, 2, 28 5, 19, 20, 22, 30« 5, 17, 39" 8, 45" 1, 7, 61» 4, 71» 1, 72" 5, 73» 15, 73" 3, 4, 7, 75" 6, 150" 2, 189» 6, 189" 10, 197» 1, 200" 4, 5, 211» 9, 211" 3, 5, 7, 212" 8; cf. secundum sensum, hoc est secundum snbstantiam qualitatis, Ars Anonyma Bernensis, Suppl. Gramm. Lat. p. 64

[ 62 ]incipientibus, solent loco digamma /9 scribere, indicantes^" debere

praeponi digamma quasi uocali : sed rursus quasi consonanti" di- gamma in eadem syllaba praeponere recusantes, commotabant id in y8 sed apud Graecos haec litera, id est p, multis modis fungitur loco uocalis...ut oapa^^, copa^^^

Quaeritur, cur in 'uah/ 'nah^V *ah' post uocales ponitur aspiratio, (i. p. 20) et dicimus, quod apogope^^ facta est extremae uocalis cui praepone- batur aspiratio ; nam perfecta ' uaha,' * naha,' ' aha/ Ideo autem abscisione extremae uocalis^" tamen aspiratio mansit ex superiore pendens uocali", quia suum'* est interiectionis uoce abseondita'^ lo proferri. Itaque pars absconditae extremitatis^" uidetur congruae in interiectionis naturali prolatione remansisse...etiam in fine^^ P. 10 a interiectionum autem pleraeque communes sunt naturaliter omnium gentium uoces

Inter c sine aspiratione et c cum aspiratione est g^... inter p et ph* 15 sine f est b^. .. Hoc° autem ostendit etiam ipsius palati pulsus et linguae uel labrorum consimilis est quidem^ in ternis^ in p et ph uel f et b et rursus in c et ch et g, similiter inter t et th et d. Sed in leuibus exterior fit pulsus, in asperis interior, in mediis inter utrumque supra dictorum locum, quod facile denoscitur, si 20 adtendamus in supra dictis motibus ora mirabili naturae lege modo-


10. isairi nobith digaimva leo ante p- sin'^ 11. awal bith dochonsain amal asiidi 12. crich 13. agenitiu • arguttai tra atd-p-sin^ 14. interiectio iwso 15. ablatio in fiwe 16. .i. a .i. dirogbad- a- dnb 17. lenaid dingutai thdisig 18. .i. 25 proprium .i. issainreih do interiecht gutfi formljbigthe cotrummai thinfid 19. formlXchthai 20. indformuichdetad 21. fodeud

1. ataat alaaili interiecta and itcoitchena docach ceniul 2. me- donda etarrufogur 'g- 3. medondce etarru 4. is cuminrrLae 30 limva etir • ph • 7 f • 5. ata medondai 6. is cosmail a/ogur A. cosmailius foguir beos 7. .i. isnaib tredib 8. -c- t- p- isairi asbertar ^trumma 7 slemna huare ndd techtad^ tinfeth.


10. this is why they used to have digamma before p here. 11. as it were to a consonant, (or) as to it. 12. a boundary. 13. its 35 genitive : p then stands for a vowel here. 14. this is an interjection. 16. that is a, i.e. a has been taken from them. 17. it adheres to the preceding vowel. 18. i.e. a peculiarity of an interjection is a smothered sound with heaviness of aspiration. 20. of the smothering.

1. there are some interjections common to every nation. 2. in- 40 termediate between them (is the) sound g. 3. intermediate between them. 4. 'tis the same to me, both ph andy! 5. that they are intermediate. 6. their sound is alike, i.e. (there is) still a resemblance of sound. 8. c, t and p, therefore they are called * light ' (leves) and •smooth' (leves), because they have no aspiration. 45

a: cf. Sg. 191* 2 : here sin seems equivalent to isin Vol. i. p. 724 ; but in Sg. 9 10, sin might go with is airi : of. Ml. 37" 20

b: leg. techtat

[ 63 ]Ian ti bus" uoces. Tanta autem est cognatio earum quod inuicem

inueniuntur pro se possitae^" in quibusdam dictionibXis, ut ambo pro afi<f>o^^....

...immotabiles" sunt apud nos tres, 1, n, r: per omnes enim casus (i. p. 21) 5 eadem remanent" t quoque et c. hoc idem seruant"

Reliquae uero consonantes uel motantur uel abiciuntur'

In uerborum quoque praeteritis perfectis solent omnes modo^ motari modo manere, exeeptis 1 p s x. ... lippio^ lippiui...

Haec eadem uocalis peneultima in uerbis secundae coniugationis P- Ha lo mutatur in u, ut 'doceo docui'... Quod^ similiter est quando in (i- P- 22) tertia uel quarta coniugatione patitur i, ut ' rapio rapui/ ' aperio aperui.'

U et o manent in principalibus syllabis positae immotabiles^ temporum quoque in quibusdam sunt ut ' ruo rui'

'...nunquam in supra dicto tempore potest geminari nee in prin- cipio nee in fine syllaba nisi quae a muta incipit, ut...'pedo* pepedi' , . .' prodo prodidi^ '. . .

M... loco mutae in multis fungitur: nam et ante n. m. posita P. lib communem syllabam facit, ut ' Ramnes Ramnetis,' sicut ' Chromes (i- p- 23) 20 Chremetis^' — iambica enim sunt quae sic declinantur, quod^ Calli- machi quoque auctoritate confirmatur

Aliae uero sunt affines* per commutationem...aliae autem per (i. p. 24)


9. donaib hi hindigeddar 10. cachae tarheisi araili ^- ^9* 11. .. is cummae leissem bid -f 12. .i. itnephchumscaichti'^ '^^^ ^'^^^ 25 nateora litreso 13. nalitre cetni 14. anephchumscugud • amal • 1 • 7 n 7 r

1. alldn indarpe hirecc^ 2. cachlacein 3. jiiuchaigim P- 10 ^

1. anisin cumscugud -e- in -u- is cosmail son dauo 7 intan^- ^^^ fondaim -i- acumscxxgwd in -u- hisechmadachtu tertchoibedna 7 quartae 30 cofeedna 2. forcomaidder • u • 7 • o • in praesenti 7 in praeterito 3. braigim 4. in fine son infechtsa

1. analach amal legos x fri -c- hisuidiu 2. .i. ius • dliged ^-^^^ lechtha -n- post -m 3. coibnestai


9. to those that modulate. 10. each of them instead of the P- ip* 35 other. 1 1. i.e. it is the same in his opinion as though it were /. <^o«*»""^«  12. these three letters are immutable. 13. the same letters. 14. their immutability, like I and n and r.

1. their complete banishment directly.

1. this, the change of e to u, alike is this also and when i suffers its P. Ha 40 change into u in the preterite of the third and fourth conjugations. 2. u and o are preserved in the present and preterite. 4. in fine this (gemination), this time.

1. an analogous instance; as r becomes liquid with c here. P. lib 2. the law of the liquidation of n after m.

a: leg. Tuphchumscaichthi

b: cf. hirec infra 148" 8, 153» 3, hirrec Pr. Cr. 00^ 2 = in + rec A. m donithear go hobann 'a thing which is done suddenly,' O'Cl.

[ 64 ]coniunctionem uel per cognationem'*, ut b p f, nee non g c cum aspira-

tione uel sine ea, x. quoque duplex ^ similiter d et t cum aspiratione uel sine ea et cum his z duplex, unde saepe d scribentes Latini banc exprimunt sono^ ut ' meridies'.,.. Quiu etiam s semplex habet aliquam cum supra dictis cognationem, unde saepe pro z earn, g geminatam solemus ponere ut 'patrisso^' pro irarpi^o), 'putisso" pro irvTi^w

In uocalibus quoque sunt affines^ e correpta uel producta cum ei diptongo, qua ueteres Latini utebantar ubique loco i longuae: nunc etiam contra pro ea i longam ponimus uel e productam, ut...^o/9eta lo chorea*, e** paenultima modo producta modo correpta*; o breuis siue longa cum u, ut bos^ pro ^ov<i'^...et ' platanus" pro vXaTavo'i.

I transit in a,...paulus pauli paulatim'; in e, 'fortis^ forte'... in o, ' patris patronus*'.,. tibia tibicen^..par paris' parricida^-'... quibusdam tamen uidetur a parente esse compositum et pro parenti- 15 cida per sincopam'^® et per commotationem t in r factum 'parricida,' ...soror sororis sororicida^ . .

O aliquot Italiae ciuitates^ teste Plinio non habebant... Transit o...in e, ut tutor* tutela

Tunc hoc* ignipotens caelo discendit ab alto. ^o
Nee Tityon® uolucres ineunt Acherunta iacentem°.

Transit u...in e,...' sacrum sacellum^'... Ponitur haec eadem


4. treaccomol cosmilse foguir 7 issed s6n desimrechtaigedarsom namma, innadevd^ 5. affinis iscoibnesta «x- do -g- 7 -c- 7 biid cachae ar^ alailiu 6. fogur -z- for -d- 7. athrigimm

1. dofuibnimm 2. coibnestai 3. t .i. intan dofuarat ind •e» timmorte indeoguir iarfoxx -i- as- ut in ante dicit 4. quia y u graecum est aris -u- gaibes engracus 5. proprium feda

1. in biucc 2. .i. genitiuus nominis quod est fors .i. inbdstaid 3. smith athir 4. erochair chetlaid 5. cosmail 6. cos- 30 mailoircnid inter** athir oircnid t tuistid oiVcnid 7. cosmail leiss cacha^ orr im car a fd cescare • reliqua • 8. en sillahe

1. sethar oircnid 2. ilchathraig 3. inill 4. hille 5. fossad

1. nemed 35


4. through conjoining a similarity of sound, and it is this which he exemplifies only after. 5. x is akin to g and c, and each of them is for the other. 6. the sound of z in d.

1. I cut. 3. when the short e remains of the diphthong after removing the i from it,'ut etc. 4. because it is u that takes (its) placed 40 5. the proper name of a tree.

3. a venerable father. 4. a flute-player. 6. a like-slayer {jpari-cida), whether a father-slayer (patri-cida), or a parent-slayer (parenti- cida). 7. alike to him whichever he may slay, whether friend or foe. 8. of the syllable e/i. 45

1. a sister- slayer. 2. many cities. 3. safe. 4. hither (hue).

a: MS. seorea b: >om. MS. c: MS. byc d: MS. sinagocopam e: MS. tizon f: innadead, Ascoli and Windisch ; doubtful, Thurneysen g: om. MS. h: in abbreviation i: leg. cachae, Ascoli k: cf. Sg. 61* 5

[ 65 ]litera in Graecis nominibus modo loco 00"^ diphthongi.,.modo pro o

correpta...pro eadem producta, ut 'fur'^' pro ^^a>p,' siciit e contrario 'bye' pro 'bos {uel pro boyc, bos^}...

Est quando amittit uim tarn uocalis quam consonantis S P. I4a 5 quoque antecedente et sequente a uel e hoc idem saepe fit^ ut (i- P- 28) ' suadeo'.. quod^ apud Eoles quoque v saepe patitur et amitit uim literae in metro — Similiter 'ttijXvi^' disyllabum inuenitur apud (i. p. 29) eosdem, cum vi^ non est diphthongus. Est quando transit' in conso- nantem uau*, sicut econtra^ a consonante transit in uocalem

L triplicem.-.sonum habet : exilem^ quando geminatur secundo locoposita^; plenum...ut...'flauus"'; medium in aliis... Transit in X, ut 'paulum" pauxillum^V 'mala^=* maxilla ^V *uelum" uexillum.'

M...apertum^* in principio, ut 'magnus'... transit in n...ut...'idem identidem^'...'num nuncubi^'...'anceps pro 'amceps.' 'am' enim P. I4b 15 praepositio...uocali... sequente intercipit^ b: 'ambitus'...

N quoque in primis plenior sonat et in ultimis partibus sylla- (i- p. 30) barum, ' nomen ' ' stamen V exilior^ in mediis, ut ' amnis ' Se- quente g uel c, pro ea g scribunt Graeci et quidam tamen uetus- tissimi auctores Romanorum...ut 'aggens^'...quinta uicesima est 20 litera, quam uocant agma^ cuius forma nulla est et uox' communis est Graecis et Latinis, ut his uerbis...'iggerunt".' In huiuscemodi Graeci et Accius noster bina g scribunt, alii n g, quod^ in hoc^ ^- ^^* ueritatem uidere facile non est. Transit in m, sequentibus b uel m (^- P- ^l)


2. bruthach t uerius ignis reliqua icidorus dicit^ 3. o- P. I3b 25 pro u- hisuidiu 4. .i. 7 nitaithminedar deogras hie- uide '^"'*""^'^ principium secunc?i libn de uerbo >

1. nihil dano hisuidiu 2, 3. dliged nihelsa dano 4. nihil P- I4a hie dano 5. .i. addita -i- cenideper sem 6. .i. hi/ogur digammsa ar is • uau • a ainmvasidi • - 7. .i. fri tairmthecht hiosain 8. s4im tana 9. .i. dond • 1 • aili ind • 1 • ixina dedoisillahe 10. buide 11. bee 12. becdn 13. gruad 14. glainethat 15. seol 16. r/i7 cersoilcthe beoil ocafogur isind lucsin

1. .i. idem 7 idem fonoenchummi 2. num 7 ubi .i. indosa P- I4b 3. imxnchenda 4. .i. m- etergaib -b- cucae 5. dluth 6. semiu 7. tachtad 8. carectax 9. .i. fogur literae 10. insnadat

1. .i. ol 2. .i. imbat da -g- bete and 6a -g- 7 n- P. 15 a


2. furious, vel etc. 3. o for (Greek) v here. 4. i.e. and P- 13b 40 he does not mention the diphthongation here.

1. nothing then here. 2, 3. rule of nulUty then. 4. nothing here P. 14 a also. 5. i.e. i being added (nauta nav-i-ta etc.), though he (Priscian) does not say it. 6. i.e. into the sound of digamma, for its name is vau. 7. i.e. (contrary) to the passage into a consonant. 8. slender, thin. 45 9. Le. to the other I, the I of the last syllable. 1 6. manifest in the opening of the mouth*= at the sound of it (i.e. 7ii) in that position.

1. i.e. 'idem et idem,' in one way. 2. 'num et ubi,' i.e. now. P. 14b 4. i.e. m interposes 6 to it. 8. a letter. 9. i.e. sound of the letter. 10. they insert (ingeruni).

2. i.e. whether there are to be two ^'s there, or g and n. P. 15 a

a: MS. y [in marg.] uel oy b: MS. y c: for the genitive cf. Wb. 4c 18, 31" 23

[ 66 ]uel p,. . .ut. . .' immineo' ' propter celeriorem motum linguae labro-

- rumque ad uicinos facilius transeuntium pulsus^ ...'findo' fissus/

R... transit... in u consonantem : 'tero^ triui'...in n: 'aeneus**' pro ' aereus.'

S in metro apud uetustissimos frequenter uim suara amittit". 5 ' Ne ' autem coniunctione sequente" cum apostropho' penitus tollitur ut 'uidenV 'satinV 'uin/ pro ' uidesne/ 'satisne,' ' uisne.' Nee non etiam in Graecis nominibus as uel es terminantibus plerunque tollitur... ut...'sophista^'... in quibus etiam e producta in a correptam (i. p. 33) conuertitur^. ...mutatur s...in x...'pistrix^'*' pro 'pistris,' in quo lo sequimur Doris: illi enim 'opvi^^' fuel lapis uictorig^"} pro 'opvi<i'^' dicunt huic praeponitur p et loco -yjr^'^ Graeca fungitur... P. 16a ...quamuis^ non sine ratione'^ haec quoque^ duplex a Graecis addita uidetur, nam multo molliorem^ et uolubiliorem^ sonum habet yjr quam ps^ uel bs...'caelebs®'...'ArabsV Et x quidem assumpsimus, 15 a/r autem non^; sed quantum expeditior^ est i/r quam^" ps...

...'apex"'... ...'suppellex^^ supellectilis'... ...'exoleo^^'... ' exspes ' in quo uidemur facere contra consuetudinem Grae- corum". ...ponamus^l


3. .1, too7'tomi .i. in • 7 mineo t mina 4. .i. soirthiu de inlabrad 20 diatairmthecht isinlitir comfograigthi dodaiarmorat 5. indlung

1. .i. e in i productam 7 r- dothormuch lege uerbum post 7 ibi inuenies 2. .i. humide 3. [marg. 1.] uide ^ost casus aut* ouium foetus — .1. glanad^ -u- 7 s — aut urentis culta cdi^ellas reliqua^ 4. .i. andocoisgedar ne comaccomol -s- 5. .i. ne fodaim 25 apostroiph 6. .i. uidesne i. innaci 7. .i. in lour 8. .1. Jlsid 9. .i. iarfoxul -s» diib 10. belua marina .i. bled 11. buaid li^ 12. .1. p con -s-

1. adas 2. .i. doclaind^ quod noluit i aliis quod fecerunt 2a. cid 3. .i. moithiu 4, .i. asoirbiu^ 5. .i. oldaas -tt?- 30 6. ointam 7. .1. arabda}^ 8. .i. nisnarroetmarni sidi 9. .1. soirthiu sonu 10. oldaas 11. huasletu 12. .1. intreb suppellectilis nominatiwws uetustus 13. m'/orbiur' 14. .i. hire feidligthe disi inogi 7 -s- innatiarmoracht 15. coa


4. i.e. the easier is the pronunciation from its (the letter m's) passage 35 continued j^^^^ ^j^^ consonantal letter which follows it.

1. i.e. e is changed into i long, and r is added. Lege Verhtim etc. 3. i.e. elision of wand s (aut ouium/oet' aut...). 4. i.e. when the con- junction ne follows s. 5. i.e. ne suffers apostrophe, 7. i.e. is it enough? 9. i.e. after removing 6^ from them. 11. a victory-stone. 4° 12. i.e. p with s.

2. i.e. for (the Latin) race g-woc? etc. 8. i.e. we have not accepted this. 9. i.e. readier in sound. 13. I increase not. 14. i.e. by the principle of its remaining in (its) integrity with an s following it. 15. so that.

a: MS. orni b: in marg. in the same hand as buaid li^, different from the usual hand. S/spi^ is mistaken for fornix, cf. Sg. 69*19, 113*2 c: MS. ornis d: .i. glanad...a is between the Unes : cf. Sg. 136» 1, but glantar as 136" e: Verg. Georg. 11. 196, de cf. Prise. I. 192 f: xecie dochlaind g: =assoirbiu h: MS. araftia, de in another hand i: cf. forbartaig gl. exoletam Sg. 173» 5 k: coa seems to be for co, indicating the construction of ponamus, which is a scribal error for ponimus

[ 67 ]...geminari autem uidetur post consonantem, si" x antecedente, quae P. 16b

loco c et s funguitur, ipsa^ consequatur^ ut 'exseqaiae'...

B transit... in m: 'summitto/ 'globus glomus*'... Nam 'suscipio' 'sustuli*' a 'susum' uel 'sursum' aduerbio composita 5 sunt, undo 'subtinnio"'"' et 'subcumbo' non raotauerunt b in s. ' Suspicor ' quoque et ' suspicio ' a ' susum ' uel ' sursum ' compo- nuntur, sed abiiciunt unam s^ quia non potest duplicari consonans alia subsequente consonante, quomodo nee antecedente, nissi sit muta ante liquidam, ut 'supplex'... quomodo et apud Graecos ' avyy vcofMt]'"'

C transit in u consonantem...' ascisco^ asciui'...in g antecedente n:...'ango®' quoque pro 'ancho.'

D transit... in t :...' attamino^'

F multis modis muta magis ostenditur, cum pro p et aspiratione (i. p. 35) ponitur, quae similiter- muta accipitur...quanquam* antiqui Roma- 15 norum Eoles sequentes loco aspirationis earn** ponebant, efFugientes quoque ipsi aspirationem^, et maxime cum consonante recusabant eam in Latino sermone proferre. ' Sifilum ' pro 'sibilumV teste Nonio Marcello de doctorum indagine®, dicebant.

G transit. . .in ct : ' agor' actus'. . .

H litteram non esse ostendimus sed notam aspirationis quam P. I7b Graecorum antiquissimi . . in uersu scribebant^ : nunc eam diuiserunt et dexteram eius partem^ supra literam ponentes* psiles notam

1. -s- aile 2. madocoisgedar 3. sed tertiae declinationis P- I6b 7 neutrum .i. comtherchomrac 4. dobriathra'^ atachomsuidigthx 2s,frisnah{ siu 5. isfollns nach -b- in -s- in ipraedictis ar ni loo tairmthechta,e di in -s- sequente -c- i t- unde suhtinnio reliqua non transit in his similiter 6. .i. indan^ -s- .i. s- aduerbii t uerbi 7. .i. emnad mutce^ re lechdaig hie 8. docuiriur 9. cimicigim

1. as^aim^ 2. fri -f 3. is mu^ si am quanquam .i. P. 17a 30 ciViMC^- t IS m^i quanquam-ac^as • 3a. digam dasian 4. atac 5. ar robbu digaim ind ■{• hie conducad h- inndloc 6. .i. dind- eclim 7. cotomerchloither

1. e^er litre ni huaslitrib 2. alleth olaim deiss - 3. huas P. I7b litir suidigthir leo


1. another s. 2. if it follows. 4. adverbs which are P. 16b compounded with these (words), 6. it is obvious that h (does) not (change) into s in the aforesaid (examples), for it is not an occasion for it to pass into s when c or t follows, unde etc. 6, i.e. one of the two s's, i.e. s of the adverb or of the verb. 7. i.e. doubling of a mute before a 40 liquid here.

2. to f. 3. it is a mute indeed quamquam ' although.' Or it is a P. 17a mute quamquam 'even though^' (?). 3 a. diganima or rough breathing. 4. of the Attics. 5. for the^/ here was digamma and b was put in its place,

1. among the letters, not over the letters. 2. the right half (lit. the P- 17 b half from the right hand). . 3. it is placed with them above the letter.

a: om. MS. b: MS. subtinneo c: expressed by the contraction dobre", cf. Sg. 220» 5, 6, 9 d: leg. indalah? cf. Sg. 205" 5, but dafi may be gen. dual neut., cf. Sg. 9*21, 22 e: MS. mute with a mark under the e which may come from g or a, Thurneysen. f: MS. ad aslen. where the 'ad' is a Latin gloss on the at- of attamino g: cf. Sg. 7» 7, 7" 7, 40*21, 88*1, 102" 5, 190*4

[ 68 ](i. p. 36) habent, quam Remmius Palaemon exilem*...nominat, sinistram"

autem contrarie® aspirationis, quam Grillius flatilem' uocat.

De q quae nisi eandem'* uira haberet quam c, nunquam^...in illam transiret. . . Apud antiques frequentissime quu loco cu sillabae ponebatur, et e contrario^, ut 'arquus'..,

T transit in s ... c uero antecedente^" in x. .

Y et z in Graecis tantummodo ponuntur dictionibus, quamuis in multis ueteres haec" quoque motasse inueniantur et pro v u, pro ^ uero ... s uel ss uel d posuisse ut ... 'Saguntum^' 'massa"^ pro 'TiaKwdofi'^' 'fjud^a,' 'odor'^* quoque d-rrb rov^ o^eiv... Ergo lo 'corylus' et 'lympha' ex ipsa scriptura^* a^ Graecis sumpta" non est dubium.

Ordo quoque accidit literis, qui... quia coniunctus esse uidetur' (i p. 37) cum potestate elementorum, non absordum puto ei nunc ilium ordinem subiungere.

Sunt igitur uocales praepositiuae aliis uocalibus subsequentibus in eisdem^ syllabis a e o, subiunctiuae e u^, ut oe ae eu au.

Diphthongi autem dicuntur, quod^ binos ptongos*, hoc est uoces, comprehendunt. Nam singulae uocales^ suas uoces habent... In Graecis uero, quottiens huiuscemodi fiat apud nos diaeresis


4. s^im 5. .i, partem graeci habent .i. H dasien 6. .1. continued ciopsilen 7. tinfesti 8. manibbad hinunn liter 9. .i. cid inchotarsnu aris -c- tarhesi -q- thuas reliqua 10. .i. remitet^ 'C- in -t- 11. .i. asuidigud inepertib grecdib 12. da -s- tarhdsi z 13. ainm netha 14 v indib^ 25

1. -i- huare as accomalta dochumachtu isairi adfet de hie 2. .i. coiYchenn -e- hitev remsuidignd 7 foacomol 3. .i. fogor dagutce indeogur air thechtaid^ cachgutce aguth nindi 7 it digutai bite indeogur 4. DioTiysms™ Diptongos graece dia t dios t dio duo latine ptongos sonus • diptongos ergo dualis sonus sicut 30 dialecticus dualis dictio- asberat alii isdephtongos asmaith and .i. combad dephtoros" dodichsed innaleith cA^omsuidigthi" 7 tonos .i. sonus* dephtoros didiu binus sonus interpretatur 5. nagutai oindai


5. the rough breathing. 6. i.e. to the smooth breathing. 8. if it were not the same letter. 9. i.e. yet contrary-wise, for it is 35 c instead of q above etc. 10. i.e. (when) c precedes the t. 11. Le. their position in Greek words. 1 2. two s's in place of z. 1 3. name of a grain P. 14. (because) u (occurs) in them.

1. i.e. since it is connected with the power (of the letters), therefore he discourses of it here. 2. i.e. e is common both in anteposition and sub- 40 junction. 3. i.e. the sound of two vowels is in a diphthong, for each vowel has its (own) sound in it, and it is two vowels that are in a diphthong. 4. Others say that dephtongos is right there i.e. dephtoros (Scvrcpos) would enter as half of the compound and tovos i.e. sonus. dephtorus then etc. 5. the single vowels. 45

a: MS. eundem b: MS. sacuntum c: MS. ZaKwOoi d: MS. rot e: om. MS. f: MS. sumpa g: MS. hisdem h: MS. diaresis i: misread by Ascoli remitec k: 'vor «y* scheint mir noch ein n oder r zu erkennen; von der zwei oder drei buchstaben die vorhergiengen, ist so gut wie nichts sicher zu sehen.' Thurneysen l: cf. Sg. 206*3, Vol. I. p. 370 note d m: i.e. Dionysius Thrax n: i.e. Seijrepoi, Ascoli o: leg. innaleitlichomsuidigthe 'into half of the compound'? cf. leithungae Lib. Ardm. 17* 2 J. S. p: the glossator mistook odor for ador, Ascoli

[ 69 ]peneultimae syllabae, i pro duplici consonante accipitur", ut * Mala

Maia '.'... Inuenitur tameu diphthongus, in media dictione correpta P. I8b tunc, quando corapositae dictionis antecedentis in fine est' sequente (i. p. 38) uocali^ ut 'praeustus^'

Oe quoque idem^ patitur apud Graecos.

Et sciendum est quod pro 'ab ' praepositione au ponitur* si" ('• P* ^9) abiiciatur uocalis posita post eum, id est post u consonantem, au diphtongus fiat' u redeunte in uocalem^... Transit in o produc- tam...ut... 'cotes'^ pro 'cautes'...

Oe est quando per diaerisin"^ profertur in Graecis nominibus et P. 19 a Graecam seruant scripturam^ Aufertur ei% id est oe diphtongo^ (i- P- ^0) altera uocalis* sequente e longa...necnon pro (oi^ diphthongo Graeca nos banc, id est oe, ponimus... ...ad eraitationem Boetorum*. .. Transit in u longam, ut 'Phoenices^ Punices...moenio^, ,.

'Raro' autem diximus propter 'Medeam,' 'Pluteam^' nam quod^ ^' ^^^-. Virgilius 'Qui tela Typhoea temnis' e con-epta protulit, Doricum* est. ' ' s. enim in metro saepe uim consonantis amittit^ ... 'puls'^. ..


6. Cindas on-nianseon uaire isindiguthaigthi airdixi c?o- P- I8a fiiasilcthox deognr dorruairthetar di aimsir uocalis asberr • i • in con- ^<'"'*""* 20 sonante -i- inde duplex est • • 7. .i. deogwc -a- 7 e

1. .i. hi foirciunn nacetn<e rainne his mwcAowsuidigthiu 2, .i. P- i^b indead indeoguir bis isinchetna ;?t71aib 3. .i. a^Aiwimorcuin 4. postea dicit aufero aufugio dicimus ne si afFero • reliqua^ 5. cobeith 6. .i. andonaithchuiredar -u- iterum 7. lieic

1. .i. a7' c^o/wasaZca* ^etc oe in • u • sic latini 2. arin deogur ^- ^^^ 3. .L oldaas aindlach 7 inV v amsA greic^ 7 ahairitiu ardib osonaib 4. inna cenelsin 5. afracdce 6. daingnigim

1. .i. oroscaiged -ei t i' in -e- hisuidib 2. .i. isairi nitabur P. 19 b 3. grecda

1. naich^ imtha z 2. .i. hith P. 20a


6. How is this? Not hard is this: because the diphthong is P- 18a resolved into two long vowels there have remained in consonante i two «onttnuea times of the vowel which is called i. Hence the consonant is double. 7. i.e. the diphthong of a and e.

1. i.e. at the end of the first part which is in the compound. P. 18 b 2. i.e. after the diphthong which is in the first syllable. 3. i.e. its shortening (correptio). 5. so that it may be. 6. i.e. when u returns again.

1. i.e. since the Greeks resolve oe into u so do the Latins. P- 19a 40 2. from the diphthong. 3. i.e. than its diaeresis, and the u as Greek and its assumption for two consonants. 4. of those nations. 5. African.

1. i.e. ei or i was changed into e in these examples. 2. i.e. there- P. 19b fore I do not give (it).

1. not so is « (i.e. z does not, as s often does, lose the force of a P. 20 a consonant),

a: MS. MAHA. Maias b: MS. praeustis c: om. MS. d: MS. diarisin e: MS. «i' f: MS. uocali g: MS. ttoknikec h: This note is in the middle margin i: rectius ind, cf. Sg. 12» 3, 106 4, 136*2 k: grec Sg. 53» 11, 65^4, etc., innagrece 160 1, digreic 196 7, teora greca 148 12. In contraction greic is commonly expressed ii by g^c 9» 21, 19» 1, 40» 7, 196 7, but g^-c IIQ»» 1 l: MS. «ei m: the reason for the dependent Jiaich here is not clear

[ 70 ]'lanx" 'Asbustes'* ... 'squalor'^ 'blandus'^ ... 'creber'^

'pratum '^... Ante m autem inueniuntur c d g t^...' agmen'^ . . Tres autem consonantes non aliter possunt iungi in principio syllabae, nisi sit (i. p. 43) prima s^ uel c uel p.... tertia 1 uel r^..ut...'uictrix,' 'sceptrumVs Nam post pt uel ct et simul iunctas I non inuenitur. . .ipsa soni naturaprohibente*. In fine uero dictionis contra inuenimus primam liquidam, sequentem miitam®, postremam s... uel c uel t antecedente n"...uel loco -^ Graecae bs uel ps scribere pro ratione genetiui^ ut 'Arabs Arabis' tamen cognationem soni^ ad hoc" procliuiorem lo esse aiunt. ...euphonia superat"...

Syllaba est comprehensio literarum consequens sub uno accentu (i. p. 44) et uno spiritu prolata; abusiue tamen etiam singularum^ uocalium sonos syllabas nominamus. A singulis tamen incipiens, non plus quam*^ ad sex literas procedere syllaba potest...

Saepe inueniuntur pro duabus^ uocalibusiunctis...singulae uocales positae, ut 'plostrum'* pro 'plaustrum...'

Si antecedens syllaba terminet in consonantem, necesse est^ etiam (i. p. 45) sequentem a consonante incipere. . . Herodianus...ostendit, ratio- nabilius esse sonoriusque^ quantum ad ipsam uocis prolationem, in 20 compositis quoque* simplicium regulam...seruare.


3. med these t slice 4. .i. nephadnachte 0. doerma- continued j^aigthetu 6. .i. praeponitur b- do -l- sic -c- reliqua 7. didn 8. sreith^ 9. .i. niairecar -b- na -c- remi'

1. sluag 2. .i. manip •&• bas toisech innasyllaih -reliqua '25 3. .i. trislitir tmmurgu hito^nch. sylXshe hiid -i-^ no -r- 4. ar •c* 7 -p- son infechtso 5. .i. huith do -X- post ct- reliqua 6. .i. frivduit 7 lechdaig iunadiad 7. .i. n- re -c- nd -t- 8. .i. huare is b-S' t ps- his in geniixn 9. .i. hiter inainmnid 7 ingenitm t inter • psi 7 ps • 10. condib --p-sdodaintd- 11. .i. forhvaisligid "

1. .i. ceso comprehensio literarum asberr camaiph reliqua 2. oldaas 3. .i. hiluc deognir 4. .i. fSn

1. .i. isgndih 2. .i. bindiu 3. .i. cid


3. a balance or a dish*^ or a shell. 4. i.e. unburied®. 6. i.e. continued h is prefixed to I : so c etc. 9. i.e. neither h nor c is found before it.

2. i.e. unless s be the first (element) in its syllable etc. 3. i.e. the third letter, therefore, in the beginning of the syllable is wont to be I or r. 4. for (combinations commencing with) c and p this now (is an example, sce-ptrum). 5. i.e. the occurrence of I after ct, etc. 6. i.e. (contra) to a mute and a liquid after it. 7. i.e. w before c or t. 8. i.e. 4° because it is hs or ps which occurs in the genitive. 9. i.e. both nominative and genitive, or both jos* {p) and ps. 10. so that it may be ps that renders it.

1. i.e. although it is (by a syllable is meant) a collection of letters, still it is called etc. 3. i.e. in place of a diphthong.

1. i.e. it is usual.

a: Of sreith in this sense we have no other instance. In Philarg. i srath glosses in gramine b: leg. «l» c: The v is over the line, between h and a d: cf. teisc .i. mias O'Mulconry e: The glossator took Asbustes to be from as 'ex' and bustum, Ascoli

[ 71 ]Obiicitur* tamen huic' illud, quod oportet 'oblitus^' 'oblatus'...

si b in secundam syllabam transif more simplicium dictionum, primam habere® communem in metris, ut possit etiam corripi : sed hoc nunquam inuenitur'. Praeterea" 'circueo' et 'circuago' et 5 similia non paterentur abscisionem m in pronuntiatione si transisset in sequentem syllabam m", nee in 'perhibeo,'^'^ 'exhibeo/ 'inhumatus'...et similibus secundae syllabae principalis aspiraretur uocalis". . . Est ta- men quando in compositis" etiam subtrahitur consonans, ut 'coeo, cois.'

Principales syllabae... ab omnibus incipere Uteris, desinere tamen P. 22a lo non in omnes possunt sed in has : uocales quidem omnes, a quacum- que consonante' incipiat sequens syllaba in dictionibus, quae ...aliis partibus orationis sint compositae, ut...^ alterutrum^ Nee (i. p. 46) tamen, si sequens a consonante incipiet, licet antecedenti in quan- cumque* consonantem desinere...

In b inuenitur syllaba desinens, si sequens quoque ab eadem incipiat, ut ' Subburra," 'gibbus,'® 'gibber,"' 'gibberosus.'^, .. Quae tamen consonans c sequente solet in eam motari plerunque, ut . . 'occumbo'*. . 'succido '*"... 'Ob' quoque est quando assumit s, cum praeponitur cum dictione a c incipiente, ut . . 'obscenus'".


4. A. fristacuirther^ 5. A. doberr hicotarsne do 6. .i.combad oP-2lb 7 blitus dogneth reliqua [in marg.] .i. ob 7 liuitus 7 per sinagopen litus «^""^^""^^ •reUqua masued^ 7. .i. techt do -h- hitosach sillahe 8, techtaite 9. arat£sed 'h- isimilla.ih tdnaisi in his ar it coinsiddigthi 10. .i. Cenmithd innahi asruhart .i. oblitus reliqua 11. Frituidecht aile 25 anisiu- 12. forgellim 13. .i. ar nirubi Unfed arbelaib -x- 7 n- reliqua 14. .i. conforcmat dliged innandiuite inmenicc •

1. .i. ni ecen aforcomSt adi 2. Alterutrum .i. indalanai • P. 22a lactantius dicit. Utrum anima patre an matre an ex utroque generatur neque ab utroque neque ex alterutro seruntur animae 30 3. .i. hithe sin ixmaranna aili asrubart tuas • - 4. .i. m hicach osoin oosna 5. .i. ingor'^ 6. .i. tuithlae 7. .i. cnocc 8. .i. cnocach 9. .i. ob 7 cumbo 7 nibi acumbo hisin in diuitius con «m- sed cubo -as- reliqua • 10. .i. sub 7 caedo .i. dofuibnimm 11. .i. ob 7 caenum .i. loth^ reliqua


5. i.e. it is adduced in contrary (to it). 6. i.e. that it should make P- 21 b and blitus etc. [in marg.] i.e. ob and livitus and by syncope litus etc. if continued it is so^ 7. i.e. the passing of b into the beginning of the syllable. 8. that they should have. 9. (it is not found) that b should pass into the second syllable in these (words), for they are compounds. 40 10. i.e. besides those (words) which he has (already) mentioned, i.e. oblitus etc. 11, another objection this. 13. i.e. for there cannot be aspiration before x and n, etc. 14. i.e. so that they often preserve the law of the simple (words).

1. i.e. it is not necessary to observe this. 3. i.e. those are the other parts P. 22a 45 which he has mentioned above. 4. i.e. not in every consonant does it end. 5. i.e. an anchor. 6. ie. a swelling. 7. i.e. a lump. 8. i.e. lumpy. 9. i.e. ob and cum,bo, and that cumbo does not occur in simplicity with m, but cubo, cubas etc.

a: cf. Ml. 106" 15, 118" 3 b: The words .i. oi...masued are in the right margin c: cf. saburra Corp. Gloss. Lat. vii 220, 221 d: .i. loth is written over caenum e: cf. Sg. SQt-lS, 88^2, 192" 7 etc., Mod. Ir. maiseadh then, therefore,' Anglo-Irish viusha

[ 72 ]P- 22b Aut spem deponas aut partem illusus^ omittas •

in quibusdam autem manet immutabilis, ut 'abrogo,'^ 'abrado,' et puto differentiae causa ne, si ' arrogo ' et ' arrado ' dicamus, dubium sit, *ab' an 'ad' praepositio sit^ quae mutauit suam consonantem in (I. p. 47) r_ ../abdo'*...'abluo'«...'obnitor'«...

...' bacca,^ 'bucca,'^ 'soccus'®...

../abaddir/^" lapis quem pro loue deuorauit Saturnus.

Reddidit una bourn" uocem.

...f quoque sequente rationabilius^^ : 'affectus' ...s, ' assiduus.'^' ...'adfatur'../adsumo.' Errore tamen scriptorum hoc fieri puto^ lo quam ratione : nam quae sit differentia^ euphoniae^ ut, cum eadem consonans sit sequens, in aliis transferatur d, in aliis non^, scire taraen non possum...

L quacumque consonante sequente potest antecedentem terminare syllabam, ut. . 'ulcus^'...*mulxi.'^ Q et r solis sequentibus non inueni 15 antecedentem 1 ; nam h et k non possunt post banc inueniri*.

...'Cambises...'"*

In n terminatur antecedens syllaba sequentibus c uel f uel g uel altera n uel q uel r...uel s uel t^..ut...'mancus,'^... ...'cod' prae- positio ante dictionem ab r incipientem componitur, hoc idem 20 P. 24a patitur... Nee mirum, cum apud Graecos auctores artium hoc idem

1. .i. cuitbedach 2. .i. doaithbiuch i nioirdnimvcv t ualligim 3. indixnaigedar 4. .i. fullugaimra 5. dofonug 6. frisbiur 7. cder 8. oal 9. assa 10. cendla liac .i. taddminedarsom archiunn 11. .i. innambao^ 12. .i. 25 is dligthigiu acumscugud quam afeidligud 13. .i. uandi as-assideo 'Veliqua -

1. .i. uarietas immutatiowis 7 mutationis uel hoc .i. cen achomthoud -d- quod uerius est- 2. cidechor^ .i. arnidechor mbindiusa'^ file hie sed error scriptorum 3. bindiusa 4. .i. 30 ut non transferatur non .i. naico^ nicumscaigther -d- in aliis ^ictionibus^

1. cnocc 2. doommalgg 3. is airdircu epirt limmson • 4. .i. proprium nomen regis ut orosins^ narrat • t nomen uestis caimmse 5. .i. ordd abbgitir dorat forsna osona 6. .i. baclam 35 .i. manu captus 7. acomthoud in -r-^

2. i.e. I break (a bargain), or I do not ordain, or I arrogate. 3. whether it is. 10. a kind of stone, i.e. which he records hereafter. 12. i.e. more in accordance with rule is its mutation than its permanence. 13. i.e. from assideo etc.

1. i.e. without the change of d, quod etc. 2. what is the difference, i.e. because there is no difference of euphony here, sed etc. 4. i.e. no ! «^ is not changed in other words.

3. I think I need not say thiSj. 5. i.e. he has imposed on the consonants the order of the alphabet. 7. its conversion into r. 45

a: MS. wmaftao b: =c{ddechor c: MS. binditis d: MS. naico more probably than naicc, Thurneysen: leg. naicc, which is translated e: MS. die. At the end of this column the scribe has : F gamma i K cappa i X chi f: MS. ofo g: on the left margin of this column is the gloss: soldus iii tremeses habet tremesis uero scriptula et demedium h: Lib. v. f. 65,. gl. 1 i: cf. Vol. i. p. 415 note i

[ 73 ]soleat firi^ nt <rvpp€a>*^ ... 'irrito'* 'irriguus'* ' consitus'* ...

'imbuo" .. 'competum'* ... 'illudo."'...

... ' lippus.'^...

.. arquitenens,'^ 'currus/ 'morsus,' 'artus/ 'periurus/ curuus^** ... (i- p- 50) 5... 'pellicio,'" 'interlita'^'^ ... conscripsisti singraphum^^ .. leges pellige"...pellucet" quasi lanterna punica^'.

.. 'luscus'^ 'cassis '2...

...caeteris uero consonantibus' sequentibus e, non ex, praeponi (i- P- 51) solet ...

... 'faex* faecis/ 'faux' faucis.'

syllaba enim per se, nisi cum sit dictio sensum habere non P. 25a potest. Inuenitur tamen et plena oratio'^ in una dictione...

Tamen in metro^ necesse est unamquamque syllabara uel uniusP. 25b uel duonim accipi temporum.

Dictio est pars minima'^ orationis constructae^, id est in ordinem ' compositae^ : pars autem, quantum^ ad totum intelligendum...hoc autem ideo dictum est, ne quis conetur ' uires ' in duas partes diuidere®, hoc est in 'ui' et 'res'... Non enim ad totum intelli- gendum^ haec fit diuisio.


1. A. acomthoud in -T- la. .....icim 2. todurgim V. 2i& 3. tursitnech- 4. .i. conseminatus" comchlante .i. 7 sero 5. osecraimm 6. helat .i. o 7 peto 7. dogdithaimm 8. fiiuchdercc 9. huasalgabdltaid ■ arcon enim graece excelsus dicitur" 10. Ordd abhgitir inso 11. dogaithaim 25 12. etarfuillechta 13. incomscrihndaith 14. airlock 15. astdidi 16. ama in lochairnn n affraicdai^.

1. .i. caech 2. .i. cenelae lin 3. cenmithd -f- 4. .i. P- 24b descad 5. forcrach

1. .i. inge intan has rann intsillab 2. .i. in asllug insce biid P. 25 a 30 dictio

1. .i.fri toimsidetaid metair 2. .i. hicoindeulgg inna innsce P- 25 b 6ge 3. cen dualchi 4. inordd coir 6. .i. minima .i. isrannsi dm orationis 6. .i. oepred mrum is pars minima orationis cechtar inda leithe sin .i. ul- 7 res- aris pars minima 35 dictionis syllaba ni pars orationis • • - 7. .i. do Idni chdibutho inna huilce insce - •


5. 1 consecrate. 9. high-holder, for arcon in Greek means excelsiis. P. 24a 10. this (is the) order of the alphabet. 13. a writer®. 16. like the African lamp.

2. i.e. a kind of net. 3. except y! P. 24 b

1. i.e. except when the syllable is a part (of speech). 2. i.e. dictio P. 25a is wont to be in connected speech (oratio).

1. i.e. for the measurement of metre. 2. i.e. in comparison with P. 25b the complete discourse. 3. without vices. 4. into proper order. 45 5. i.e. it is verily a part of speech. 6. i.e. that he then should say, each of those two parts vi- and -res is pars minima orationis, for a syllable is pars minima dictionis and not pars orationis. 7. i.e. for the fulness of meaning of the whole discourse {dictio).

a: MS. ciPPHro b: von anderer band davorgeschrieben, Windisch c: The glossator seems to have been thinking of d*cpos d: i.e. afraicdai e: syngraphura is misrendered

[ 74 ]DifFert autem dictio a syllaba non solum quod syllaba pars est^

dictionis, sed etiam quod dictio dicendum^ hoc est intellegendum^", aliquid habet. Syllaba autem non omni modo" aliquid significat per se : ergo mouosyllabae dictiones quodammodo^^ esse et syllabae", non tamen sincoere^*... Unde si dicam^^ 'a' per se scio esse syllabam 5 nee temporal* tamen eius...nec significationem" agnosco... Nam in P, 26a 'ara^^' deorum,,.cum autem significat stabulum porcorum^ eadem a sillaba peneultima^ corripitur et acuitur et habet aspirationem ; haec eadem 'a/ quando est praepositio, grauatur^.... Vides ergo per se ipsum syllabam" difficere praedictorum ratione nee aliter posse 10 examosin^ tractari", nisi posita in dictione sit.

Oratio est ordinatio dictionum' congrua^ sententiam perfectam* demonstrans. Est autem haec diffinitio orationis eius, quae generalis est, id est quae in species seu in partes diuiditur^**. Nam oratio" dicitur etiam liber rethoricus...

. . .responsa*^^. . .' honestas' ^^ articulos, quibus nos caremus^^


8^ [^ Qids rann 9. .i. beth eperthi 10. .i. slaindith folad continue {ndepert • 11. .i. pnach mud etir 12. .i. ualailiu mud frisillaba ndd toirndet folad • • 13. .i. issi intsillab diuit sillaib ellaig rainne^ 7 nad sluindi folad • > 14. iVi sluindi sillaib folad 20 tree feisin manipsin" sillah oi bes rann insce-' 15. Si dicam .i. Fo^ : : : : sillaib iidiuit : :. . .rainn : :. . .in^ce : :. ..beid : :... 16. .L cemet aimmser bes indi 17. A. cid folad^ sluindes 18. altdir

1. .i. muccfoil 2. .i. hara .i. muccfoil 3. .i. intan mbis hicomaisndis 4. .i. solam .i. ind sillab diuit ndd sluindi folad-' ^5 5. .i. ind immdae^ 6. .i. oeperthae da aiccent 7 cisi aimser derb thechtas xeMqua 7. .i. innafocul 8. cenfubae^ cen dualaich 9. .i. coldni inntsliuchto 10. .i. coil 7 cdim t idem 7 partes quod melius 11. hie ostendit cerdich^ himeit 7 lagait ania^ ov&iio-" 12. .1. innafrecra 13. .i.fdle 14. .i. 30 nin tdnaic acdrachtar


8. i.e. because it is a part. 9. i.e. it should be to be said. 10, i.e. continued the word expresses substance. 11. i.e. in any way at all. 12. i.e. in another way (quodammodo) to syllables that signify no substance. 13. i.e. this is the simple syllable, a syllable in the body of a part 35 (of speech), and which does not express a substance. 14. No syllable by itself expresses a substance, unless it be a syllable which is able to be a part of speech. 16. i.e. what times may be in it. 17. i.e. (I know not) what substance it signifies.

1^ i_e. pig-sty. 3. i.e. when it is in apposition. 4. i.e. the 40 simple syllable which does not denote a substance. 5. i.e. abundantly. 6. i.e. so that it might be said what accent and what certain time it hath, etc. 7. i.e. of the words. 8. without flaw, without fault. 9. i.e. with fulness of sense. 10. i.e. simple (gracilis) and beautiful. 11. here he shews how far the word oratio extends in 45 greatness and in smallness. 14. i.e. their character has not come to us,

a: recte responsiua, but responsa is translated b: MS. raine c: leg. si or si sin? d: not quite certain, Thurneysen e: cf. cid chenil Sg. 197" 3 f: immdu might have been expected g: cf. Ml. 15* 11 h: the enclitic form is noteworthy. Can ce be a mistake for co ' how ' ?

[ 75 ]... illos adhuc sequimur Latini^ quamuis integros in nostra non P. 26b

inuenimus lingua articulos^ Nam cum dicimus' 'idem' 6 avro'i", non solum articulum praepositiuum, sed etiam pronomen in eadem dictione significamus" secundum quosdam infinite siue magis 5 nomine'..

His alii addebant etiam uocabulum et interiectionem apud (i- P- 55) Graecos^

Igitur non aliter' possunt a se discerni* partes orationis, nisi uniuscuiusque' proprietatis significationem" attendamus.

Proprium" est nominis" substantiam et qualitatem significare. Hoc habet etiam appellatio^^ et uocabulum : ergo trea una pars est orationis".

Proprium" uerbi actionem uel passionem siue utrumque...8ine casu significare. Hoc habent etiam infinita^", quare non sunt 15 separanda^^ a uerbo^^


1. .i. osni 2. .i. composites ut apud graecos t huare nan- P- 26b duntanaic acarachtar ciaridberam acdill a ipronoTniiiihus • > 3. is- folliLS nach mor brig ar^icuil linni • • 4. .i. ardointdm 5. .i. is/err ainm dodenom de 6. .i. indinteriecht nadrann insce 20 lagrecu sed apud aduerbium numerant atarimet comroircnich'^ innangrec^ lai^anna insce ol suide as rann insce lalaitnori-- 7. dedliguth fa-a inna niltoimddensin isde gaibthi igitur- quasi dixisset -ni fail ni nddtdi modligethsa fair indegaid nacomroircnech • - 8. .i. ofesta andechur 9. Manidecamar sain folad cacharainne - 25 10. .i. asainreth 11. .i. indanmma dilis 12. .i. proprium .i. torand folaid 7 imie ainaX ndondfoirde^ ainmm iidiles ■ 13. .i. inna ieoir rannasa is oinrann fardingrat • > 14. .i. asainreth 15. .i. torand gnima t cesta reliqua 16. .i. huare dofoirndet gnim et passionem 17. .i. islabrethir andram


1. i.e. we ourselves. 2. because their character has not come to P. 26b us, although we express^ their sense by means of pronouns. 3. it is clear that with us the article is not of much account. 4. i.e. for we translate. 5. i.e. it is better to make a noun of it^. 6. i.e. the interjection, which is not a part of speech with the Greeks, sed 35 etc., erroneous persons of the Greeks reckon it with the parts of speech because it is a part of speech with the Latins. 7. of the law then, of those many opinions, it is of this that he says" igitur ; as if he had said ; there is nothing on which my law does not touch' after the erroneous ones. 8. i.e. so that their difference may be known. 9. unless we 40 see a different meaning of every part (of speech). 10. i.e. its peculiarity. 11. i.e. of the proper name. 12. i.e. a signification of substance and quality '^, (just) as the proper name signifies it. 13. i.e. these three parts (of speech) it is one part that they express. 14. i.e. its peculiarity. 15. i.e. a signification of action or passion etc. 16. i.e. because they signify 45 action and passion. 17. i.e. they are to be reckoned with the verb.

a: MS. OAiTOC b: recte proprietates significationum c: MS. comroirnich d: MS. grec e: the prefixed n is peculiar: leg. dondfoirnde? f: Cf. Sg. 31» 3, 33» 19, 40*11, 146»1, 148'>13, Ugi'l, IQe^S g: cf. Vol. i. p. 613 note e h: gaibthi = gaibid + i i: cf . Wb. 2» 3 k: for inne in Sg. cf. 4" 4, 27» 3, 28» 1, 2, 28«' 13, 18, 30» 14, 39*32, 41" 11, 50» 3, 6, 59» 11, 61» 3, 4, 17, 66» 29, 73» 14, 137" 8, 183" 3, 185" 6, 201» 1, 207" 9, 211» 1, 10, 211" 4 : cf. definitio sensus id est qualitatis esse demonstrator, Suppl. Gramm. Lat. p. 64.

[ 76 ]Proprium est pronominis^ pro aliquo nomine proprio poni et certas

personas significare. Ergo 'quis' et 'qualis' et 'talis' et 'quantus* ...quae sunt...' redditiua,'^ magis nomina sunt appellanda quam pronomina...substantiam...et qualitatem^ quamuis generalem^ quod** est suum nominis®, habent : nomina sunt igitur dicenda, quamuis^ 5 declinationem pronominum habent quaedam ex eis. Non enim declinatio, sed uis et signification uniuscuiusque partis est con- templanda: indifFerenter enim^ multa et^" nomina modo pronominum et pronomina modo nominum inuenimus declinanda. Quod si de- clinatio facit indicium*" qualis^*^ sit dictio^^ debent... participial* in lo his putari... Ergo non declinatio, sed proprietas, est excutienda^' significationis^*'.

...summatim" de ceterarum quoque partium proprietate orationis percurrere.

Hoc ergo inter aduerbium et praepositionem est^^ quod ad-


1. -i- •issed sainreth pronominis asuidigud aranmmaimm dilius 7 ni arindi dano nddsuidigthe som aranmmaimm doacalmach • • 2. .i. drrethcha airindi asrenat frecrae dond immchomurc .i. Dofuasailcet animmchomarc immechomarcar tri quis 7 qualis 7 quantus 3. .i. qualis 7 talis .i. inni indfolaid hisin 4. .i. 20 cenelaich etir maith 7 olc 5. .i. proprium .i. di 6. .i. sainreth nanmmae torand folaid cenchinniuth pevsine • > 7. .i. quis 7 qui aris fardiull nominis ataat iwnahi olchcenae .i. quis** 7 talis 8. .i. afolad 7 inchiall 9. .i. Nibi dechor etir diall nanmann 7 pronominum 10. cid 11. masued sluindes indrann25 12. .i. Cia randdatu his indi 13. .i. cisi rami dogSntar di 14. ar is diall nomims, lasuidih'^ 15. A. ni eclastai 16. ind folaid 17. inddirmith i breuiter 18. .i. etir indobrethir son oicc bes h dobriathar^ 7 bes rewsuidigud t etir indobrethir sechissi 7 rewsuidigud mddodrumenatar alaaili nombetis in oen rainn •


1. i.e. this is the peculiarity of the pronoun, that it is put for a proper noun, not, indeed, that it is not put for an appellative noun. 2. i.e. redditives, because they render an answer to the question, that is, they resolve the question which is asked by quis and qualis and qicantus. 3. i.e. qualis and talis : (they have) the quality of that substance. 4. i.e. 35 general, both good and bad. 6. i.e. the peculiarity of a noun, to denote substance without determining person. 7. i.e. quis and qui (follow the pronominal declension), for the rest, qualis and talis are (declined) according to the nominal declension. 8. i.e. the substance and the sense. 9. i.e. there is no difference between the declension of nouns and of 40 pronouns. 10. also. 11. if it is this that the part (of speech) expresses. 12. i.e. what particularity* resides in it. 13. i.e. what part (of speech) will be made of it. 14. for they have the nominal declension. 16. of the meaning. 17. numerically or briefly. 18. i.e. between the adverb which can be an adverb and a preposition. 45 Or between any adverb whatsoever and a preposition, if some have thought that they are one part (of speech).

a: recte indicium b: leg. qualis c: MS. hisuidib, with puncta delentia under hi and la superscribed d: MS. dobre' e: randatu is an abstract formation from rann 'part of speech,' cf. Sg. 188" 7, B, 203»'4 etc.

[ 77 ]uerbium et sine cassualibus potest praeponi et postponi uerbis et

cum cassualibus... Terentius in Adelphis:

post facere tamen^

...si dicam ' non bonus homo ' pro ' raalus,' subaudio * est^'

Praepositionis autem proprium separatim quidem per appo- sitionem* casualibus praeponi, ut ' de rege ' . . coniunctim uero per compositionem tarn* cum habentibus casus quam' etiam cum non habentibus casus...

...'uel Terentius uel Cicero*' praepositio casualibus separata' lo praeponitur semper, coniunctio uero omnibus potest dictionibus modo^ praeposita modo postposita coniungi.

Nomen' est pars orationis, quae unicuique subiectorum corporum^" seu rerum" communem uel propriam qualitatem distribuit'^. (i. p. 57) Dicitur" autem nomen" uel a Graeco, quod est ' vofj,a^^' et adiecta 15 o ' ovofia^,' dictum a^* tribuendo^^ quod vifietv^^^ dicunt, uel, ut alii, P. 28a nomen quasi notamen, quod hoc notamus nomine uniuscuiusque sub- stantiae qualitatem Et communem quidem corporum qualitatem'^ demonstrat, ut ' homo '...rerum' communem, ut ' disciplina'...


1. .i. ardobrethir hiremsamugud 2. .i. ani as • est .i. biid P. 2ih 20 est hifoetsecht 3. .i. Trechomaisiideis do inchosc oencheillae 4. emith lasnahi 5. emith 6. .i. is nectar de 7. hi- coniaisiidis 8. ccwh la cein 9. .i. herchoiliuth folaith 10. .i. tiugdaie 7 tanaide 11. .i. nephchorpdae 12. .i. doind- naich 13. Aerchdiliuth sain 14. .i. tindnacul 15. .i. 25 ethemlagas donadbat hie ondsun gvecdu as- noma .i. nomen huad 16. gerind 17. .. othindnacul 18. A. gerind grecdae 1. .i. inne indfebtad t indfola.d asbeir hie inne dilse t P. 28a rfoacaWmaiche cwfteir innadead quando dicit et communem quidem Tcliqua 2. indinne issi ascoitchenn folad duine huile'^ • > 30 3. indulib ni hisonaib aid in dilse tnc^oacaldmaiche


1. i.e. for an adverb in anteposition. 2. i.e. es<, i.e. an e«< is understood. P. 27b 3. i.e. by apposition, to signify a single conception. 4. as much with those (that have). 5. as. 6. i.e. it is one of the two. 7. in ap- position. 9. i.e. definition of (the) substance. 10. i.e. of gross and 35 subtle. 11. i.e. of incorporeal (things). 13. definition of (the) word. 14. i.e. an imparting. 15. i.e. the etymology he sets forth here from the Greek word vd/xa, i.e. nomen (comes) from it. 16. i.e. (it is) a gerund. 17. i.e. from imparting. 18. i.e. a Greek gerund. 1. i.e. the quality of the property or of the substance he declares here: P. 28a 40 the quality of propriety or appellativity he declares afterwards, quando dicit etc. 2. the quality is this, whereby every one has a common substance. 3. in elements, not in words, is the propriety or the appellativity.

a: MS. oNOMA b: MS. vrifuiv c: perhaps a verb (asbeir ?) has fallen out before as: 'the quality, it is it which declares that all man is of common substance' ; for as coitchenn folad might then be compared bammo bron, Ml. 86'*6, and KZ. xxxv 399 sq.

[ 78 ]Species sunt communes tam propriorum quam appellatiuorum

duae, principalis et diriuatiua*. ...ut 'lulius'*'...

Nam propria habent species separatim quattuor : praenomen, nomen, cognomen, agnomen^ Praenomen est, quod praeponitur nomini uel differentiae causa" uel quod* tempore, quo Sabinos 5 Romani asciuerunt^ ciuitati ad confirmandam coniunctionem^ nomina illorum suis praeponebant nominibus et inuicem Sabini Romanorum.'"

Et notantur" uel singulis literis^^ uel binis uel ternis. Idque fit differentiae causa^^.... Unde in 'Marco' ' M/ solam scribimus^^..quia nullus error fit^^ Nomen^® est proprie uniuscuiusque suum"» '^ ut 10 'Paulus'; cognomen cognationis'" commune, ut 'Scipio^'; agnomen est quod ab aliquo euentu*^^ imponitur, ut 'Africanus,' 'Issauricus.' In- uenimus tamen multa in his quattuor speciebus propriorum nominum inuicem pro se possita et quae in aliis personis sunt praenomina^


4. .i. ataat chetnaidi 7 dirudigthi hindilsi ataat dano in doacald- maichi 5. .i. ainm inchoisc ceniuil 6. .i. issed «cognomen son alsnafiru aili reliqiia 7. .i. ardechor etir da naimnva cosmaili 8. .i. dochathraraib doib hisinchathir 9. .i. is do remisuidigddis doaccomol innacairddine 7 ind oentath • > 10. .i. Dagnitis dano intsabindai anisin immenetor X. nosuidigtis nomina romanorum ante 20 nominibus suis • > 11. .i. notaitir 12. .i. robu denlitrib 13. .i. dodechor fri praenomna^ aili 14. .i. huare nddfail prae- nomen friandechraiged° 15. .i. cith •m- namma scribthar and huare ndddeligedar fri praenomen cosmail do • " 16. .l nomen saindiles cachoenfolaid 17. .i. audi 18. An{ as nomen lasna 25 littridi aili is cognomen son lapriscien ani as cognomen leosom is nomen son leissem 19. .i. inchoibnis 20. .i. coitchen dia- choibnius .i. domaccaib 7 auib .i. scipio .i. scipide • - 21. .i. uathecmungg gnimo

1. .1. each ae dosuidigud aralailiu ' 2. A. hipersonaib sainib so .i. saini persin^ hisuidiu ■


4. i.e. there are primitives and derivatives in propriety: there are also in appellativity. 5. i.e. a name signifying family (gens). 6. i.e. this is the cognomen with other (learned) men, etc. 7. i.e. for distin- guishing between two similar nouns. 8. i.e. for citizens of theirs in the city. 9. i.e. for this (reason) they used to set it before for the junction of the friendship and the unity. 10. i.e. the Sabines also used to do this in turn, i.e. they used to put names of the Romans before their own names. 12. i.e. either^ by single letters. 13, i.e. to distinguish irom other praenomi7ia. 14. i.e. because there is no praenomen ior it ^o to differ from. 15. i.e. even if m only is written there : because it does not distinguish from (amother) prae^iomen like it. 16. i.e. a peculiar nomen of every single substance. 18. that which is nomen with other authors, this is cognomen with Priscian: that which is cognomen with them, is nomen with him. 20. i.e. common to his relatives, i.e. to sons 45 and grandsons, i.e. Scipio, i.e. Scipian. 21. i.e. by accident of fact.

1. i.e. that each of them is put for another. 2. i.e. in different persons, i.e. different persons here.

a: MS. quo b: leg. praenomina ? or is the word inflected as Irish ? cf. pronoibneib Sg. 200'> 6, pronomen 201* 5 c: leg. frisandechriged, which is translated d: for nom. pi. persin cf. Sg. 138» 4, 197» 8, 211" 9 e: see Vol. i. p. 433 note c, Pedersen, KZ. xxxv. 404

[ 79 ]haec in aliis loco nominum* accipiuntur... Similiter in aliis loco

coguominum* aliorum cognomina uel contra....

Hoc autem interest inter proprium et appellatiuum quod appellatiuum naturaliter commune est multorum' quos eadem 5 substantia sine qualitas® sine quantitas" generalis uel specialist iungit: generalis', ut 'animal,' ' corpus^*^' 'uirtus"'; specialist, ut... 'albus' 'niger'^' 'magnus,' 'breuis".'

Haec enim^' quoque, quae a qualitate uel a quantitate sumuntur speciali, id est adiectiua, modo a generali modo a special! qualitate 10 uel quantitate nascuntur naturaliter communia sunt multorum : adiectiua autem ideo uocantur, quod aliis appellatiuis^*, quae substantiam significant, uel etiam propriis adiici solent ad mani- festandam eorum" qualitatem^^ uel quantitatem, quae augeri uel rainui" sine substantiae consumptione^ possunt...

Proprium uero naturaliter uniuscuiusque priuatam^^ substantiam qualitatemque significat et in rebus est indiuiduis^ quae philosophi atoma'^ uocant, ut 'Plato,' 'Socrates.' Itaque communione naturali (i. p. 59)


3. .i. innafMnmann etargnai 4. .i.doluc^ innananmman P. 28 h inchoisc ceniuil 5. .i. afolad wsed maithess incoitchenna.s in 'Continued 20 nomine 6. .i. dd maith cid olc cid dlind cid etig • 7. .i. cid bee cid indr 8. .i. benair^ fricach nae andedese • 9. .i. docach anmmandu 10. docach corp 11. docach neurt 12. .. arsainchendlchi 13. ar inni andedeso 14. arnieit andedeso 15. .. frecrae nienrnvaan'^ reXiqua 16. .i. trenaib 25 17. .i. innananvian adiect- 18. /n/ia aiimmann trena didin ithe doformxoagddar donaib anmmanaib adiectaib dolanad 7 foilsiguth iime indib sicut postea dicit 19. .i. cenforcenn mdfolaid chethnai^ 20. niepil afolad cetne isfolud duini t dogaibther and t doformagar • 21. diuparthe 22. .i. nadfodlaiter /rislond nilfolad .1. mdimdna. 30 23. nephfodlaidi


3. ie. (in place) of the names of cognition. 4. i.e. in place of the P. 28b nouns which signify family. 5. i.e. the substance, this is what continued abates (?) the commonness in the noun. 6. i.e. whether it be good or bad, beautiful or ugly. 7. i.e. whether it be small or great. 35 8. i.e. these two (attributes) [generalis and specialis) are connected with each of them (qtcalitas and qziantitas). 9. i.e. to every animal. 10. to every body. 11. for every strength. 12. i.e. for special generality. 13. for quality, these two. 14. for quantity, these two. 15. i.e. a mental answer etc. 16. i.e. to substantives. 40 17. i.e. of the nouns adjective. 18. the nouns substantive then, it is they that are added to the nouns adjective to complete and manifest quality in them, sicut etc. 19. i.e. without end of the same substance. 20. the same substance does not perish : it is the substance of a man whether it be diminished therein or increased. 21. deprived. 22. i.e. 45 which are not divided to signify many substances. 23. indivisibles.

a: loco is interpreted as a dative, cf. Sg. 154 ^" b: MS. feenair perhaps more probably than berair, Thumeysen; leg. probably, with Sarauw, berair: cf. Ml. So*" 10 c: cf. scribend menman Sg. ITS'» 3 d: recte cMtnai

[ 80 ]caret '^. ...fortuitu... Et in proprio etiam appellatiua intellegi

possunt^ ut, si dicam * Virgilium^,' intellego hominem et poetam, in appellatiuis autem propria non intelleguntur . . nisi per excellentiam* loco proprii in quibusdam personis accipiantur, ut 'poeta* pro' ' Virgilius ' et ' urbs ' pro ' Roma.'

...alia incorporalia in appellatiuis, ut ' uirtus^' dea" et 'pudicitia' Penelopae^ Omouima^ quoque tarn in propriis quam in appellatiuis inueniuntur, ut ' nepos'"' filius filii. . . Inueniuntur tamen quaedam omonima eadem propria et appellatiua, ut 'Magnus Pompeius"'... Sinonima^^. . .

Aliae fere omnes species^^ in nominibus appellatiuis^ inueniuntur. . . .comprehensiuum^ . .

accidens uero, id est suum uniuscuiusque^ ut 'niger coruus*' et 'altum® mare.' Inueniuntur tamen etiam in propriis quaedam huiuscemodi^ ut 'Gradiuus Mars^' nee egent adiectione aliorum nominum^ quomodo communia adiectiua*.


24. doslund hile

1. .i, inttecmaingthech .i. tecmaing amin 2. .i. incoisgedar anmman c?oaccaldmacha tre anmman dilsi 3. Asagnintar as n duine 7 as fill intan asmberar uirgilius assagnintar assin^ doacaldmaiche • '^o tre dilsi-' 4. A. tre derscugud fir i chathra.ch reliqua 5. .i. tar Msi 6. .i. coitchen do each neurt 7. .i. nomen bandeae 8. .i. dorochair indilsidi^ oid nomen c^i'pudicitia 9. .i. cosmail ainmranechthecha veliqua 10. .i. haue 11. asmmagnus dognithcer andedesin .i. dili^ 7 rfoacaMmach 12. .i. comainm- 35 nichdecha reliqua 13. .i. file

1. archiunn 2. .i. arindi otetarrat som hignuisib hilib andeainmraneichthech 3. .i. andi .i. asainreth 4. fiach 5. fudomain 6. .i. amal ataat adiecta oanilmrechtrud ind- c^oacaMmaichi ataat dano indilsi • 7. .i. dorochair indilsi marti 3° 8. .i. cenmithd inna anminann dilsi dianacomlatar hie tantum • • 9. .i. doacaldmacha


24. to signify many.

1. i.e. accidentally, i.e. it happens thus. 2. i.e. appellative nouns (can) be signified by proper names. 3. when 'Vergil' is said, it is under- stood that he is a human being and a poet : therefrom is appellativity understood through propriety . 4. i.e. through the preeminence of the man or the city. 5. i.e. in place of. 6. i.e. common to every strength. 7. i.e. nomen of a goddess. 8. i.e. it has fallen into propriety" to her (Penelope), so that Pudicitia is a name of hers. 9. i.e. homonyms, etc. 11. out of the magnus this pair is formed, viz. the proper and the appellative. 12. i.e. synonyms etc. 13. i.e. which are.

1. ahead. 2. i.e. because it comprehends under many forms the denominative. 3. i.e. its own, i.e. what is proper to it. 5. deep. 6. i.e. as there are adjectives with their many varieties in appellativity so there are in propriety*'. 7. i.e. it has fallen into propriety to Mars. 8. i.e. except the proper names, to which they are added here only. 9, i.e. appellatives.

a: cf. Sg. 5» 10 b: leg. indilsi di, cf. Sg. 29" 7 c: i.e. the state of being a proper name

[ 81 ]Ad aliquid dictum est, quod sine intellectu illius^**, ad quod

dictum est, proferri non potest, ut ' filius,' 'seruus,' nam dicendo" filium patrem etiam" et dicendo seruum dominum quoque" intellego. Quod si intereat", interimit una illud quod ab eo intelligitur.

Quasi" ad aliquid dictum est^®, quod, quamuis habeat aliquid coutrarium^' et quasi semper adhaerens'*, tamen non ab ipso nomine^® significat etiam illud' : neque enim ex illo nominationem P. 30a accipit^...nam quamuis intereat^ nee interimit* secum etiam illud quod ei adhaerere intellegitur.

In propriis quoque hanc uim habent' dionima^ uel trionima uel (^- P- 61) tetraoniraa^ ut 'P. Cornilius Scipio Africanus.'

Interrogatiuum est, quod cum interrogatione profertur, ut 'quis,* 'qualis^*,' 'quantus,' 'quot,' 'quotus,' cum suos seruant accentus^

Infinitum est interrogatiuo contrarium^ ut 'quis,' 'qualis,' 'quantus'^' 'quot",' cum in lectione graui accentu pronuntiantur'.


10. .i. air ni conbiasom manibe ani huanaithgnintar 7 huanainm- P. 29b nigther'^" 11. A. lose asthbiur 12. file athir leiss 13. , continued file choimmdith leiss 14. .i. manibe 15. .i iscuit atoibthe^ nammd isairi asbeir quasi .i. similitudinis 16. .i. is quasi ad 10 aliquid asberar diib huare rombi cechtar de sech alaill • • > 17. .i. cenod filchotarsnataith etarru' 18. i. iscuit atdibthe huare rombi cechtox de sech alaill 19. .. bis leiss ut dies

1. .i. ani huanainmnichfide 2. sluindith sem aduiltetaid cen P. 30a jortacht indanmma aili • • > 3. .i. ciatbela indalandi niepil alaill 25 4. .i. ni airdben 5. .i. ainmnigitd oenfolaid hua ilanmvcianaib 6. .i. deainmrnnichthi 7. .i. is arsodain dobeir exemplum 7 a. .i. circunflex'^ 8, .i. ddig linn bed nacuit praeter qualis 7 combad chircunfiex far suidiu-^ 9. .i. ecrichdatu cen immchoruarc nindib 10. .i. isidmeit 11. .i. lin xeliqua 12. .i. ininim- iofognavci 7 issreith legind


10. i.e. for it will not exist unless there exist that from which it is P- recognised and named. 11. i.e. when I say. 12. that he has a father. 13. i,e. that he has a lord. 14. i.e. unless it exist. 15. i.e. it is a mere adherence (somewhat similar) : hence he says quasi. 16. i.e. it is quasi ad aliquid is said of them, because each of the two can be apart from the other. 17. i.e. although there is opposition between them. 18. i.e. it is a mere adherence because each of the two can L be apart from the other. 19. i.e. which it has, ut dies.

1. i.e. that from which it would be named. 2. it expresses its P- 30a 40 proper nature, without the aid of the other name. 3. i.e. though one of the two perish the other does not perish. 4. i.e. it does not destroy. 5. i.e. the naming of one substance by many names. 6. i.e. dionyma. 7. i.e. 'tis for this he gives an example. 7 a. i.e. (accented with) a circum- flex. 8. i.e. it seems to us that it is the acute, except (on) qualis, and that 45 it is the circumflex on this. 9. i.e. indefiniteness in them, without inter- rogation. 10. i.e. 'tis how much. 11. i.e. number etc. 12. i.e. in construction and in order of reading (in a connected text 1).

a: MS. -ter; according to Thurneysen ai is no longer legible b: cf. Wb. 24" 5 c: the m corrected into n

[ 82 ]Possunt tamen haec eadem et relatiua esse" et similitudinis",

sicut etiam^^ 'talis,' 'tantus,' 'totus/ 'tot': haec tamen etiani redditiua dicuntur^^ ... huiuscemodi nomina uel substantiae sunt infinitae atque communis, ut 'quis,' 'qui' ; uel qualitatis", ut 'qualis,' uel numeri^^ ut 'quot'... Sed incongruum^^ uidetur...nos Apollonii et Herodiani...uestigia relinquere^". .

Facticium^ est, quod a proprietate sonorum^ per imitationem factum est, ut 'tintinabulumV .

Absolutum est, quod per se intellegitur*. . .

Patronomicum^..quod significat cum genitiuo primitiui filius uel nepos. Et hac forma^ poetae maxime solent uti, pro qua' Romani cognominibus familiarum utuntur*, ut sunt * MarcelliV ' Cornilii"' ... quicunque eiusdem familiae" sunt, sicut^^ omnes minores" Thessei" 'Thessidas' Graeci uocant . . . . unde Virgilius... dixit ' Scipiades^^.' Necnon etiam possessiua loco patronomicorum^'


13. .i. aithaisfidisnecha .i. tuasailcdecha doimmchomairsnechaib • > 14. .i. quantus .i. isheidmeit i uerbi gratia • qualis innainne so noch isrelatiuum insin insamlathar dano inni frialaili' 15. .i.isderbson 16, .i. hdrredcha aliud nomen illis 17. .i. tecmaiiig dovdfolud hisin .i. infinitae 7 communis 18. .i. tecmaing dondfolud .i. infinitae 7 commums 19. ecdir 20. cenasechim

1. .i. aforcmachte A. nomen de sono factum* 2. .i. innafogur 3. .i. tinntin • afogur diaforcomnacair tintinabulum 4. .i. hfjjatuasailcthae huaanTnmaim ailiu dothormuch friss doaestdasc acheille • 5. .i. ciall genitiui nominis cetnaidi oacomol fris indi as filius t nepos issi fil isindaitherrechtaigthu • • • 6. .i. in des 7. .i. forma in des • 8. .i. ainnim. ninchoisc ceneuil issed file lalaitndri tarhesi naitherrechtaichthe lagrecu 9. .i. inmarcelldai 10. A. in chornaldai 11. A. dimuntir cornil Y marciW 12. .i. maicc 7 hdui reliqua A. is /alius issin magin sin tete ai^Aerrechtaigthe Ni ashire olddta maicc 7 aui reliqua 13. .i. atada 14. .i. indi thessei* 15. .i. accusatiuus A. patrommtci .i. inna scipdiu^ . pro scipionidas quia scipionidas debuit dicere 16. .i. inengraicc anmmae aitherrechtsiigthi


13. i.e. responsives, i.e. resolutives to interrogatives. 14. i.e. quantus, i.e. it is how much or, for example, qualis of this quality ; yet that is relatiuuni, it assimilates one quality to another". 15. i.e. this is certain. 16. i.e. 'redditives' is another name for them. 17. i.e. it happens to that substance. 18. i.e. it happens to the substance. 20. not to follow them.

1. i.e. the facticious, i.e. nomen etc. 3. tinn-tin, the sound from which tintinabulum is formed. 4. i.e. absolved, from the addition of another noun to it to express its meaning. 5. i.e. the meaning of the genitive of the primitive noun with the addition to it of filius or nepos, 35 40 this is what is (found) in the patronymic 8. i.e. a name signifying 45 kindred, this is with the Latins in lieu of the patronymics with the Greeks. 11. i.e. of the family of Cornelius or Marcellus. 12. i.e. sons and grandsons etc. : it is clear in this place that a patronymic goes further than sons and grandsons etc. 13. i.e. who are younger. 16. i.e. in place of a patronymic noun®.

a: the h is written above the t b: the second i is written above the d c: cf. Sg. 211» 10 d: cf. Sg. 32» 1 e: cf. Sg. 32» 1

[ 83 ]inuenimus apud Latinos iisurpata, ut 'Emilianus Scipio'^' pro Emelii P. 31 filius, et ' Octauianus Caesar^' Inueniuntur quaedam nomina (i. p. 63)

formae* patronymicoium significatione denominatiua'*, ut 'Euripides' non Euripi filius sed ab Eurupo® sic nominatus est. Et in omnibus 5 fere speciebus nominum^ inuenimus eiusdem formae etiam propria, quae^ tamen amittunt appellatiuorum significationem, ut ' magnus'* jidiectiuum et proprium...

. . abusiue etiara a matribu8...patronymica solere formari, ut 'Latonides' id est Latouois*, id est Latonae, filius Apollo^", et '° 'Iliades/ Iliae filius Romulus". Ab auis quoque matemis^*^ (i. p. 64) 'Inachides^^' filius lonis Epaphus", quae filia fuit Inachi^'.

A regibus sine a conditoribus 'Thessidae^' 'Cecropidae^,' id est P- 3lb 'Athenienses'; 'AeneadaeV Romulidae^'^ id est Romani* tum pendere poenas Cecropidae iussi'-


2. .i. inscip emelendae A. mace emelii 3. .i. incaesar P. 3la octauienda .i. octauiani filius fuit caesar 7 non est filius octauiae adeilh atreibthig arh&var anaitherrechthe 7 pro ^atvonymico hie est 4. .i. in des 5. i. dei-et ailiu roainmnichthe .i. deaijimmnichthi 20 .i. ab aliis nomiuibus 7 non. a nominibus ^aXronymicis G. .i. di- airisin'^ doratad foir anainmm sin ar^ issed laithe insin rofigenairsom ni airindi rohgenad som isind luc sin • • > 7. but anmxnann dilsi hicach rtdeilb 7 hicach tarmorcenn imbiat anmmann doacaldmacha • 8. .i. intan ata iidilsi 9. .i. mdr .i. magnus ciuis 10. .i. If, ishi apoill insin 11. A. ishe romuil 12. .1. huathraib amdthar 13. .i. ind inachda 14. .i. ishe epachus insin 15. .i. athair amdthar inachus

1. .i. inthesedi^ a theseo rege atheniensium 2. .i. cicrops p. 31b dorosat incathTa,g 7 dichlaind thessei ddib .i. digrecaib doib huili 30 3. .i. indceneedai 4. .i. romoldai 5. Romuil doforsat incathraig daeneas rocinnset indromain 6. .i. romdndi huili 7. .i. amtarforngarti


2. i.e. the Aemilian Scipio i.e. son of Aemilius. 3. i.e. the P. 31a Octavian Caesar i.e. Caesar was son of Octavianus, etc. From the 35 possessive form the patronymic is derived, and it is here for the patronymic. 5. i.e. from another thing they have been named, i.e. denominatives etc. 6. i.e. 'tis therefore that name was given to him (Euripides), because that is the day on which he was born, not because he was born in that place. 7. there are proper nouns into every type and 40 into every termination into which there are appellative nouns. 8. i.e. when they are proper. 10. i.e. that is Apollo. 11. i.e. it is Romulus. 12. i.e. from their mother's fathers. 14. i.e. that is Epaphus. 15. i.e. Inachus was his mother's father.

1. i.e. the Theseids etc. 2. i.e. Cecrops has built the city, and of P. 31b 45 the children of Theseus were they, i.e. of the Greeks were they all. 5. Romulus has built the city : from Aeneas the Romans have descended. 6. i.e. Romans all. 7. i.e. when they were ordered.

a: recte tjtovs b: Ascoli's 1. -ant is the ending of octauiani in the next line c: leg. isairisiii. Or, if we read is di airisin, translate " 'tis from history (airisin, abl. Bg. of airisiu, gen. airissen Sg. 106" 15) that this name was given him"; cf. the preceding gloss : de ret ailiu ro ainmnigthe d: The MS. has the siglam for Lat. quia c: MS. inthesidi with ed over id

[ 84 ]Aeneadae in ferrum pro libertate^ ruebant...

subitoque nouum consurgere^ bellum . .

A fratribus ' Phetontides^",' unde femininum ' Phetontis".' 'Phetontiadas' tamen dixit pro 'Phetontidas' poetica licentia^^.

Sunt igitur patronymicorum formae apud Graecos tres : in 5 'des' quae dicitur communis apud illos", quod in omni sermone possunt hac uti"... Nam in"^ aliis duobus non utuntur, id est in 'cov' terminata, quae est propria linguae ladis^® — TTeXetwy"' pro VPelides"^^' — et in 'adios' quae est 'Eolica^*' ut 'Phirradios^^'... De hac igitur forma'^" dicendum est...

.. nam 'Aenides' magis contra regulam auctoritate poetica posuit Virgilius, e et a correptas in i productam conuertens, uel quasi ab 'Aeneus' 'Aenides^^' sicut a 'Peleus' 'Pelides*^' .. | ..fecit autem 'Anchisiades' quasi ab 'Anchisios^' nominatiuo


8. .i, dochumt'Ath° asoere 9. .i. hat 10. .1. infetontide A. frater fetontis .i. aitherrechtskigthe masculinda,e obrathir 11. .i. tre indavpae • de • as in mascul 12. .i. issi poetica licentia and tormach inna a • tantum 7 ni/il imchloud cendiuil nadiill and ut erratici putant .i. mael- 7 cua^ 13. .i. docach helru fit lagrecu y docach ceniul 14. .i. forma in des • 15. .. in cheniuil sin 16. .i. inpelecdae pelei films 17. .i. dogluaiss ar ismeinciu dunni a7iaitherrechtsdgthe in des • 18. .i. eolensta 19. in- phirde 20. in des 21. .i. hariagolda anainmmsin^ arachijbl^ manubed^ quia non fit do anmiram diles 22. .i. Ama bid cognomen do aeneus 7 nirbu cognomen challeic acht darigni amin sic peleus veliqua

1. .i. amal nobed nochni fail aria inoensillsjib forbeir anaither- i rechtaigthe^ seek acognomen nisin nianubed indib sem^ silaha,ih I immurgu forbeir sechani as anchises • • ■


8. i.e. to preserve (?) their freedom. 9 10. i.e. the 30 Phetontid, i.e. the brother of Pheton, i.e. a masculine patronymic from (the name of) a brother. 11. i.e. through ejecting -de from the masculine. 12. i.e. this is the poetic license there, the adding of the a only, and there is no change of gender or declension in it, as the blunderers, i.e. Mael... and Cua... suppose. 13. i.e. to every dialect 35 among the Greeks, and to every nation. 15. i.e. of that nation. 16. i.e. the Pelidian. 17. i.e. (he adds Pelides) for a gloss, for the patronymic in -des is more familiar to us. 21. i.e. that name (Aeneus) would be regular behind it (Aeneades), if it existed, for it is not found as' a proper name. 22. i.e. As though Aeneus were 40 cognomen to it [Aeneides), and yet it was not cognomen, but (the poet) made it thus : so (is) Peleus etc.

1. i.e. as if it were, yet it is not, for by one syllable the patronymic increases beyond that cognomen, if it existed. By two syllables, however it increases beyond Anchises.

a: om. in b: MS. peliades, with punctum delens under a c: with cumtuth (from com-ud-tuth) cf. Lat. tweor, tuto, tutor? d: MS. anaimmsin e: commonly iarnachul, but cf . Sg. 112" 3 f: cf. Ml. 30" 4 g: aitheirechtaigthe ita fictum videtur ut paterno iuri proprium (athr-recht) i.e. patronomicum signi- ficaret, Asc. Gl. 50. The glossator may have derived the latter part of patronymicus from vbfwi. Hence the recht h: leg. manubed sem-indib i: cf. Sg. 78' 2, Wl, 104" 5

[ 85 ]quomodo 'Lertios'^ Lertiades' ... 'UrjXevf; n^^Xew?* Pelefdes"; et per

sineresin* e et i in ei diphthongum proferunt paenultimam.

Inde Promethides' placidis Epimethida* dictis.

'Deucalides^' pro 'Deucalionides/ et 'Scipiades' pro 'Scipio- 5 nides"... 'Demades' per sinarisin^ pro 'Demeades'... 'Euerides' etiam et 'Lycomedides' apud Graecos contra regulam** paenultimam dipthongum habent...

..si masculina i longam habuerunt ante 'des' per sinarisin^, P. 32 b apud Latinos in 'eis' diuisas tamen faciunt feminina . .

In 'ne^' autem desinentia quae sunt ladis linguae^ patronymica eiusdem generis i longam habent paenultimam, si principale^ non habuerit eandem i uoealem...

Acrisioneis Dan[a]e® fundasse colonis®,

ab Acrisione', id est Dan[a]e®. Et sciendum, quod inueniuntur


2. .i. riagolson mmurgu 3. .i. dosoither os in ides • od^ni P- 32 a peleldes tarum pelides iarsuidiu • 4. .i. treaccomol 5. .i. ^**" *""* inpromithide .i. horminis 6. .i. inni eipimethis 6 a. i, deocalion 7. .i. inscipdae 8. .i. tresanacomol inddd aimvu- serda indd gutae 9. .i. ar nifil deogur isnaih cognominibus • 2o huataat •

1. .i. treaccomul • e • i indeognr 2. Ni huaitherrechtaigthib P- 32 b Tmzscwlindaib Hit inna aitherrechta.igthi in ne • acht is 6 cognominibus 3. .i. incheniuilsin 4. .i. acognomen hombi 5. .i. daua as niaith lialaailiu and ni fitemmar can doberr 6. .i. hunaib^ 25 aitrebthidib acrisiondaib ammuntarsidi adrothrebsi lee ithe conrot- gatar incathraig • 7. .i. nand aither7'echtaigth.m atd anaitreb- thach .i. acrisioneus ishe afoxlaid Hair sidi fil sunt • 8. .i. apropir son


2. i.e. this, however, is a rule. 3. i.e. -6s is changed into -ides P. 32a 30 so that it makes Peleides afterwards, and after this Pelides. 6. i.e. continued the Epimethis (in the accusative). 8. i.e. through the combination of the two temporalities of the two vowels. 9. i.e. for there is no diphthong in the cognomina from which they are.

1. i.e. by the combination of e and i in a diphthong. 2. Not P. 32 b 35 from masculine patronymics are the (feminine) patronymics in -ne, but from cognomina. 3. i.e. of that nation. 4. i.e. the cognomen from which it comes. 5. i.e. ('tis) daua that some like here; we know not whence it is brought. 6. i.e. by the Acrisionian in- habitants ; her folk whom she (Danae) had (lit. possessed) with her, 'tis 40 they that built the city (of Ardea). 7. i.e. from the patronymic (Acrisione) comes the possessive, i.e. Acrisioneus : it is its ablative plural which is here. 8. i.e. that is her proper name.

a: MS. peleyc pelecoc pelides

b: rectius huanaib

[ 86 ]multa eiusdem formae gentilia», ut ... 'Colchis ^V 'Argolis",' 'Ci-

clasias"^V 'Troias^^' ... Alia uero propria", ut 'Bachis'..

Possessiuum est, quod cum genetiuo principalis^' significat... P. 33 a .. patronymica filios uel nepotes significant, possessiua autem non solum filios, sed omnia quae possunt esse in posesione Fiunt 5 (i, p. 69) igitur possessiua uel a nominibus, ut 'Caesar^ C8esareus^'...et uel mobilia sunt, ut 'Martins^ Martia Martium' uel fixa^ ut 'sacrariumV 'armarium",' 'donarium^'

Possessiua autem dicimus...quae formam habent possesiuorum®. Sunt enim quaedam gentilia similem possessiuis habentia formam, 10 ut 'Romanus' ciuis gentile" et 'Romanus' ager posesiuum", quaedam J autem eadem et propria et gentilia et possesiua^^ ut ... 'Latinus' 1 ciuis ^^ et 'Latinus' ager"; alia tantummodo propria^-' formae pos-


9. .i. anmann inchoisc ceneuil 10. .i. colchia .i. in colchelda^ 11. .i. argi S. in grecda 12. A. inciclasta'^ 13. A. introianda 14. propiri dilsi anisiu diaitherechtsAgthih^ .i. oecat beta propiri 7 beta ^laitherrechtaigthi inchetnidi huambi anai- trebthach

1 . .i. ani atreba leiss atreba cesorcuin^ 4. 5. .i. cenfodail ceneuil 2. .i. asoirc cdch 3. .i. airindi ai7' indi atreba leiss adrad martis • 6. .i. sanctdir • arindi • atreba r4tu noiba and • 7. .i. serin airindi atreba arma and • 8. .i. airindi atreba mdini indi • 9. .i. ar ckuit tarmorcenn • 10. .i. coitchen 7 chenelach docach cathrur diromanaib 11. .i. atir romanach^ arindi atrebat romdin and 12. .i. conecat atredesin- 13. .i. each fer dichlaind latin^ 14. .i. air indi atrebat laitn6Ti and 15. .i. archuit tairmorcenn 7 non possesii/a reliqua •


9. i.e. names signifying race. 10. i.e. the Colchian. 11. i.e. the Grecian. 12. i.e. the Cyclasian. 13. i.e. the Trojan. 14. this is strictly proper names as appellatives : they can be proper and 30 be patronymics. 15. i.e. of the primitive from which is the possessive.

1. i.e. that which he possesses. 2. i.e. who destroys every one. 3. i.e. because he possesses destruction. 4. i.e. because he possesses the worship of Mars. 5. i.e. without distinction of gender. 6. i.e. sanctuary : because it possesses holy things therein. 7. i.e. an 35 armoury, because it possesses arms therein. 8. i.e. because it possesses treasures therein. 9. i.e. as regards terminations. 10. i.e. common and general to every citizen of the Romans. 11. i.e. the Roman territory, because Romans dwell there. 12. i.e. they can be these three things. 13. i.e. every man of the Children of Latinus. 40 14. i.e. because Latins dwell there. 15. i.e. as regards terminations, and they are not possessives, etc.

a: recte ' Cyclas,' ' las '

b: seems corrupt ; incholchedde PCr. 12'»

c: rectius inchiclastae

d: cf . p. 84, note g

e: the scribe wrote asorcuin, and then altered the a to «

f: n over the line, the first a under it

g: cf. ingen latin (gl. Lauinia) Sg. 38" 14

[ 87 ]sessiuae'^ ut 'Quintilianus'V • • 'lulianus'; alia loco patronymicorum

posita...ut 'Emilianus'^' Scipio ., Ex eadem forma" agnomina^^ quoque multa inuenies, ut 'Africanus^/ 'Persicus^^' ... Alia autem sunt eiusdem diriuationis^ quae ex materia principalium^ constare 5 significantur...alia ex morbis, ut 'cardiac us 2"'; alia a professionibus^, ut 'mechannicus*' ^,' 'gi'ammaticus^'; alia a disciplinis, ut 'Aris- totelicus^,' 'Socraticus^,' 'rethoricus'^'; alia quae primitiuorum similem possunt habere significationem*^, ut 'Tracius' pro 'Trax^'

... 'Libycus,' quod solum y ante 'cus' habens inuenitur quod a lo principali- accepit. ... 'mulio mulionis* mulionicusV Cicero pro (i. p. 70) Sestio*: raulionicam paenolam^


16. [in marg.] Aliter tantummodo propria .i. nicumcat bete gentilia P- 33a oecat immurgu bete possisiua 7 propria • 17. .i. cosmailius dirru- <'<'"**""^<^ digthi 18. .i. emiUndae X. emelii filius .i. amal bid emelides nobed 15 and 19. .i. possesiwa 19 a. arbertar as noentarmoirciunn}' .i. at<re6thacha 7 agnowmia 20. .i. ar indi atreba afraicc 7 reliqua 21. .i. air indi atreba persiam 7 reliqua 22. A.fri aitrebdacha i possimwci 23. .i. primitiuori^m huandirrudigeddar 24. .i. arindi atreba cardiacam" genus doloris^ 25. .i. huafdisitnib inna 20 nddne fHsgniat 7 ataimet 26, 27. .i. arindi atreba inddnsin • ind fiss asberar michanicd .i. sechta' 28. .i. air indi atreba inddn inna litredachte 29. .i. ar indi atreba besu aristotil 30. .i. air indi atreba besu socrdit 31. .i. air indi atreba sulbairi 32. afolad^

1. .i. son^ Idn 7 delb aitrebthaig osun 2. .i. dnbunud .i. P- 33b libya 3. .i. custos mulorum .i. echaire 4. air indi atreba mtilu 5. .i. in echlas muldae


16. i.e. Otherwise tantummodo propria; they cannot be gentilia, but P. 33a they may be possessiva and propria. 17. i.e. similarity of a derivative, 'continued 30 18. i.e. Aemilian, i.e. son of Aemilius as if Aemilides were there. 19. i.e. possessiva. 19 a. they are expressed by the same termination, i.e. possessives and agnomina. 20. i.e. because he possesses Africa etc. 21. i.e. because he possesses Persia etc. 22. i.e. as possessives. 23. i.e. of the primitives from which they are derived. 24. i.e. 35 because he has cardiaca, a kind of pain. 25. i.e. from professions of the arts which they practise and profess. 26, 27. i.e. because he possesses that art, of the science called mechanice. 28. i.e. because he possesses the art of literature. 29. i.e. because he possesses the character of Aristotle. 30. i.e. because he possesses the character of 40 Socrates. 31. ie. because he possesses eloquence. 32. their substance.

1. i.e. a full sound, and the form of a possessive from (the) sound. P. 33b 2. i.e. from the origin i.e. Libya. 3. i.e. horsekeeper. 4. because he possesses mules. 5. i.e. the mules' horsecloth (?).

a: MS. Sesio b: cf. far ndeii deilb Sg. 90*- 2, 201" 6 c: MS. cardiam

d: genus doloris ist von ganz andern Hand hiniiber die Glosse geschrieben, Thumeysen

e: MS. afolaid, with panctum delens over i

f: Ascoli and Windisch read no (i.e. nomen) ; ein verktimmertes n scheint mir palaographiscb wahrscheinlicher, Thumeysen

[ 88 ].. 'illigneusV tamen et 'iliceus^' dicitur: Terentius in Adelphis:
Lectulos . . . illigneis pedibus^

Statius in sexto Thebaidos :

Ornique iliceaeque trabes® metuendaque^" suco
Taxus".

'marmoreus^^' ... 'quernus^V 'columns"' ... 'faginus"'; e uero longam 'spondeus^V 'Phoebeus^"' ... o : 'aerous^V 'EousV ••■ niore lonio".

Italides^ quas ipsa decus sibi dia Camella.

Nam primitiuum 'Chins' corripitnr...

Aret Lerna^ nocens^, aret Lyrcins^ et ingens
Inachns.
Nee mirnm, nam tu infaustos^ donante marito
Ornatus Argia geris.

... lonas^ ... ... 'stlataria^' ... alia ab officiis^, ut 'tabellarins^' 'mercinarius.'...


6. .i. ilignide • de nomine fedo .i. illigum nomen arboris 7. .i. ilecde • ilex nomen arboris 8. huanaib cosaib hilignidih 9. .i. innatrosta ilecdi 10. .i. isaichthi 11 .i. ind ibair hdis neimnich ■ 12. indi'^ atreba marmair 13. dairde quia fit quercus reliqua 14. .i. collde quia fit colyrus coll 15. fagde fagus 16. toxalde arindi atreba toxal and A.fot^ 17. .i. phebus

1. .i. arindi atreba. nert 2. .i. arindi atreba airther quia fit eos .i. oriens 3. grecdu 4. .i. inna etaldai A. larina 7 tulla 5. .i. ni cumma limm 7 anaitrebthach. quia producit 6. loth 25 7. erchoitech

1. michlothaiigthi 2. .i. aicmae digrecaib

1. .i, stlata .i. ethar 2. .i. atrebat ni triatimdirecht awal atreba infochrach afocraicc 3. tablaire .i. tabella


6. i.e. ilignian, from the name of a tree. 7. i.e. ilician, (from) 30 ilex etc. 8. from the ilignian feet. 9. i.e. the ilician beams. 10. i.e. it is to be feared. 11. i.e. the deadly poisonous yews^ 12. because it possesses marble. 16. drawn (?), because it possesses drawing^ (?) therein i.e. length.

1. i.e. because he possesses strength. 2. i.e. because he possesses 35 the east, quia etc. 3. Greek. 4. i.e. the Italian women. 5. i.e. I do not deem it identical with the possessive, because it lengthens (the i). 6. mud^.

1. ill-famed. 2. i.e. a tribe of Greeks.

1. i.e. (from) stlata i.e. a boat. 2. i.e. they possess somewhat 4° through their service, as the mercenary hath his pay.

a: leg. herous b: MS. lirceus c: leg. arindi d: Ascoli prints fot as the beginning of gloss 33" 17 e: The glossator supposed taxus to be in the nom. pi. f: cf. toxal na tromsluag SE. 5318; toxal (gl. uerriculum) Sg. 53" 4; probably from to-fo-com-sal-. Cf. nam spondeus tractus quidam, id est sonus, qui fundebatur circa aures sacrificantium. Isid. iii. 25 g: lerna paludes aquae ubi fuit ydra serpens qui multa capita habuit, Corp. Gloss. Lat. iv. 254

[ 89 ]alia a dignitatibus, ut 'praefectorius*' ... 'censorius" ...ut 'collarium^'

quod in coUo est, 'plantarium"' quod in planta^ ... 'motaria*' quod in motu est et 'palmarium^"' quod in palma, hoc est in laude ; de quibus sunt, ut 'frumentaria"' lex de fruraento ... 'uinaria cella^'^' quae uinum habet, et 'armamentarium'*' in quo arma posita sunt, sic 'uiolariumS' 'rosarium'^,' 'uiridarium^'

... 'Pompeianus"' ... 'Romanus'^' ... 'RubrenusV 'AnienusV unde Virgilius : Aniena^ fluenta. ... in his quae ab aiboribus deriuantur, ut 'oleaginus®' ... ... 'cohirnus^V 'ficulnus",' 'populous'^'

Potest tamen et hoc [sc. 'Romanus'] et pene omnes huiuscemodi formae nominum propriorum quoque habere significationes'l ...'Cor- uinus"' ...alia a tempoiibus ut 'matutinus^' a matuta^, quae


4. .i. immscerde 5. .i. cistae .i. qui censum praerogat P. 35 a 6. A. amxnuinde .i. muince i slabrad 7. acclantae 8, hi claidi '^^^^^"^^^ 15 9. acumscaigthe 10. .i. ani atreba hiuuaid t molad 11. .i. recht/recoir chdill cruithnechtae^ 12. .i. cuile finda airindi ogaib fin t ubi uinum uenditur ut heda • 13. .i. loc imbiat arma arindi oiigaib arma

1. .i. scotae .i. uiola 2. .i. broinde t rostae .i. c?erosa dindluib P. 35b 20 find^ .i. luib derc 3. hurda A. uiridis 4 .i. seruus .i. mug atreba poimp leiss 5. airindi atreba romam 6. dercaide quia fit rubra 7. aniendae dianntmaim. indsrotho asberr anien^ 8. aniendai 9. olegende 10. coldde quia fit corylus nomen arboris 11. ficiddae ficulnia 12. populus .i. nomen /ec^o 2£ 13. .i. dogniter anmannn dilsi diib ama dongnither^ dindhi as romanus cinid airi doberr desimrecht acht aratrebthach nand 14. .i. fiach

1. .i. fuinide [man. alt.] mane uigilans heda 2. fuin


6. i.e. that which belongs to a neck i.e. a collar or chain. 8. in P- 35 a 30 a digging. 9. that which is moved. 10. i.e. that which has '^*'"**""^'^ victory or praise. 11. i.e. the law of cultivating wheat. 12. i.e. a wine-cellar, because it contains wine, vel etc. 13. i.e. a place wherein are arms, because it contains arms.

1. i.e. belonging to violets. 2. i.e. belonging to dew® or belonging P. 35b 35 to a rose, i.e. de rosa from the white plant i.e. a red plant. 4. i.e. a servant whom Pompey possesses. 5. because he inhabits Eome. 6. reddish. 7. of the Anio : from the name of the river called Anio. 12. populus i.e. name of a tree. 13. i.e. proper names are formed from them (possessives), as is formed from Ronianus, although not for 40 this is (the example) Romanvs given, but for the possessive therein. 14. i.e. a crow.

1. i.e. belonging to evening. 2. evening. P. 36a

a: The glossator supposed that the lex frumentaria was made for the encouragement of agriculture, and glossed accordingly

b: MS. fin; .i. luih derc bedeutet wohl correctur des versehens luihfintl, das darum nicht ausgeschrieben ist, Thurneysen

c: Ascoli amen. Man kann ebensogut anien also amen lesen, Thurneysen

d: the n and h over the line

e: a derivative from brdin; rosarium is alternatively explained &om ros

[ 90 ]Auroram significat, uel, ut quidam AevKodeav^ ... 'antelucanus*' ...

alia a mutis animalibus, ut ... 'anserinus"; alia a materia ex qua constant, ut 'humanus®' . . alia a numeris . .

It grauis Auletes centenaque" arbore* fluctum
Verberat assurgens... 5

...'capsa^capsanus '**... De'mustelino®'. . pauloposttractabitur. P. 36b Similiter a habent ea, quae deriuantur a nominibus in 'cus' uel (i. p. 78) in 'cuius' desinentibus, quae sunt ultra duas sillabas^ ut 'rusticus rusticanus...' Excipitur a masculo^ quod est dimminutiuum maris, 'masculinus' factum^ ... 'tolletum tollitanus"*' ... ... 'lu- lo P. 37a cina^' 'follis^' ... ... 'macer*' . . 'libertus*' ... 'rufus"' . . (i. p. 79) Excipiuntur® ab 'humo' 'humanus' ... nam^ quod a Taurominio 'Taurominitanus^' dicimus, sequimur Graecos, qui 'Taurominites' P. 37b dicunt. Gentilia^ enim apud Graecos in 't7/9' desinentia . . . (i. p. 80) 'aper^ aprinusV 'caper* caprinus,' 'ceruus ceruinus*' ... 'taurus ^5 taurinus^' 'ferus®' .. 'leporinus^' ... 'ouinus^' ... 'suinus*'... 'unus ullus", una ulla", unum ullum,' 'bonus bellus^'^' ... 'mediastinus^*'... 'Fiscina"'...'fuscina^^' ... an fiscus^* a 'fiscina"'


3, .i. issain dofoirnde son frisinroithnigud 4. remdeddlte 5. anser .i. gigrann 6. hurde 7. .i. c^t rdmce fuiri 20 8. comrar 9. mustela** .i. ness mus longa mustellinus

1. .i. mad desillaha,ch. nibbd i/ianus regaid intdiruidigud 2. .i. mas • masculus A'ii-ac? 3. anasforcmide^ 4. .1. esgaV tenlach .i. census quod toUitur^

1. taitnem 2. hole 3. s6im 4. proprium derc 6. hua anmanaib in us 8. .i. niexceptaid linn son sed regula 9. cenelcha

1. torc allid 2. torcde 3. gabor 4. damde 5. tarbde 6. .i. best 7. patnide 8. cdirchuide 9. mucde 10. oendn 11. oSnnat 12. sainemlan 30 13. meddn tairismid t gabaltaid 14. ainehes 15. del 16. eis 17. fd innadixnigedar eeehtarde sdermug 5. .i. 25 marg. 1. Arehiuim


3. i.e. what this (AevKoOea) signifies, is different from radiance. 7. i.e. a hundred oars in it.

1. i.e. if (the noun) be disyllabic, the derivation will not end in 35 -anus. 2. i.e. mas: masculus (is derived) from it. 3. when it is made.

1. splendor. 5. i.e. a proper name, or red. 6. from nouns in -us. 8. i.e. we do not deem this an exception,

1. a wild boar. 13. standing in the middle or holding 40 th^ xm^dle {medongahdltaid)^. 14. a basket. 17. or whether it is not each of the two.

a: MS. ab arbore b: recte Compsa Compsanus c: recte Toletum Toletanus

d: MS. must^lla, with punctum delens over the first l

e: leg. anas forcmachte f: cf. indesgal Ml. 96" 11

g: cf. Ducange s.v. tolletum : the Latin words are in a later hand

h: mediastinus seems to be taken as in medio stans or medium tenens

[ 91 ]an neutrum a neutro'^ dubium est^'. Nam nee 'fuscina^' a fusco

nee 'pagiua' a pago^ nee 'Mutiua' a muto^...deriuata...paenultimam corripuerunt. . . ilia seilicet obseniata regula, quam superius in P. 38a mutis animalibus diximus; ideo et 'anser anserinus^' dicimus ... 5 'heri' alternitatis'^ causa 'hesternus"... In 'teria' etiam desinentia* (i. p. 81) faciunt deriuatum similiter: ' Fabrateria" Fabraternus' 'Sabrateria* Sabraternus,' ' aetas ' quoque ' aeternus ' . . . ' Vetus ' praeterea 'ueternus" facit, non solum 'ueteranus/ sed diuersas habent sig- nificationes^ 'Quercus" etiam quernus^V 'corylus" 'colurnus^^" ... lo ' raensis mensurnus'^' ... ... ' Lauinia"' ... Abusiue' tamen p. 38b poetae pro 'Dardanio^' posuerunt 'Dardanum.' Si uero ante 'ia' aliam eonsonantem habuerint^, i longam habent ab eis deriuata ante 'nus'... ... Tripolites" 'Tripolitanus.' Similiter a Carilibus' {uel (i. p. 82) Caralibus} 'Caralitanus'... ... 'priuignusV 'PelignusV

Quamuis igitur . . diuersas habent significationes® supra dictae


18. .i. onechtar ndi 19. fd inndd fail nechtarde hualaliu p. 37b 20. gae gona eisc ut romani dicunt [in marg.] tridens neptuni continued quod graeei fuscinam dicunt 21. ofich 22. amlabar

1. .{.cesu-in-er theit* . . is . . i ante us and uare as nomen P. 38a 20 animalis 2. .i. ailidetad dechuir fri- aeternus ar baked bariagol heri heternus 3. .i. dethenachde 4. .i. inna. hi conosnat in teria .5. tolnaid cumtach 6. .i. iiigor 7. .i. arbrici chomarle cid dac induine 8. .i. atd dechor netarru diblinaib 9. daur 10. daurde 11. coll 12. colde 13. mistae 25 14. ingen latin

1. .i. arhuatigud sillah 2. darddnde 3. manip • n • P. 38 b 4. trechatharde 5. caralis^ nomen ciuitatis pluraZts combed earalites lagrecu 7 caralitanus linni 6. .i. lesmacc .i. prius genitus 7. .i. tudraichthid grec 8. .i. cachladrecht diib 30 is atrab alaill ni atrab cidnahi atd aitrebthacha'^ isinrecht^ dano anatrab nisin


18. 1.6. from either of the two. 19. or whether it is not that P. 37b one of them is from the other. 20. a spear for killing fish, ut etc.

1. i.e. though it is in -er that it ends, it is i before -us there, because P. 38a it is the name of an animal. 2. i.e. (for sake of) alternation, (i.e.) of distinction from aeterniis, for this should be the rule hein hesternus. 4. i.e. those that end in -teria. 5. an artificer or a building. 6. i.e. an anchor. 7. i.e. for versatility of counsel, though the person be young. 8. i.e. there is a difference between them both. 4° 14. daughter of Latinus.

1. i.e. iorfetoering syllables. 3. unless it be n. 5. Caralis P. 38b the name of the city (used as) a plural, (its derivative) would be Caralites with the Greeks and Caralitanus with us. 7. i.e. seducer (paelex), or (it is) Greek (Pelignus). 8. i.e. one of the two portions of them is 45 possession, the other (is) not possession, even those that are possessives. Illegitimate (inrecht) then is that possession.

a: The ' aspiration ' of the initial t here is irregular

b: MS. carilis c: MS. aitrebthatha

d: leg. is indrecht 'Even those that are possessives that possession is in a portion' (?). J.S.

[ 92 ]formae nomina tamen haec quoque inter possessiuorum species

posiiimus. ...'pedester^' ...

Comparatiuum est, quod cum possitiui intellectu^ uel cum (i. p. 83) aliquo^ participe' sensu possitiui^ 'magis' aduerbium significat, ut 'fortior' magis fortis, 'sapientior' magis sapiens, 'ulterior*' ^magis 5 ultra" quam ille qui ultra est^ 'interior"' magis intra quam ille qui intus est. Hae autem comparationes^" quae ad personas" uel res participes^^ positiui fiunt, nascuntur a dictionibus carentibus casu", id est a uerbis, ut 'detero deteris deterior",' et ab aduerbiis siue praepositionibus, ut 'extra exterior^*,' 'intra interior^*' ' ultra ^" ul- 10 terior,' 'citra^* citerior^®,' 'supra superior,' 'infra inferior': nam 'superus' et 'inferus,' quamuis uideantur eorum, id est 'superioris^' et ' infer ioris^^' esse possitiua, tamen in usu 'superi' pro caelestibus^*^ siue uiuis^^ 'inferi' autem pro manibus"^ accipi solent. Adeo^ autem non ad ipsa aduerbia, sed ad personas uel res participes aduerbiorum^ 15 huiuscemodi fiunt comparationes, quod nascuntur ex his ipsis ad- continued


9. pedes traigthech

1. .i. coninUliucht posit ainmmdi 2. .i. sono • oalailiu fogoir^ 3. ranngabdltaith t ranngahdldu 4. .i. sens posit ainmdi immurgu ismdrainn rangahaldi 5. exemplum inso 20 ara rangahalda asrubart 6. hire 7. .i. cian 8. cen msigisfriss 9. inmedonchu 10. inna comchutrummaichthiso 11. .i. dopersanaib heodaih^ itM sidi ondelggaddar dopersanaib 12. .1. do retaih marhdaih s6n 13. nephdilledchaib 14. olcc 1.5. immechtrach 16. inmedonach 17. cian 18. cen- 25 tarach 19. centarchu 20. indi as superior 21. indi as inferior 22. de nemdai son 23. no de bithbi t ite uiui • inddini bi 24. Ardeib iffi,rnn 25. inmar .i. ni arindi nombetis cid inbiucc • as6eir sem inmdr • acht isarindi nadbiat etir 26. .i. innaiidobriathar'^ asanairberar cumailg ainmmde 7 huafigaine- 3° tar comparaiti


1, i.e. with the signification of a nominal positive. 2. i.e. with some sound. 3. participator or participial. 4. i.e. (there is) however a meaning of a nominal positive in the participial part (of speech). 5. this is an example for the participial which he has 35 mentioned. 8. without magis added to it. 1 0. these comparation's. 11. i.e. to living persons: it is they who are compared to (other) persons. 12. i.e. to inanimate things. 13. indeclinables. 14. evil. 22. that is, heavenly gods. 23. or ever-living gods, or they are the vivi, the living human beings. 24. for gods of hell. 4° 25. greatly, i.e. he says 'greatly,' not that they are even in small measure, but because they do not exist at all. 26. i.e. of the adverbs from which a nominal force is drawn, and from which com- paratives are born.

a: leg. fogur

b: cf. duli beodai, Sg. 117» 1

c: MS. -dobreth-

[ 93 ]uerbia comparatiua, quae cum 'magis'"' ipsum positiuum^ aduerbium

significant*, ut 'ulterius' raagis ultra...

Deriuantur igitur comparatiua a nominibus adiectiuis, quae sumuntur*' ex accidentibus*' substantiae nominum. Accidentia autem sunt, quae ex qualitate*^ uel quantitate animi uel corporis uel extrinsecus forte euenientium trahuutur...

Fiunt autem ccmiparatiua . . . a uerbis : 'detero' deteris deterior,' P- 39b 'potior^ poteris {uel potiris} ' ' hic^' et ' haec potior^' et ' hoc potius (^- P- ®4) potioris*' : possumus tamen hoc etiam a nomine 'potis*' accipere, lo quamuis significatio alia' esse uideatur.

A participiis : 'indulgens^ indulgentior' ... Sed quando compa- rautur participia^ transeunt in nominum significationem^.

Ab aduerbiis siue praepositionibus^ ut 'extra exterior' lo- (i- P- 85) calia sunt haec aduerbia siue praepositiones, ex quibus comparatiua isnascuntnr nomina et paene haec'° : 'extra exterior '...uetustissimi tameu etiam 'citer' protulisse inueniuntur. Cato de agna pascenda": citer ager^2 alligatus'^ ad sacra" erit. 'Exter' quoque inuenitur, ut Statius in xi Thebaidos :

Sed quid apud tales, quis nee sua pignora curae,
Exter^^ honos?


27. Com magis lasin posit nisin 28. asposit 29. .i. P. 39a Sens magis 7 posit leiss issed bis isincomparait^ hisin innadobreitlire-' continued 30. forpersana 31. .i. huanaib tecmaingthechaib 32. .i. inne maith t uilcc^

1. demecimm 2. .i. cumachtaigim quando ueThum cumachtach p. sQh quando possitiwwm 8. .i. on brethir asberr potior 3 a. .1. cumachtchu ■ 4. .i. saiinsamail^ 5. sain 6. dilgadach 7. .i. itanmmann hisuidiu innaranngabala 8. isafoluth 9. huare oecat andede 10. .i. ata ni archiunn .i. sunt 30 11, dindinit bed sdstai 12. .i. atir centarach t ivimechtrach • 13. bidcuimrechta t tecail° t digen 14. dodeib 15. echtrann


27. with magis along with this positive. 28. which is positive. P. 39a 29. i.e. the sense of magis and with it the positive, that is what exists in continued that comparative of the adverb. 30. on persons. 31. i.e. from 35 the accidentals. 32. i.e. the quality of good or of evil.

2. i.e. (it means) I make myself master, when it is a verb, and ?• 39b powerful when (it is an adjective in the) positive. 3. i.e. from the verb potior. 3 a. i.e. more powerful. 7. i.e. here the participles are nouns. 8. into the signification. 9. because they 40 can do the two things. 10. i.e. there is something ahead, i.e. here^ 11. of the lamb which is to be full-fed. 12. i.e. the country on this side or on the outside. 13. it will be tied or chosen forth or... 14. to gods.

a: potissimus add. MS. b: rectius -chomparait

c: MS. oilcc, with v written over o

d: MS. saiiisemail, with a punctam delens and a over the e

e: leg. tecailse

f: but perhaps stmt is Latin, referring to haec

[ 94 ]Ex quo Virgilius in IIII : efc nos fas extera^^ quaerere regna.

P. 40 a ...'penitus^ penitior^.' ...in penitiorem^ partem domus.

... quamuis Graeci honoris causa suae gentis* quam' ratione ueri- tatis dicunt, non posse ad multos sui generis fieri comparationem^ Alii autem dicunt, banc esse rationem^ propter quam non utuntur 5 (i. p. 86) tali comparatione^ quod^, cum ad plures sui generis fit comparatio^", superlatiuo possumus uti", ut 'fortissimus Graecorum Achiles.' Sed superlatiuus '^ multo alios excellere significat, comparatiuus uero potest et paruo superantem demoustrare^", unde etiam diminutionem apud nos iure accipit : ' maiusculus^*' ... Quid autem ^', quod 10 accidit^^ inter tres uel quattuor uel plures, non tamen ad totum genus^" fieri comparationem et necesse est uti plurali^^ suorum ? Virgilius in I :

Pigmalion scelere ante alios immanior omnes,

ad omnes ^^ sceleratos conferens^" Pigmalionem comparatiuo est usus.

Sunt igitur quae comparari possunt nomina uel secundae uel tertiae declinationis. Et si sint^^ secundae, mobilia sunt...


16. hilar neutair

1. .1. pene • intus .1. inmedonach 2. mmedonchu • 6. oa inmedonchu 4. fobith soire ceneiuil innangrec^ 5. oldaas 20 6. niderscaigi incomparit dihilih acheneiuil feissin • 7. .i. isdliged dem andliged dogniat greic isindi naddercsaigi incomparit di hilib acheneuil feissin • 8. S. oderscugud doncomparit^ dihilib acheneiuil fessin 9. ol 10. inddcerscugud son 11. Atd linn chcence ni asanarbaram dcerscugud dineuch'^ dihilih acheneuil 25 feissin .i. astiperlait • 12. olpviscien feissin 13. dcerscugud dioen 14. mdanu 15. cindas mbias iarnacetbuid sem oid gau doibsem inchruth sin anasberat nadmbed ad plures • > 16. oZ donecmaing 17. ni derscaigi dind huiliu cheneul isdihilib im- murgu acheniuil feissin diroscai calleic 18. diroscai dihilih 30 acheneiuil feisin 19. issed aplus insin 20. aconrodelgg 21. adas mabeit^


16. a, neuter plural.

3. which was more interior. 4. because of the nobility of the ■- race of the Greeks. 6. the comparative does not surpass many 35 of its own kind. 7. i.e. it is a law indeed, the law which the Greeks make in that the comparative does not surpass many of its own kind. 8. i.e. the surj)assing by the comparative of many of its own kind. 10. that is, the surpassing. 11. we have besides something whereby we can express the surpassing by one of many of 40 its own race, i.e. its superlative. 12. saith Priscian himself. 13. the surpassing of one. 15. how then will it be according to their opinion? so that they are wrong then when they say that there is no (comparison) ad plures. 17. it does not surpass the whole race : it is, however, many of its own kind that it surpasses for all that. 45 18. it surpasses many of its own kind. 19. {ad omnes) that is the plus {the ad plures). 20. when he has compared. 21. although they are.

a: MS. innagrecb: rectius -chomparit

c: = doneuchd: cf . adas cia dagneo Wb. 3** 2

[ 95 ]Et puto, banc esse rationem, quod oportet comparatiuiim una P. 40b

syllaba uincere genetiuum positiui, nisi sint anomala ut ' teneri (i- p- 87) tenerior'*'... necesse est inter duas uocales positam i transire in uim consonantis, quod in Latinis dictionibus semper fere patitur 5 cum inter duas uocales inuenitur uim suam^* seruantes. Hoc autem ideo dixi, quia u post q uel post g posita saepe ante i hoc non facit*, quippe amittens uim suam, ut 'nequior®' 'pinguiorV quod nisi fiat, continguit ... pares esse syllabas genetiuo positiui cum nominatiuo comparatiui^ uel hiatum intollerabilem fieri tribus uocalibus per xo tres syllabas continue positis nulla consonante media, si dicamus 'piior/ 'arduior,' Quod ne fiat*, non sunt ussi® eorum comparatiuis. Plerique assumunt igitur 'raagis' aduerbium et usum comparatiui complent, ut 'magis plus" hie quam ille': uetustissimi tamen com- paratiuis etiam huiuscemodi est" sunt quando usi^^ Cato dixit : J 5 quod iter longius arduiusque^^ erat a curia. Idem ad populum de triumpho : asperrimo atque arduissimo" aditu. Pacuuius* in Medo : mulier egregissima" forma. M." Cato in oratione . . . exercitum (i. p. 88) meliorem, industriiorem^ facit.' ... ut in me industriior^ sis quam P. 41 a in te.

Sunt autem et alia in 'us' terminantia, ex quibus coraparatiua supra dictam regulam non seruant' et dicuntur inaequalia. Quorum quaedam habent i breuem* uocalem ante 'or'... 'Plus' quoque® (;• p- 89)


1. nepkriagoldai 2. is riagoldason 3. angutass^- ^^^ 4. tairmthechia&^ for • • 5. andgidiu- 6. nihed sin y it 25 Hagoldai sidi 7. noch ni coir son acht corop mda inoen.^illaih incovaparit issed asclioir 8. menogud inna teora iiguttae imvaalle • 9. ni arrbartatar bith 10. goiHu - 11. ata 12. intan ararubariatar'^ bith 13. oeperr arduius • 14. is foluss dun tra asriagoldu leosova nad ihbiet cid intsuperlati huare nadmbiat io 7ia^ coxQpariti • ' 15. dothaidbse mperlait huandi as egregius egregior 16. nicert indflescsa huasind • m • reMqiia

1. Casianus in • x collatione dicit • industrius — .i. leir^ — appetitor P- 41 a 2. leriu 3. .i. riagol tormaig • or ■ for sing enitin ut docti doctior- 4. riagolson 5. etc? pi tis


2. this is regular. 3. their vocalism. 4. the passage to i. P- 40b 6. it is not that (the transition of i to a consonant) and (yet) these are regular. 7. yet this is not right — only that the comparative be greater by one syllable than the genitive of the positive, this is what is right. 8. the hiatus of the three vowels together. 12. when 40 they used. 13. so that arduius is said. 14. it is clear to us that it is more regular with them {arduns etc.) that there will not be even the superlatives, because the comparatives do not exist. 15. to shew a superlative from egregius, egregior. 16. this line over the m is not right etc.

3. i.e. the law of adding -or to the genitive, as docti, doctior. 4. this P. 41a (is the) rule. 5. even pltus.

a: MS. Pacubiusb: the first h over the linec: MS. ararubatar

d: na for indl; but comparit and superluit, which were originally masculine, seem afterwards to be feminine, cf. B. Ball. 321» 11, 12

e: written over industrius, in the same band

[ 96 ]uidetur esse comparatiuum* 'multi",' sed singularis nominatiuus non

inuenitur nisi neutri generis^, pluralis uero etiam communis, ut *hi' et 'hae' plures»...»"

. . . ' hie acer^° haec acris hoc acre ' . . .

Et sciendum quod omnia in 'or' desinentia* comparatiua com- 5 munis generis sunt et mutantia 'or' in 'us' faciunt neutrum, excepto uno, quod solum' cum sit a positiuo^ quantum ad suam uocem fixo", seruauit huius genus^ 'hie senex, huic seni, hie senior.'

A 'sepe' aduerbio* possitiuum uel comparatiuum nomen nee {uel non} legi ... superlatiuum posuit Cato nepos" dicens : in »0 mentem uobis ueniat, Quirites^ ... propter foenus' sepissimam discordiam fuisse.'

'Prior' et 'primus' quaeritur an sit comparatiuus et superlatiuus, et dicunt quidam, quod, cum ordinis sint, differentiam numeri significant : sicut enim 'alter^' de duobus^ et 'alius' de multis 15 dicitur sic 'prior' de duobus et 'primus' de multis dici solet. In- (i. p. 91) uenitur'" tamen sepe 'prior' pro 'melior"' positum ... et 'primus' pro 'optimus' ... Virgilius in VIIII^:

primes iuuenum tot miserit Orco'^


6. .i. as comparit 7. t comparit indi as multus secundum 30 continued alios / isfirson dano airsisiu infae^ thucad hie • 8. acht comparit 7ieutair nammd indthud 9. Ha 9 a. arc^iunn* 10. tichair lainn

1. olsodainoin 2. diaposit 3. huare astuidmide inposit cenfodail ceineuil isairi ni techta nisi unum genus 4. .i. posit 25 ainmde dodenom di sepe ut extra veMqua 5. ardmanu 6. arluach 7. .i. dechor nuird in arim filindih 7 it anmmann uirdd fosodain 8. cosmailius 7 analach 9. alter ainm dohinair • issi^ chetne arani sainigedar fri hundir • > 10. .i. cesu dechor nuirdd in dram fit indih 11. .i. itanmmann inne hisnidiu 30 7 ondelgatar 12. dodia ijirnn


7. or a comparative of multus according to others, and this is true, then, the has been brought here. 8. but only the neuter comparative in the singular.

1. which alone. 2, from its positive. 3. since the positive 35 is fixed without partition of gender (senex), therefore it (the comparative) has only one gender. 4. i.e. that a nominal positive should be made of saepe as of extra etc. 5. O Romans. 7. i.e. it is distinction of order in number that is in them and accordingly they are nouns of order. 8. similarity and analogy. 9. alter is a name for duality : 40 it is the first number that varies from unity. 10. i.e. though it is a distinction of order in number which is in them. 11. i.e. they are names of quality here, and they are compared. 12. to the god of hell.

a: om. MS.b: MS. fixum

c: MS. cataneposd: MS. VIII

e: the gloss seems to be corrupt : for airsisiu Thurneysen conjectures air is isiu

f: marg. 1., opposite in Phormione compluria

g: MS. issi issi

[ 97 ]... in nunieris quoque potest 'prior' esse comparatiuus ... et 'primus' P. 42a

superlatiuus, cum ad multos componitur^ . . ut 'prior'^ Tumus quam Aeneas mouit bellum'...

Primus' se Danaum... Androgens* offert nobis,

5 et, quod omnibus est ratiouabilius^, in * or ' desinens commune in ' us ' (^- P- 92) facit neutrum, quod in nullis aliis nisi in comparatiuis inuenitur.

Cum igitur comparatiua proprie ad positiuum fieri soleant^, inuenitur tamen saepe comparatiuus pro positiuo per se positus^... Est quando pro positiuo possitus® minus eo" significat et nulli lo comparatur, ut :

Tristior atque oculos lacrimis sufussa nitentes,

'tristior" enim hie 'ex parte^' significat 'tristis'.'

Est quando ad contraria comparatur^ . , Est quando super- P. 42 b latiuo comparatiuus comparatur^... Est quando compai-atiuus ad 15 comparatiuum comparatur"... Cicero Philipicarum II: ' quis interpretare potest, impudentiorne quis in senatu, an improbior*, (i. p. 93) qui in Dolabellam^..'

'Tam' et 'quam' aduerbia tum comparatiuo uel superlatiuo adiciuntur, cum duo uel plures comparatiui uel superlatiui diuersae 20 significationis' positi inter se aequantur... ...'non tam® in bellis... quam in promisis et fide firmiorem^'... ...'minus stultus' pro (i- p- 94) pnidentior^' Terentius in Eunocho:

hoc nemo fuit
Minus ineptus,


1. diroscai dihilih^ 2. tdisechu noch is nomen nuirdd hie 7 P. 42 a odelgthar calleic 3. toisigem 4. dodenom. odeilgg and 5. doderscuguth diposit 6. cen a chondelg fri nech 7. uenus .i. nirbu Idnfdlid^ 8. nirbu Idnbron^ 9. isand isfollus aslaigiu oldaas posit qwando dicit oculos nitentes • >

1. diroscaither 2. dirosci disuperlait 3. dirosci P- 42b comparit dicomparit^ 4. .i. is messa indamprome quam ind anfele veMqua in an^e' 5. .i. is sain intliucht bis hicechtar ndi^ ut est hie 6. inmeitse 7. .i. doberr frita.m 7 quam 8. trebairiu


1. it surpasses many. 2. 'prior,' yet it is here a noun P. 42a 35 of order, and nevertheless it is compared. 4. to make a comparison therein. 5. to surpass the positive. 6. with- out comparing him to anyone. 7. i.e. she was not full-glad. 8. she was not full -sad. 9. in this it is clear that (the comparative tristior) is less than the positive, quando etc.

1. it is distinguished. 2. it surpasses (the) superlative. 3. a P. 42b comparative surpasses a comparative. 4. i.e. improbity is worse than impudence. 5. i.e. dijSerent is the meaning that is in each of these two, ut etc. 7. i.e. it (Jirmiorem) is put with tam and quam. 8. more prudent.

a: MS. adrogeus b: MS. possitiuus c: MS. in eo d: MS. in dolo bellum e: cf. BBall. 321» 10, 19 f: MS. Idnfalid g: MS. Idn brdn: cf. corthdn Sg. 56»» 7, nochtchenn Wb. 11« 12 h: rectius chomparit i: corresponding to Ir. archiunn k: cf. do chechtar hhdi Sg. 215» 2, nechtar ndi Sg. 37" 18

[ 98 ]pro 'prudentior^' ...'minus bonus' pro 'malus".' ...quando

ipse comparatiuus uel ad se uel ad alium comparatur", ut 'Achiles P. 43a Aenea fortior magis^^ quam iustior' et 'Aiax Vlixe fortior magis quam Diomede.'

Superlatiuum est, quod uel ad plures sui generis comparatum 5 superponitur^ omnibus, uel per se prolatum^ intellectum habet cum 'ualde' aduerbio positiui...sin autem dicam 'fortissimus Hercules fuit,' non addens quorum*, intellego 'ualde fortis.'

Et sciendum, quod ex hisdem formis sine terminationibus^ supra dictarum® in comparatiuis partium orationis fiunt etiam super- 10 latiua.

Cum ueter occubuit Priamus sub Marte^ Pelasgo.

...'proximus,' quod tamen pro cognato^ accipitur, positiui sig- nificationem habet ideoque a legislatoribus* etiam comparatiue* profertur...

...ec^p^aTc6TaT09

. . .ab aduerbis sine praepositionibus uenientia desinunt haec 'extra (i. p. 99) exterior extremus,' 'supra superior supremus'.... Ex quo^ apparet neque a ' supero ' neque a ' postero ' fieri comparatiuos uel super- latiuos... 20

. . .omnia et comparatiua et superlatiua duarum excedunt numerum syllabarum^, exceptis 'prior' et.. . . Nee mirum^ cum positiua* quo-


bed trebairiu 10. olcc 11. diroscaither 12. de continued g^ insin

1. .i. arhdfirianu senaias 2. doroscaithwr 3. cena- 25 chondelg 7 aderscugud dineuch acht*^ dofiircabar triitfessin 4. in- genitin as quorum 5. ocachtharmmorcnib'^ ainmmdib 7 briathardaib 7 dobriathardaib^ 6. .i. intan adcoidemmar dicoiaparit^

1. .i.fonchath 2. archobdelaich 3. naib rechttdircidib 4. in comparitit^ .i. comparit hilad 5. comparit 3°

1. iure .i. e- airdixa hipeneuilt 2. itlia d6sillabchi 3. ciasingbat drim d^sillabche compariti 7 superlati


11. is distinguished. 12. this (is an example) de se.

j g ^^^ Aeneas was juster. 2. without its being compared P. 43a and without its surpassing any (other), but it is brought forward 35 through itself. 4. the genitive quorum. 5. from all endings, nominal and verbal and adverbial. 6. i.e. when we have spoken of the comparative.

1. i.e. under the battle. 3. by the legislators. 4. comparatively, i.e. a comparative (is derived) from it (i.e. from this superlative).

1. long e in the penult. 2. they are more than disyllabism. 3. that comparatives and superlatives should exceed the number of di- syllabism.

a: MS. mirum compositiua

b: MS. 8

c: contrast Wb. 16» 27, Sg. 208» 11, and cf. Ml. 84" 1

d: MS. bre- 7 dobre-

d: rectius -chomparit

f: recte chomparitith

[ 99 ]que, ex quibus nascuntur, bisillaba sint uel eo plus* per genetiuos^ et P-45a

uel unam uel duas assumentia^ syllabas faciunt^ supra dictos gradus*..,. Superlatiuus comparatiuum est^ quando superat una syllaba.... Est quando par est®, ut in '-limus' terminans...est 5 quando una uincitur" syllaba, ut quando in '-fimus'...desinit...

De Dimminutiuo ...eomparatiua quoque non solum augent^ (^- P- 101) sed etiam est quando minuunt uim primitiuorum, sed non absolute^. Ad aliquid enim omniinodo^" fit comparatio. . . . . .non posunt tamen esse absoluta", cum a comparatiuis sint deriuata...ut ' maiusculus^V lo 'minusculus^^'...

Thais quam ego sum" maiuscula est,

id est, 'paruo maior"* quam ego.' Alia autem diminutiua...ex sese^® habent diminutionem...

Solent autem dimminutiua uel necessariae significationis P. 45b 15 causa proferriS ut Sallustius in Eugurthiuo : ' postquam reguli^ in unum conuenere, id est 'parui reges,' uel urbanitatis^, ut luuenalis . .

Vnde fit, ut malim fraterculus* esse gigantum,


4. numero sillabarwm .i. noitlia desillahchi P. 44 b

1. forgenitne son 2. positi foi-genitne 3. positi 'continued 4. conxpariti 7 sup&clati 5. incomparit 6. .i. supevlait do comparit^ 7. superlait 8. sech positi naconparite^ oambiat 9. huare bis ohdelgg indib 10. ocach mud dnibi odelg 11. cenchondelg nindib .i. nibba cenadcerscugud dineuch son • • 25 12. mdanu 13. laigeniu 14. hiluc posit aid ego hi'c 15. inbec'^ mdo .1. isbec as mdo olddusa .i. is bee inderscugud 16. cenaodelgg frinna aill

1. .i. robbi udrrecar less digbail indfolaid oidecen suinfria slond P- 45 b sidi huare ndd robatar suin doslund induildetsid inchoisget 2. in- 30 drigain 3. hua accuiss sulbairichthe 4. brdithrdn^


4. i.e. or they are more than disyllabism.

1. that is, over genitives. 2. positives over genitives, continued 3. positives. 4. comparatives and superlatives. 6. i.e. the super- p. 45a lative to the comparative. 8. beyond the positives of the com- 35 paratives from which they are. 9. since comparison is (inherent) in them. 10. in every mode in which is comparison. 11. without comparison in them, i.e. it will not be without its surpassing some (other). 14. in place of a positive ego is here. 15. a little greater i.e. she is a little greater than I, i.e. the distinction is small. 40 16. without their being compared to any other thing.

1. i.e. there may be a time when it is necessary* to diminish the P- 45b substance so that there is need of words to signify it, because there were not words (enough) to signify the proper nature which they express, 3. because of politeness.

a: rectius clwmparit b: rectius nacomparite c: leg. inbitic, or is becmdo a compound? d: MS. brdithrdin, with punctum delens over the second i e: for recar for ronecar cf. Celt. Zeitschr. iv. 67. Here recar less has a subject in the nominative; but contrast the older construction in Wb. 12" 3, Ml. 2» 6, 22" 14

[ 100 ]uel adulationis^ et maxime puerorum^ ut ' Catiilaster^' '^An-

toniasterV ' patriciolus^V ' Sergiolus"'.... ...saepe inueniuntur diminutiuorum diminutiua. . .ut 'horao, homuncio^"'^^ homunculus"'. . .

. ..* parasitaster^"'. . .' nepotulus^^'. . .* unciola"/ 'capella/ 'maxilla ^^' 'anguilla/ 'una' 'uUa^V

. . .' furca^» furcula.'

' mas masculus^' . . ' os osculum^,' quod quamuis sit formae diminutiuae, tamen, quia aliam habuit significationem', fecit ex sese aliud diminutiuum* 'oscillum^'

...'pauper pauperculus^'... Excipitur 'uenter uentriculusV lo

Infra uentriculum^ tenui distantia^ rima".

..,'munus munusculum"'...'crus^^ crusculum.'... 'tus^Husculum.'

...'sepiuscule^*.' 'Plus' quoque, quamuis a masculine uel feminino comparatiuo non ueniat^', facit tamen... 'plusculus pluscula^* plusculum'... i«>


5. apelaigthe 6. sainreth do maccaib apelogud 7. dehor tuldin^ 7 nibi dighail /oZaid and calUic ciabeith indapelugud • 8. antonain 9. Hite inmaicc dobevat innaanjnman isforru doberar 10. patracdin .i. quasi fuisset 11. sericdn 12. duindn 13. duinenet 14. each ndigabihach hudlailiu 15. fuirserdn 16. huandi as nep6s 17. uncia ungae 18. mala glainine 19. .i. combed dechur eter nddn • ulla .i. uUa • intairmmorcinn^ 7 ulla dimminutiuum ■ isdothucad an -una reliqua 20. gabul

1. ferdn 2. digabtxs,Q naill uenterculus dogni huandluiihi^ seim 15. sam poc'^ 6. 7 pocnat h leiss mmemcan 16. huillenu gindn t boc"^ 3. 5. luasc^ -reliqua 6. boetdn 7. .i. 8. his bronnait 9. andechrigeddar 11. dandn 12. erochuir 13. luib cenidfil comparit masculimis i femimnw^s


6. particular to boys is caressing. 7. O little Catulus ; and there is still no diminution of substance here though there be caressing. 9. it is the boys that give the names (here mentioned), or it is to them that it is given. 14. each diminutive from another (homunculus from homuncio, homullulus from homullus). 16. from 36 nepos. 19. i.e. there would be a distinction between the two ullas, i.e. the ulla of the termination and ulla the diminutive (of una). For this it is that the una has been put etc.

2. a little mouth or a kiss. 3. i.e. different is a kiss and a kissy. 5. swing (?). 7. i.e. it does not make venterculus. 40 9. when they stand apart. 10. by the slender chink. 15. although it has not a masculine or feminine comparative.

a: MS. wSatuldin

b: MS. tairmorciunn with punctum delens over u

c: glossator C has drawn a stroke through gindn and added 1 bdc, Thurneysen

d: MS. bp6c with puncta delentia above and below b. glossator C has drawn a stroke through the gloss, and added the I- , Thurneysen.

e: three or four letters, of which the first is p, have been erased before luasc cognate with Ir. luascaim ' I rock,' luascan 'cradle,' OBr. luscou (gl. oscilla)

f: dlUithi dat. sg. of dluthe Sg. 9» 17, 203» 25

[ 101 ]...'rumor^ rumusculus'...'soror sororcula^' P. 46b

...'rete^ti. reticulum*'... 'pons^ti. ponticulus,' 'lens'.ti. lenticula'... (i- P- 105) 'securis* securi securicula'...'fidis^ fidi fidicula/ ...'cuticula' i (^- P- 106) antepaenultimam producit. luuenalis :

Combibet aestiuum contracta cuticula^ solem,

quod® eum metri necesitas facere compulit... Excipitur ' lapis ^°' quod 'lapillus"' facit diminutiuum ; etiam 'anguis' 'anguilla^V 'unguis' quoque 'ungula^^' faciunt...

...'curriculum^' .. 'cornu corniculumV 'genu geniculum^' Ex- p. 47a lo cipitur ab acu ' aculeus^'

.. 'caput capitis capitulum'.'

...'uolpes uolpecula® ' • • 'res recula"'...'uepres^ ueprecula'...'nite- (i- p- 107) dula®'...'mercedula"'...'apes",' cuius diminutiuum pro e longa i habet ' apicula^^' Plautus in Curculione :

Ego nam apicularum opera congestum non feram"?

...'uetus uetulus"'... 'Sus^'... facit diminutiuum 'sucula.' ...'tyro" P. 47b tyrunculus'...'carbo' carbunculus^- *'..,' corculio® corculiunculus '. . . (r. p. 108) 'loligo" loliguncula'...'homuncio*'...'fur® furuncnlus^".' (i. p. 109)

...'agellus",' 'anulus anellus'^'... ...omnia e habent paenulti- •20 mam absque 'pugillo,' nisi primitiua^ paenultimam habent natura p. 48a


1. cl'A 2. siwmat 3. lin [man. al.] t rete 4. drochat ^- ^^^ 5. cenele netha 6. bidil 7. t^t 8. tonnait 9. anisin 10. huare naich in cuius cula- culum- dogni digabthsich. 11. lecdn 12. escu{n)g^ 13. crda [man. al.] ingen

1. comsrethson'^ 2. adercene 3. almne glunae P- 47a 4. sndthatath^ 5. centat issed acennhartson linni 6. sinn- chenae 7. .i. retan - regula tmmurgu qwasi rectula 8. driss 9. nitedula animal est quod insiluis inuenitwr • sicut ignis efulgens quod apwc? graecos dicitur ■ Xa/i7r(u/3)o?® .1. luacharnn • > 30 10. fochricnet 11. bech 12. bechdn 13. ni aisndiusa 14. arsiddn

1. mucc 2. 6c mil 3. richis 4. richisdn^ 5. car- P- 47 b mocol drdae .i. arachosmaili ind Sir fri richiss 6. cruim mdr ut...pho«- dicit 7. bronnlog .i. soccsdil genus piscis ut isidorus ssdicit* 8. duindn 9. tdid 10. tdiddn 11. tirthat 12. dnne

1. positi nandigahthBJch


5. a kind of grain. 10. since it does not make a diminutive in P- 46 b cuius, cula, culum. 13. a hoof, a nail,

1. this is construction. 3. knee-cap (?). 5. a little head, P- 47a that is, with us, the head-covering. 7. i.e. a little thing. 13. I will not proclaim.

2. a young soldier. 5. a gilded carbuncle, i.e. because of the P- 47 b resemblance of gold to a live coal. 6. a large worm.

1. the positives of the diminutives. P- 48a

a: MS. restis • ti • resticulum b: The u and a trace of the n are clear : the lower part of the g has disappeared, gen. sg. escongan, LU. 74» 40 c: cf. Sg. 152» 3 d: leg. sndthatat e: leg. afji-irvpii f: MS. richisan g: Isid. Etym. Lib. xii. 6, 47 h: nan-: MS. na; the rest after nad is in ligature

[ 102 ](i. p. 110) productam in omni genere. facit igitur 'paulus'*' 'paululus"...

Ideo 'mala*' quoque assumpta x 'maxilla' facit et 'talus" 'taxillus.' Quae uero geminant 1 ante 'us' uel 'a' uel 'um,' in 'ulus ula ulum' faciunt iterum diminutiua^, ut 'homullus homollulus'...

...'columna columnellal' Excipitur 'rana^ ranunculus.' Eandem 5 formam" in 'la' quoque desinentia uel 'ra* seruant, ut-./capra'" capella'... 'miser . . misellus" misella misellum.' Excipiuntur iu 'ra' disinentium^^.,.ut 'ara arula^^' 'terra terula"'..

Neutra quoque in 'num' . . ut 'tignum tigillum^' . .

..'cerebrum^ cerebellum*'...' flagrum^ flagellum '...'sacrum sa- lo (I. p. 112) cellum^' Excipiuntur a desinentibus in 'nus*' uel in 'na' uel in 'num'...'uinum uillumV Notandum etiam 'pannus',' quod 'pan- niculus' fecit.

...'agna^ agnella'...

...'urceus^'^urceolus,' 'alueus^ alueolus/ 'luteus^ luteolus,' 'malleus* 15 malleolus'... Excipitur 'Antonius,' quod 'Antoniaster' facit (i. p. 113) diminutiuum^ . . .'Ericius hie noster Antoniaster* est.' . . .'lutea" luteola.' Virgilius in bocolico :

Mollia^ luteola pingnit^ uaccinia" calta^"*.

luuenalis in prime : 20

Vnciolam" Proculeius habet, sed Gillo deuncem.

Idem in eodem

Dorio" nullam culto pallida.


2. hec 3. becdn 4. glaine 5. odbrann 6. digab- continued ifiacha hualailib 7. columnat 8. huare nad nemantar • 1 • 25 9. emnad-l- 10. heirp 11. trogdn 12. huare ndd nemnat • 1 • 13. altoirnat 14. talamnat

1. clethnat 2. .i. criathar 8. .i. srogell 4. nemed 5. huare atacomlonna irxnadigabthsicha fria cetnidi anndd foirpret inoensilBh 6. finan 7. c ; n" 30

1. dinu la. cilornn 2. [man. al.] ^o^Aor 3. [man. al] .i. derg • 4, ordd 5. ni antoniolus dogni 6. amantondnni intisiu 7. derg 8. argi 9. osuidigedar 10. innadcercae frdich 10a. .i. ondscoid^ deirc 11. inuiigainet


6. diminutives from others. 8. because I is not doubled. 35 continued 9. the doubling of I. 12. because they do not double I.

5. because the diminutives are matches for (?) their primitives when they do not increase by one syllable.

3. red. 5. it does not make Antoniolus. 6. this is our Tonykin. 9. compounds^ 10. the berries of the heather', 40 10 a. i.e. with the red flower.

a: MS. cerebrum cerebellum. The Irish glossator takes crebrum as cribrum b: leg. Dorida nuUo cultam palliolo c: kann etwa crin gelesen werden, Thurneysen d: MS. ondsoid with an imperfect letter, written over the second 0, which Ascoli read as u and Windisch c. According to Thurneysen it may be read c. If so scoid is = scoith the dat. sg. ot scoth e: cf. dearc-fhraoich 'a blue-berry, billberry,' H.S. Dicty. ; Ir. fraochdn, Manx freoghane 'whortleberry' f: or perhaps 'paints with a black powder ' : cf. suidi (gl. fuligene) Philarg. 54

[ 103 ]In eodem : unciolis sex'- etiam.

...'pallium palliolura'^'...

...'paucus pauculus* et 'palculii8"'...'tantus" tantulus'... ...'puella puellula •*'... ...'dentatam"...seiTulam' 'Aqua' ^- 49b 5 similiter 'aqula'^'...'equa' equilaV

...'parasitus' parasi taster '...'senex^senicio^'...

...' coniculus*^' 'anniculus®' . . 'fribolus '"'... ...*hic canis' *haec canicula"/ 'scutum' uel 'scuta,' id est rotunda forma'2...'hic qualus'* hoc casillum'*,' 'pistrinum" pistrilla'...'nubes nubilum '*'.,. ...'hoc ,o glandium'^ haec glandula,' pars est intestinorum'*, 'ensis ensiculus'", (i. p. ii6) ensicula,' praeterea 'haec beta/ 'malua,' 'hie betaceus^/ 'maluaceus^.

De Denominatiuis. Denominatiuum appellatur a uoce primitiui' p. 50 a sui nominatum, nou ab aliqua speciali significatione^, sicut supra dictae species^ Nam et patronomica et posesiua*. . .denominatiua


12. oen desimrecht so oeper and unciolis- 13. broit^ne V.Ada 14. 7 othatnat^- 15. mdt 16. d*gra6thach hualailiu ""^^^^^"""^ 17. fidclaich

1. glasdn 2. uscedn 3. Idir 4. larene 5. fuirsire P. 49 b 6. sen 7. sendn 8. aimvasid [man. al.] i forame?i in muris t ?o noinen animaZis [in raarg.] I hedsb coniculus sulcus • 9. bliadnide' 10. cuitbide .i. fribo??<5 fere obillo'^ dignus .i, niferr lethscripid 11. cudn 12. cruind sciath^ 13. cliab • 14. clebene 15. cucann mulenn 16. doinenn reliqua icidorus 17. glaine t airnne 18. innacoilchomce 19. claidbene 20. bethech 25 t braisech genus holeris ut icidoriis^ dicit^ similiter malua 21. lemnat 22. [marg. infer.] polibius medicus dta't: Nouem glandulae .i. noisethir ■ reliqua • 23. [marg. inf.*] Cani romdnda • • is fir son

1. dndanmimm oncZtVuidichther'* 2. nitechta sain intsliucht P. 50a and feissin huanainmmnigthae ut patron^/mtca 7 posesma reliqua 30 3. .i. hiiare ndd netada diiigrae^ saingnuste dia inni amal adidcho- tatsat gnusi rfoacaMmacha olchenae ■ patronymica ipossessiua reliqua ani ba choitchen doaih sem huili iarum is nomen diles dosom • • 4. isairi asbitir frit iscoitcherm


12. this is one example, so that wwcio^is is said there. 16. (one) P- 49 a 35 diminutive from another. continued

8. an attempter". 10. ridiculous, i.e. frivoltis fere oboh dignus, not P. 49b better than a half-scruple. 12. a round shield. 16. bad weather. 17. a jaw or a sloe. 21. mallow. 22. nine glands (?) 23. is not Roman 1 this is true.

1. from the name from which it is derived. 2. it has no special P. 50 a sense in itself from which it should be named, as patronymics etc. (have). 3. i.e. because it has not a special appellation from its meaning as (the) other appellative species have, — patronymics, possessives, etc. — What was common to them all (denominatiui) then, is a proper name for 45 this (the denominatiuum). 4. therefore 1 tell thee it is common. lo

a: MS. CTiniculns b: MS. othathnat, with pnnctum delens over the second h c: leg. obnlo d: leg. cruindsciath, and cf. LL. 98" 47 e: i.e. Isidoras Hispalensis. So in Sg. 53» 12 and 159» 7 f: Etym. Lib. xvii. 10, 15 g: by the writer of the text h: MS. o dir- i: with dingrae compare dingarthe Ml. 93" 7 k: the glossator seems to have supposed that coniculus was connected with conari

[ 104 ]sunt"... Haec enim denominatiua sunt dicenda, cum significa-

tionem suarum non seruant^, etsi sint propria.

Habent igitur denominatiua formas plurimas et diuersas signifi- cationes. Quae quia latae sunt et confusae", generali eas nominatione artium scriptores noncupauerunt denominatiua^

...a fruge 'frugi^' a nihilo 'nihili"'...'ceruix^" ceruical/ 'tribunus tribunal" '...'pugillus pugil^^'...'nequis^^ nequam"'; 'um': 'oliua oliuetum^V 'rosa rosetum'^/ 'tendo tentorium^V 'sto stabulum^^'... 'lacus lacunar'",' 'calx^ calcar^V 'caedo Caessar'^' . . 'eques ^ equester,' 'macies macer^'*'...'senatus senator^"'... 'primus primas^ 'optimus optimas*'...'pes pedes"equus equesV'tego teges^'...'saepio saepesV 'struo strues^' 'sterno strages*'...'lepus lepos"...'uito* uitabundus*'... 'audeo audax'"' . . 'Picenum" Picens'^' 'Tiburtum'^ Tiburs.'

Ergo in a desinentia denominatiua i habent breuem ante a uel (i. p. 119) 1 uel n uel r'*, ut .. 'acrimonia"'..,'armatura'^'

Seeundae igitur declinationis nomina in 'us' desinentia c ante-


5. .i. is uomen cenelach docachae denoTninatiuum 6. .i. huare ndd/orcmat inninni saindilis innandelb 7. .i. innahi nad tutet isnagwdsi remeperthsd 8. huandi as frux t fruges 9. huandi asnhxm. 10. hrdge 11. sochuide trehunsuide 20 t rigsuide 12. cuanene^ 13. n-inech 14, 4cmacht arindi ndd cumaing maith dodenom • 15. olachaill 16. roschaill 17. pupall 18. tairissem 19. druimmchlae .i. donaib cl'Aasaib" bite isindruimmchlae indainmmnigudsin 20. sal i lue 21. cinteir 22. esartaid 23. marcach 24. cdil 25 25. sendtoir 26. airech t thoisechaire 27. aire t sainsamail

1. traigihech 2. dinechaid 3. ditiu 4. fSlmae 5. sreth 6. dr 7. sulbaire 8. immimgabaiia 9. teichthech .i. similis uitanti 10. IStenach 11. bide 12. bide^ 13. ciuitas .i. masued 14. .i. habent • 1 • ante • a ■ 30 similiter • n • 7 • r ante a beos 15. lainne 16. armthatu


5. i.e. 'denominative' is a generic name for each of them. 6. i.e. since they do not preserve the special meaning of the forms. 7. i.e. those that do not fall into the species aforesaid. 8. from fnix or fruges. 9. irom nihUum. 11. a multitude or a tribunal or a 35 throne. 13. not someone. 14. impotent, because he cannot do good. 18. stability. 19. ceiling, i.e. from the ears (leg. hollows?) which are in the ceiling (is) this denomination. 20. heel or kick. 22. destroyer. 26. prince or leader. 27. principal or conspicuous. 4°

7. fugitive. 11,12. pitchy. 13. if it is so ^

a: leg. late sunt confusae

b: derived from *cMan=Lat. pugnus, with compensatory lengthening, and the regular change (in early loanwords) oi p to c

c: leg. cuassaib? As to druimmchlae, it may be connected in meaning with druimmchli (gl. laquear) Sg. 54» 19, 64*6: cf. ic dluthad a drumchla 'caulking its deck,' LL. 219*2, et v. Togail Tr6i, p. 154

d: Picenum and Picens are treated as derivatives from pix

e: cf. above p. 71 note b

[ 105 ]cedente quotcumque" sint syllabarum — nisi'^ sint regioQum noraina,

et" quae diriuantur ex his — alia uero quacumque consonante ante 'us' posita tantum disyllaba et quae in 'is' desinentia tertiae declina- tionis similem habent^* nominatiuo genetiuurn : quae secundae 5 quidem sunf^, genetiuo, quae uero tertiae, datiuo assumunt 'tia/ ut...'pudicus pudici pudicitia^^'... ...'uiolentus uiolenti uio- lentia^'... ...'Teucnis^' uel 'Teucer Teucri TeucriaV P. 51 a ...'nomen nomini ignominia^'... Inueniuntur^ tamen quaedam, quae in 'monia' desinunt...'parco parsi parsimonia®,' 'queror quae- (i. p. 120) lo rimonia ■"...

'La' e longa antecedente : 'cautus^ cauti cautela'...' aliens^ clienti clientela^".' ...'candeo candes candela^'...

In 'na' uero desinentia denominatiua siue uerbalia...omnimodo ^- ^^^ longam habent paenultimam uel natura uel positioned : 'officium 15 officina^',..'coquuscocina*'et 'colina®'...'far^ farina"...'lateo laterna^'

'Sagana"...

In e desinentia... quia pleraque a communibus in 'is' terminan- (i- p. 121) tibus nascuntur, melius cum illis*" tractabuntur.

In i duo sunt denominatiua . . indeclinabilia"... Quidam enim 20 figurate 'frugi' . . et 'nihili'...cum aliis omnibus coniungi casibus non irrationabiliter dicunt, sicut 'mancipi^^' ^^' et 'nee mancipi^' et p. 52a 'cordi^' et 'huiusmodi'...


17. [in marg.] .i. ni «tio- arafoimat sidi ocacruthugud danmmanaib P- 50b diil tanisi acht is • a • tantuxa. super genitiuum nominnm. secu7ida.e de- ^^"**""*'* "^5 clinationis • • 18. cid 19. .i. meddntestemin son 20. iarteste- min 21. .i. fele*^

1. ecen 2. troidnde 3. troi 4. arfdim conisuidignd P. 51 a ladimidigud 5. ni -a,- arafoimat acht is monia • 6. in- maisnige I- 7. airegem 8. faitech 9. cocele 30 10. cocelsine

1, taitnem 2. erir aicned 7 suidigud 3. cerddchae P. 51 b 4. cucann 5. cucann i cuilae 6. cenele nhetha 7. men 8. cleth 9. lenn i brat formtha^ 10. lasna anmmann • in - is 11. arbertar immurgu atuisil esib etir huathad 7 hilsir 12. .i. 35 doer 13. .i. Adcomlatar sidifri cachtuisel 7 nidentar cachtuisel diib

1. cridech P. 52 a


17. i.e. it is not -tio that these assume in their formation from nouns P. 50b of the second declension, but it is etc. 19. i.e. this is the middle of the continued 40 period. 20. the conclusion of the period.

4. it takes composition (sc. with in) along with derivation (sc. of P. 51a -gnoTninia from nomen). 5. it is not a that they assume, but it is -monia,

2. both by nature and position. 6. a kind of grain. 8. con- P. 51b cealment. 9. a mantle or cloak. 13. with the nouns in -is. 45 11. their cases, however, are deduced from them, both in the singular and the plural. 13. i.e. these are joined to every case, and every case is not made of them.

1. cordial. P. 52 a

a: MS. quorunque numero b: MS. et mancipii c: probably in another hand d: cf. Vol. 1. p. 1, fiian forptha It. Text. 11. 2 243

[ 106 ]In ' o ' masculina quidem et communia pauca inueniuntur deriua-

tiua, ut...ab eo quod est 'catus^' 'Cato' et a capita 'Capito^,' a labe^

  • Labeo'...aleniendo 'leno^'...ab epulando 'epuloV Cicero de oratore:
  • tres uiros epulonesV

.. 'abolitus aboliti abolitio "*'../ intern ecti inter necio*'...

In 'go' uero desinentia../uirago^"'...*ferrugo"' 'erugo'V 'uirgo/ 'margo^*'; excipitur 'ligo^^' cuius paenultima corripitur, nee mirum^', cum sit masculinum...

In 'do' desinentia. . .ut 'acris acredo^*,' 'dulcis dulcedo",' ' intercapio intercapedo^*'..,'formido formidas formido formidinis/ quod ideo fecit simile nomen uerbale primitiuo uerbo^**, quod ipsa positio uerbi talem habuit formam. Excipitur 'formido' propter supradictam causam^

A testa^ quoque sine testu 'testudo'... Nee non omnia in 'do' desinentia... ut 'irudoV 'arundoV 'hserundo^V

In u deriuatiua pauca inuenio: 'specus® specu ','••• 'testa* testu'...

In 'al' desinentia... 'uectus uectigal"'...'torus^<' toral'...

In 'il' uel 'ul' desinentia... fiunt abiectione extremarum uocalium sine sillabarum^ primitiui...

In 'um' desinentia... e ut 'oleuetumV 'uinetumV 'coriletum/


2. fissith 3. iproprium i cennmar 4. hud sail 20 5. slithid 1 banbachlach 6. fiedaichthith 7. fledaichthidi 8. forhhart 9. ogdilgend 10. fergnia [man. al.] .i. fortissima femina" 11. duhchorcur [in marg.] Ferrugo est color porpurae'* sub imagine quae fit in hispania ut ferrugine clarus hibera^ dicta aliter ferrugo quod omms porpura^ p?^ima tamen 25 tinctm'a emsmodi coloris exstat^-' 12. meirc 13. inrud^ [man. al] extremitas 14. bacc [man. al.] i fosorium • 15. cid tivimarta.e peneuilt 16. lainne 17. somailse 18. etargabdl 19. donchetni persin asbunad do

1. .i. Hixat^e is hicondeilb frisinbreihir aid 7 nifilcomthdd and 3° onach cruthach^ o6rethir • > 2. hua^ cheinn 3. i erudo .i. emblema t airchellad 4. curchas 5. fannall 6. Imam 7. hiXad 8. ceinn 9. cis rigdce^ 10. lige

1. innanguihaigihe^ coconsonaib 2. olachaill 3. fintan


3. a proper name, or great-headed. 5. a copulator" or ...(?). 35 8. increase. 10. a male- worker. 11. dark purple. 15. that the penult should be short. 19. to the first person, which is its origin.

1. i.e. because it is in conformity with the verb and there is no mutation therein in any manner ? from the verb. 3. a taking away. 40 7. (derived) from it (specus). 9. the royal tax.

1. of the vowels together with (the) consonants.

a: pr. m. obolitus oboliti obolitio b: leg. hirnndo c: Isid. Etym. Lib. xi. 2, 22 d: MS. popurae, without color e: Verg. Aen. 9, 582 f: MS. popura g: Isid. Etym. Lib. xix. 28. 6 h: perhaps hirud : see Isid. Etym. Lib. xrv. 8. 42 i: perhaps cruthath, usually cruth k: (v i.e. m) over the line l: probably meant for rigda, Thurneysen m: MS. innaguthaigthe n: cf. sleith, O'Don. Suppl. and glossary to Laws

[ 107 ]'rosetumV 'dumetumV 'quercetumV 'esculeturaV 'mirtetum^'... U- P- 124)

quae® sunt contenentia uel corhprehensiua^" i.e. periectiua*". i, ut 'augorium/ 'solarium/... 'municipium ^2'...

Alia enim in 'bulum' desinunt...ut 'cuna cunabulum^V Vesta"' ^V 5 uel 'uestis uestibulum/ 'tus turis turibulum^®'...'pasco pabulum",' 'prosto'* prostibulum ^V 'patior' uel 'pateo patibulum^'... Lucanus in III :

lassant rumpentes stamina Parcas [uel -ae} P. 53 b

Idem in II :

Vanaque" percusit pontum Symplegas inanem
Et statural redit.

Inueniuntur etiam quaedam in 'culum' desinentia.,.ut 'diuertis diuerticulumV 'uerris uerriculum^'... (i. p. 125)

In 'monium' etiam inueniuntur deriuata, ut...'matri matri- 15 monium*'...

...alia quae a uerbis deriuantur o in 'um' conuertentia.. 'uado uadum^'

In 'en' desinentia deriuatiua m antecedente...ut 'solor^ Solaris (i. p. 126) solamen,' 'foro^ foras foramen^'...'irrito^ irritas irritamenV---*specie® P. 54a 20 specimen ®'...*nuo^ numen'...'luo* lumen^V quo omnia abluuntur id


4. Tosa. rostan 5. duma. dristenach 6. quercus daurauthF. 53a, 7. esculus escalchaill .i. fid arddmdr 8. mirtus mirtchaill '^o"'*""^'^ 9. ithesidi 10. Arindi ogaihet hilar dindintliucht inchoisget .i. oliuetum • ubi fiunt oliuae multiplices 7 ni sawlaid sd^n donaib hi 25 sis archiunn ut augoriu??! reliqua-' 11. .i. tdrniachtai .i. dofdrmgat'^ isindirruidiguth ^ isgrec indi as comprehensma 12. municipo i fich ut iddorus dicit 13. *.i. cliab noiden 14«, 15. bandea [man. al.] tened 16. tuslestar 17. geltboth 18. cuiligim 19. dtradachlcuilech 20. icidorus* riag i gabul •

1. bdndcB ijfimn 2. delb 3. diall 4. toxal P. 53b 5. mdthrathatu^ 6. dth 7. dodonaimm.

1. trisgataim. 2. dorochol^ 3. dodiirgimm 4. tudrach P. 54a 5. huandi as species 6. immcaisiu 7. cumachtagimxn 8. dofonuch i aslenaimm 8 a. lumen glanad pe?' contrarium 35 sensuTTi


6. an oak-wood. 7. a wood of Italian oak, i.e. a very taU tree. P. 53a 8. a myrtle-wood. 9. it is they. 10. Because they contain a 'continued plural from the meaning which they signify, (as) olivetum ubi etc.; and not so is it with those ahead below, as augurium etc. 11. increased 40 i.e. which increase in the derivation. Or it (TrepuKTucd) is the Greek of comprehensiva. 12. (as if from a verb) municipo, or burgh as Isidorus says'. 13. i.e. an infant's cradle. 14, 15. the goddess of fire. 18. I commit incest. 19. lustful or incestuous. 20. gibbet or forkshaped gallows.

1. goddesses of hell. P. 63 b

5. iroxa species. 6. inspection. 7. I am powerful. 8. IP. 54 a wash, or I pollute. 8a. lumen purification, per etc.

a: leg. xepteicTtKd b: MS. nnaque c: leg. dofdrmgatar? d: the following part of the gloss has been added later, but it may be from the usual glossator, Thumeysen e: perhaps in a different hand f: Isid. Etymol. Lib. v. g: r under the line h: this word is obscure : perhaps dor-ochol, W.S. i: Isid. Etymol. Lib. ix.

[ 108 ]est purgantur a tenebris...'molior molimen^' ...a pectendo

'pecten'V a filo" 'filamen/ quod per syncopam i" 'flamen^^' dicimus. . . .sinaeresis^" facta est duorum i breuium in unam longam. . . .aliae quoque uocales...sic solent ex duabus syllabis in unam longam transire, ut 'biugae" bigae^*'... Et ex contrario una longa in duas (i. p. 127) breues saepe solet temporibus diuidi: .. 'fieri' pro 'firi' uel 'fire,' quod magis analogum^* est, unde Virgilius in IIII Georgicon

At suffire^^ timo^^ caerasque recedere inanes
Quis dubitet ?

...'laqueus' autem 'laquear^^.'

...'eques equester' 'pedes pedester^'... Et sciendum quod a habent ante 'ster' cum in nomine primae positionis nulla sit consonans inter uocales paenultimae et ultimae syllabae^... Alia uero omnia* e habent ante 'ster' excepto 'paluster^' Et haec P. 55 a quidem denominatiua sunt*.

...'furoV unde 'furensV dictator'",' 'tonsus tonsor".'

. . . ' affinis ' affini affinitas ' . ' furor '...'senatus senator V 'dictatus Sed hoc^ possumus etiam in


9. tochrechad 10. slige'^ I- 11. h'dandsndthiu .i. filum .i. sndthe nohith himra chenn nasacardd ocind edpairt • 12. sacart 20 [man. al.] iouis 13. accomol 14. bina iuga diguttai fodlaidi dirdtha ind 7 nideogur 15. ddriad 16. ind infinit • m • e • on-hrethir in -o- 17. fotimrathiris^ 18. otira^ 19. druimmchli i cuithech^

1. marcachde 2. traichthechdae 3. A. is and Mid • a. • -is indib • re • ster intan ndd rhbi oson etiv peneuilt 7 uilt isind anmraaimm chetnidiu • - 4. praeter demminutiua 7 iwnahi rianx anuas^ 5. goithlachde 6. oecat beta ndeainmmnigthecha t haec innahi tiagta hi ster is^ danmanaib dogrSs biitsidi 7. bruth- naigim 8. as choimtig^ 9. senatoir 10. dictatdir 30 11. berrthaid

1. .i. assimilis 2. tormach t^s forainmmnid


11 from the thread, i.e. a thread that used to be round the head of continued the priests at the sacrifice. 12. priest. 14. two separate vowels have been converted into it, and it is not a diphthong. 16. the infini- 35 tive in e from the verb in o. 17. that thou shouldst subminister. 19. ceiling (1), or trap(?).

3. i.e. then is a in them before -ster when there is no consonant between penult and ultima in the primitive noun. 4. except the diminutives and those above before (apiaster, oleaster). 6. they may 40 be denominatives, or haec, those that end in -ster they are always from nouns. 8. which is usual.

2. the addition of -tas to a nominative.


a: om. MS. b: MS. synaresis c: does slige gloss pecten in the sense of vKriKrpov ? cf. Corp. Gloss. Lat. 11. 144 d: fotimdiris Sg. IBS'" 7 e: tim borrowed from thymum, with lengthening of the penult, as in legaim, ndt f: see glossary to Brehon laws, p. 198 g: not anias, as Ascoli wrongly prints h: under the line i: MS. coimtig [ 109 ]secundae declinationis nominibus obseruare... Et testis eius' est (i. p. 128) Caper, qui diuersorum de huiusmodi nominibus ponit usus auctorum. , . (i. p. 129)

Non est igitur dubiuraS quod — cum in omnibus quae paenulti- P. 65b mam habent circumflexam, si patiantur syncopam, seruamus eundem 5 accentum in ultima.... idque^ omnibus placet artium scriptoribus, qui (i. p. 130) de accentibus scripserunt — debeant haec quoque idera^ seruare cum 'ti' subtracta paenultima uocalis, quae circumflectebatur in dictione perfecta, id est a, inuenitur ultima in concisione^ habens eundem accentum. INueniuntur tamen etiam propria differentiae causa' in lo fine circumflexa, ut 'Leenas Leenatis,' 'Menas,' ne accusatiui plurales menae, quod genus est piscis, et leenae — femininum est leonis® — esse putentur.

...'equs eques^'...'tego tegesV 'mergo merges^'

...'struo strues^^'-.-'illuo illuuies *"'...

..,'curialis^-'...

...'patruus^' patrui patruelis'^'... P. 56a

I longam habent omnia in 'ilis/ quae a nominibus deriuantur, nee (i. p. 131) non in 'ile' neutra, sine ex eis fiant sine non habeant aliud ante se P. 56b genus. . .ut. . .'scurra^ scurrilis'. . . 'Exilis' etiam a Graeco e^tTT/Xo?^ to factum denominatiuorum seruauit regulam^...'futio',' ex quo com- positum effutio^ 'futilis'^../altus' uel 'alitus^ altilis'... A pare^


3. .i. iuris asruhart anuas conU^ued

1. .i, andliged quod diximus 7 asberam dano 2. aiccend p, 55 b inuilt 3. anednonoen aiccent in uilt indih 4. iarfoxul • ti • 25 5. ar ni ar accuis dechoir ani asrubartmmar cose 6. indi as leonis leena femininum 7. denechaid 8. ditiu 9. muir- bran 10. sreth 11. hcellned 12. dalta .i. curia

1. brdthir athar 2. 77iacc brdthar athar p. 56 a

1. ndirmabet onach ainmxwdiu etir acht itcetnidi 1- 2. dais- P. 56b 30 cuir parasitus 3. trenothath 4. .i. airdixa • i • and ut praedicta 5. baithaigim 6. adbolbaithigim^ 7. .i. nomen dolestnr chorthon bis ocedpartaib dodeib 8. is hinunn awaltus 7 awalitus isondi as alo ataat andiis • ut postea dicet 9. 6 • par


3. i.e. of the rule that he has mentioned above. continued

1. i.e. the law which we have said and will say moreover. 2. an p ggj, accent on the ultima. 3. the identical accent" on the ultima in them. 4. after taking away -ti. 5. for not for sake of distinction is that which we have said hitherto. 6. of leonis. 9. cormorant (mergics).

1. father's brother. 2. son of father's brother. p. sga

1. or whether they are not from any nominal form at all, but are p. 56 b primitives. 3. the singular of a noun substantive (tren-othath)^. 4. i.e. the i is long in it, as the aforesaid. 5. I am a fool. 6. I am a great fool. 7. i.e. a name for a round-bottomed vessel which is (used) at offerings to gods. 8. the alius is the same as the cditus, the 45 pair of them come from alo, as he will say afterwards.

a: MS. illues b: the fourth letter looks somewhat like e, Thurneysen c: 'the same thing, (to wit) an accent.' J. S. d: adjectivum graecum perperam habet pro substantivo, Asc. Gl. cxxxi [ 110 ]etiam diriuatiuum^" — quod a uerbo 'paro' nascitur, unde compare comparas. Proprie enim pares sunt, qui inter se possunt comparari" — uerbalium regulam seruauit^.^, 'parilis.' Cetera quoque omnia" i paenultimam corripiunt...'peculium peculii peculiaris^' 'molo^ molis' uel 'mola molae molaris^.' Sicut etiam neutra^ in 'are' finita: 5 'uelum ueli uelare^'

In 'ensis' desinentia...'Curta*' Curtensis*"'...' Catena^ {uel Catina} Catinensis^'../castrum" castrensis",' ' forum ^^ forensis"/ 'Ilium" Iliensis^^'...

In 'tis' quoque inueniuntur denominatiua, sed antique prolata^'... 10 sicut 'Laurentis^' quoque pro * Laurens ^' 'Tiburtis*' pro 'Tiburs,' teste Capro. Sic 'Quiritis^' pro 'Quiris' et 'Ceris' uel 'Ceretis' pro 'Ceres/ qui tamen nominatiui® nunc in usu non sunt.

In 'os'...pauca inueniuntur: 'lepus leposV 'compete compes' et mutatione e in o 'compos^'... 15

...exceptis in 'cius^' desinentibus...ut...'aduecticius'... In-


10. asndirruidigthe anainmmsin 11. cosmailigeddar 12. timmartae and amal innabriathardi riam 13. cenmathd inna hiasrubart

1. sainredach 2. melim 3. broirddae 4. .i. 20 dosoithcer ind i^ immechtrach • in • a • 5. ditiu 6. cuirt" 1 borcc 7. borggdae cuirtaide i impdibthe ut in boetio 8. 1 catina ut in horosio legitwr i slabrad 9. slabrattae 1- 10. dun^ 11. d'dnattae 12. ddlsuidce 13. ddldde 14. troi 15. troidnda "25

1. acht is iarnarsidib robbdtar • intis non sic hodie 2. lau- rentide 3. laurentide .i. aitribthid nacathr&ch asberr laurentium laurens tmmurgu bis hodie 4. tiburtide^ tiburtum nomen cmitatis 5. sabindae .i. gaide [man. al.] sabinus 6. ind ainmmnidi hisin 7. sidbair 8. comascnaidid • 6acompes 6aWa^oldae dobuith 30 nied mmurgu acht is compos Jil

1. ar is -cius- doformagar isnaib hisiu - ni-ius-


10. that that noun is derived. 11. (can) be compared. 12. (the i) is short in it, as the verbals before (had it). 13. besides those that he has mentioned. 35

4. i.e. the outer i is turned into a. 6. a court or town, 7. belonging to a town, belonging to a court, or, as in Boetius, circumcised. 8. or a chain^. 9. belonging to a chain.

1. but it is according to the ancients that they were (i.e. ended) in -tis, non etc. 3. a laurentis i.e. an inhabitant of the city called 40 Laurentium ; however it is now Laurens. 5. Sabine i.e. having a spear (quiris = curis). 6. those nominatives. 8. com- petitor (competens) : it would be regular that there should be compes : it is not so, however, but it is compos that there is.

1. for it is -cius that is added in these, not -iv^. 45

a: * MS. oirta cirtensis

b: om. MS.

c: the scribe wrote coirt, and then placed v { = u) over the 0; borrowed from Low Lat. cortis

d: dunattae suggests rather dunad

e: MS. tiburti^de

f: misinterpretation of proper names

[ 111 ]ueniuntur tamen quaedam a primae quoque declinationis nominibus* P. 58b

eiusdem formae, quae a haberit ante *cius': 'gallina gallinacius^*,' (i- p. 136) 'membrana membranacius^'...

Notandum inter haec ' menstruus*'...

'Longus longinquus*' ideo assumpsit n ante 'quus' quia aliter euphoniae satisfacere non poterat'.

Inueniuntur pauca...in 'ulcus'... 'bos bobulcus^'...

In 'dus' tres sunt formae :

Una quae seruat consonantem, ex qua ultima uel paenultiraa lo primitiui incipit syllaba — sed tunc paenultima, si non intercedat consonans inter ultimae et paenultimae syllabae uocales — et reliquam . . partem'^ mutat in i correptam et assumit 'dus' ut 'herba herbidus.'

Excipitur alternitatis causa quam Graeci eiraWrfKoTr^ra^ uocant, P. 59a unum 'pando pandus/ ne si 'pandidus' dicamus, male sonat*' alterna d (i. p. 137) 15 in utraque continual syllaba, quod in multis solent tam Graeci quam nos euitare. Non dicunt illi 'Xapu/SStSo?' quamuis exigat regula*, sed 'Xa/juySSeo?'... Eiusdem uitii causa non dicimus ab eo, quod est 'mane' 'manunine*,' sed 'matutine/ 'uitis uinetum,' non 'uitetum/ quod tamen etiam a uinea uidetur esse deriuatum^ Praeterea lo 'meridies' pro 'medidies®' a medio die. Sed non tamen in omnibus^ hoc^ ualet. Nam 'candeo candidus' facit...nisi® quod haec secundae coniugationis in 'deo^^"'... Et haec quidem in 'dus' supra dictae


1. ciasidruburt ambuith anominihus seciindse declinationis et P. 58 b tertiae 2. cercdae 3. sreihnaide 4. mistae mensis non 25 mensuus facit 5. nibbad bind nach cruth ailiu 6. bochaill 7. cenmithd inconsoin .1. arabi dints:::larsi::::::nchonsain^

1. frimifogur .i. doailigud fogniv frialaile .i. cor-ob bind tn P- 59a fogur • V 2. 1 continuans .i. acomoicsider 3. emnad d and 4. .i. da • n • i7idd • t • 5. ciasidbiur abuith huandi as uitis • 30 6. cesu medius dies a5c/to??isuidigthe and 7. arecar frithriagol do 8. vl& ni dogres dognither 9. acht den limm 10. .i. sainreth dobriathraib^ co6ednae tdnise emnad • d • in nominihus bite huadib


1. although I have said that they are from nouns of the second and P. 58 b 35 third declension. 5. otherwise it would not be euphonious. 7. except the consonant i.e. which remains over of that syllable after the consonant.

1. (contrary) to cacophony, i.e. to differentiate (one) sound from P. 59a another, i.e. so that the sound be harmonious. 2. when it is made 40 contiguous (consecutive). 3. the doubling of d therein. 4. i.e. two n'a into two t's. 5. though I say that it is from uitis. 6. though it is mediua dies that is compounded therein. 7. a rule contradictory thereto is found. 8. iiLS, it is not always acted on. 9. save one thing in my opinion. 10. ie. peculiar to verbs of the second conjugation 45 is the doubling of c? in the nouns that are (derived) from them.

a: MS. loginquus

b: MS. eTraXeXo-n/Ta

c: leg. sonet

d: in deo : MS. ideo

e: nicht mehr lesbar; das pergament abgerieben und beschmutzt, Thnmeysen; read arabi dintiillaib sin iarsinclionsainl which is translated

f: MS. dobre-

[ 112 ]formae nomina demonstrant" habere ea in se ex quibus deriuantur,

ut 'herbidus' qui herbas habet...

In 'bundus' uero desinentia similitudinem habere significant, ut 'uitabundus^^' ^" similis uitanti../moribundus"' similis morienti...

...'causor^^causaris causabundus'.-.'ludis ludibundus'®'... Ex- 5 cipitur alternitatis causa"' 'rubicundus/ quod in paenuitima syllaba pro b c habuit, ne sit absonum, si 'rubibundus' dicamus.

Tertia forma in 'dus' terminantium est participialis...et significat (i. p. 138) dignum esse aliquem' eo^, quod demonstratur^, ut 'laudandus*' laude dignus, 'amandus®' dignus amari...'legendus^' dignus legi, 'loquen- lo dus^' dignus de quo loquantur** homines.

In 'lus' desinentium formae similes sunt diminutiuis*. . .ut annus anniculus *"... Extremas partes^ syllabarum finalium siue extremas syllabas'", si sint purae", in 'ulus' uertunt, excepto anniculo^'^ differentiae causa: nam 'annulus' deminutiuum est'^ 'Nouacula^*' "' '5 a 'nouo nouas' deriuatur.

In 'sus' duplicem habent formam: uel enim participialia sunt... et res incorporales significant... ut . . 'uersus' — quod ab incorporali re'^


11. isfollus inna ninni som inne^ inna nanmmann huataat 12. immgabthach 13. ni fir immgabail iscosmail'^ indi'^o imvaaimragaib 14. bathach reliqua 15. arcoimddim [mam. a.] reus iudicor 16. cluichech 17. .i. conroib ailidetu 7 dechor etir indisillaih arit cosmaili

1. dofoirnde inrucus neich 2. indi reliqua 3. inchiall fil indib isciall innriccso 4. is huisse amolath 5. h'dbise aserc 25 6. is huise alegend 7. is uise aisndis de 8. ar chuit suin tantum 8a. bliadnide'^ 9. rann disillaih 10. inogai 11. cen chonnsonsk 12. non annulus dtVrmdigthe anniculus digab^Aac^ tmmurgu anulus 13. digabthach ondi asanus cudirt^ .i. brefe anulus br&fean 14. nljbide^ 15. lui^ 16. is 30 neph chorpde intan as dognixo. menynmann reliqua ut in alio


11. manifest in their meaning is the meaning of the nouns from which they are (derived). 13. it is not a true avoidance : it is a like- ness of one who avoids. 15. I bring forward in excuse. 17. so that there may be alternation and difference between the two syllables, 35 for they are alike.

1. it signifies the worth of some one. 3. the meaning that is in them is a meaning of worthiness. 4. it is just to praise him. 5. it is just to love him. 6. it is just to read him. 7. it is just to speak of him. 8. as to sound only. 9. a part of a syllable. 40 10. (the syllable) in (its) totality. 11. without consonants. 12. not annulus: anniculus is the derivative: anulus, however, the diminutive. 13. a diminutive from anus (a circle) i.e. a hole, anulus a small hole. 16. it is incorporeal when it is (refers to) an act of the mind etc. 45

a: MS. loquentur b: om. MS., corr. Ascoli c: as this is an unparalleled construction of cosmail, leg. cosmailius J.S. or cosmaile as in Corm. s.v. Buanand, W.S. d: cf. Sg. 49" 9 e: written above anus f: nuide written over noua-, lui over -la. nouacula eo quod innouat faciem, Isid. Etym. Lib. xx. 13, 4, hinter nilide etwas ausradiert (sol...?), Thurneysen g: lai, Windisch

[ 113 ]ad corporalem quoque adductum est"...uel o productam habent ante

' sus,' et significant plenum esse aliquem eius, quod significatur", ut ' saxosus ' plenus saxis. . .

...'manus manuleatus"" ... 'auitusV 'maritusV 'cerritusV ab auo, P. 60a 5 mare, Cerere. ...'cornutusV ' uerutus*,' 'astutusV 'uersutusV (i. p. 139)

...'amictus"'...

In ' stus '. . .' honor honestus^ ' . . . ' modus modestus^' ' ango an- p. 60b gustusV 'augur augustus*.' Praeterea 'Venus uenustus".,.quae.., (i. p. 140) asumpta ' tus^ ' faciunt deriuatiua et omnia una uincunt sillaba lo primatiua" absque niesto^

In *ax' plerumque uerbalia inueniuntur...' emo emis emax*' ...'pellicio"' pellicis pellax",' 'sagio^^ sagis sagax^*.'

In 'ex' correptam.. 'lateo lates** latex",' 'uerto uertis^ uertex^*'...

...In 'ex' productam similiter...' lego'* legis'^ lex.'

In ' ix ' . . . ' nutritor ' quoque 'nutritrix' debuit facere quod euphoniae causa siue altemitatis" mediam sillabam concidit^^: ' nutrix ' enim dicimus.

In 'ox'...' uelum uelox^®.'

In 'nx' et 'rx': 'coniungo coniunx^,' 'arceo arx-^'


17. intan asuersns fers 18. isldn dineuch thornther" tresin^- 5^^ nainmmnigud sin continued

1. Idmostae 2. .i. sen athardae 3. cele mas P. 60a 4. ciniithnechtdae^ a cerere .i. ceres bandea hetho 5. bennach 6. berach i birdae 7. tiuwhil ab astu 8. impdidach .i. IS uersus 9. attoitce a uerbo quod est mico ut postea dicet 1 >-

1. sochrud 2. mesraigthe 3. tachtae 4. math- P- 60b marcde 5. sochrud 6. .i. ni stus arafoimdt^ amal inna remeperthi 7. praedicta dtha stus 8. .i. arts comlinsdn hilin sillah-fnabunad 9. crithid 10. doturgimm^ 11. tud- iorachtaid 12. doaurchanaimm 13. taircetlid^ 14a. clithith 14b. [in raarg.] fons 15 a. imputh lob. [in marg.] capitis pars 16. rdchtaigixn 17. ailidetad friafinanach^ 18. do- cerbai 19. diddith i didn 20. acomoltae 21. dun


17. when it is M(?r»ws, a verse. 18. it is full of whatever is denoted P- 59b 35 by that appellation. continued

4. relating to wheat : from Ceres, the goddess of corn'. 8. con- ^- ^^* verted (turned). 9. resplendent, from the verb mico, as he says afterwards.

4. augural. 6. i.e. it is not -stus that they assume, like the afore- P- 60b 40 said (but only -tus). 7. the aforesaid, from -stus onwards. 8. i.e. for this (maestus) is equal in number of syllables to its origin (maeror). 14a. hiding". 15a. conversion. 16. I legislate. 17. of alternation to its legitimate (form). 18. it cut off. 19. coverer (velans) or rapid (velox). 20. joined.

a: MS. manulatus b: om. MS. c: leg. thdrnter or thdmdither ? d: MS. d cruithnechtae with d over the o e: leg. arafdimat f: The first letter is a little doubtful: Ascoli read it as (, but it seems a d the right side of which has faded; the third letter is more like t than d ; but cf. Sg. 54» 3 g: recte tairchetlid h: MS. ailidetad frianach : firianach, Ascoli i: cf. Corp. Gloss. Lat. vi. 202 k: cf. et dictus latex quod in uenis terrae la teat, Isid. Etym. Lib. xx. 6

[ 114 ]Quoniam de speciebus siue formis^ nominum •• supra tractauimns,

(i. p, 141) nunc de generibus quaerere conemur.

Genera igitur nominum principalia sunt duo, quae sola nouit ratio naturae'^... Nam commune modo masculini modo feminini significationem^ possidet, neutrum uero, quantum ad ipsius uocem 5 qualitatem^, nee masculinum nee femininum est, Unde commune articulum uel articulare pronomen** tam masculini quam feminini generis assumit, ut ' hie sacerdos ' et ' haec sacerdos,' neutrum autem separatum^ ab utroque genere articulum asciscif, ut 'hoc regnum.' 10

Dubia autem sunt genera, quae* nulla ratione cogente auctoritas ueterum diuerso genere protulit^ ut 'hie finis' et 'haec finis'... 'silex^V 'margo".' ...'bubo^V 'ddma'^, panthera' in utroque genere (I. p. 142) promiscue" sunt* prolata^®. Sunt alia^® natura et significatione" mobilia, non etiam uoce^^ ut ... 'patruus^^ ^mita^V 'auunculus^^ 15 matertera^ ' ; sunt alia uoce, non etiam naturae significatione'^ P. 61b mobilia^*, ut 'lucifer^^ lucifera^' ... 'liber ^ libra'... Unumquod-


1. didelbaib dirinddigthih nominum 2. med aaicned ceneuil ni dofuisim 7 dofuisemar 3. inninni 4. .i. inne indfolaid inchoisig inguth .i. indneuta,ir 5. .i. apronomen narti- 20 coldae .i. apronomen gaihes engracus narticml 6. .i. ariicol etarscartha fri suidih • > 7. docuirethar 8. .i. ite 9. .i. is inderb immascul fd femen nicomeicnigedar nadliged insin t uno genere t diuerso genere 10. gainae 11. bruach 12. .i. bonndn samnaiche 13. heirp 14. omescatar dacenel indib 25 15. dorurgabtha 16. .i. is hinonn den leiss natura 7 signi^ica^io 17. 6 inni 18. Fodail ceneuil ininni^ sin 7 nibi hinguth*'-' 19. brdtha.iT athar 20. siur athar 21. amnair brdthair mdthar 22. siur mdthar 23. ni huacMill 24. nijil dechor ceniuil aicneti indib ar nitat msisculina nd feminina secundum 30 naturam • 25. grian 26. cescae

1. lebor 1 proprium 1-


1. of the derived forms of nouns. 2. this is the nature of gender, something that generates and that is generated. 3. the meaning. 4. i.e. the quality of the substance which the sound expresses, i.e. of the 35 neuter. 5. i.e. the articular pronoun, i.e. the pronoun that takes the place of an article. 6. i.e. an article distinct from them. 8. i.e, it is they. 9. i.e. 'tis uncertain whether it be a masculine or a feminine : there is not any rule that obliges that. 14. two genders are mixed in them. 16. i.e. natura and signijicalio are one and the same with 40 him. 18. that is distinction of gender in meaning, and it is not in sound. 19. father's brother. 20. father's sister. 21. amnair, mother's brother. 22. mother's sister. 23. not by sense. 24. there is no difference of natiral gender in them since they are not masculine or feminine according to nature. 25. sun. 45 26. moon.

1. a book.

a: MS. sint b: MS. inini c: MS. higuth

[ 115 ]que* enim eorum propriam et ammotam'^ a significatione masculini

habent demonstrationein et positionem ; sunt alia, quae dif- ferentiae significationis causa^ mutant genera, ut ' haec pirus* hoc pirum,' 'haec malus' hoc malum,' 'haec arbutus* hoc arbutum'...

...'haec buxus' arbos^ 'hoc buxum' lignum. Virgilius: dant arbuta^ siluae, cruentaque myrta^ coerea'" pruna", uolubile" buxum".

...ut 'Gligerium"' mea" 'et Dorcium'... ' gumrai "'..., (i. p. 143) 'tuber"'...

. . .' haec catarecta^ ' . . . P. 62a

In promiscuis tamen^ inuenimus quaedam . . secundum genus (i- p- 144) masculinum prolata.

Cum canibus timidi uenient ad pocula ddmae^*.
Diuersum*^ confusa genus panthera* cam^lo...

15 Et magis in quadrupedibus hoc inuenis"*.

Nam 'nihili,' ' frugi,' 'mancipi' obliqui sunt casus figurate^ cum P- 62 b omnibus casibus adiuncti. (i- P- 145)i


2. etarscarthe 3. .i. dodechor etir anmmann innacrann 7 P. 6lb anmmann atoraid imiacrannsin • 4, draigen 5. aball 6. fid <^^**""*" 'o 7. dogluais anaxhoB 8. dochrunn^ fessin 9. donchrunn 10. buidi t donna 11. donchrunn 12. fulumain 13. .i. don chrunnfdsin wnomen buxum hisin^ ni dontomd 7 is ainsidi neutahi 14. mo gligematsa .i. mohensa .1. nomina mxAierum 15. ainmxn luhae 16. att

1. senester 2. cetu chummascthai 2a. na herbind P. 62a imniomnacha 3. .i. bestia [in marg.] .i. inderbus ceniuil 7 tairmmorcinn ar^ biid panther 7 panthera ut pos^ea dicet^ 4. .i. incoirnmchldud son .i. each lacein it msisculina in cein naili it feminina

1. indoilbthith apud poetas P. 62 b


2. separated. 3. i.e. to make a difference between the names of P- 61b the trees and the names of the fruit of those trees. 6. a tree. <^(>^^i"*^^^^ 7. arbos is by way of gloss. 8. for the tree itself. 9. of the tree. 10. yellow or brown. 11. for the tree. 13. i.e. buxum is here the name of the tree itself, not of the fruit, and it is an 35 accusative neuter. 14. my Glj'cerium (sweetling), i.e. my wife. 15. name of a plant.

1. window. 2. though they are mixed. 2 a. the timid P. 62 a deer. 3. i.e. a beast (there is) uncertainty of gender and termina- tion, for there is panther and panthera, as he will say afterwards. 40 4. i.e. the mutation, i.e. at one time they are masculine, at another time they are feminine.

a: MS. anunquoque

b: leg. Glycerium

c: MS. diuerso

d: leg. donchrunn ?

e: cf. Vol. I. p. 724, col. 2, 1. 29

f: MS. quia

g: Priscian i. 156, 1. 7

[ 116 ]...feminina sunt, ut 'uirgo^ uirgims'...'acredo^'...'cupido*' . .

Excipiuntur" . . masculina haec.'cardo® cardinis.'

Solueraf Hisperii deuexo margine ponti.

...'Milo»'. .'praedoV 'ligoi<"...6 avO pwiro';" koL 77 avdpcoiro^^K.. P. 63a ' Caupo^ ' quoque ' caupona^ ' facit...' strabo* strabaV 5

. . .' cornu®,' ' genu",' ' gelu^'

...quid uel quod et aliud — haec enim ratio nomina esse ostendit*.

...'saP*'... ...irritamenta gulae".

...'subteP^'...

...'oppidum SuthuPV Sed melius est figurate" sic esse 10 apposita^' dicere, ut si dicam ' mons Ossa^*' uel 'Tiberis flumen",' P. 63b quarn dicere quod neutri generis in ' ul ' . terminantia^ sint...


2. .i. sed 7 mosGulinum inuenitwr ut hieronymus in con^ictu continued contra heluidium ostendit dicens uirginali oiugio uirgo filius — .i. christus — nasciretwr 7 mbbu machdad tra bed figurate nombed -a- 15 uirgo filius as6eir hieronymus .i. ondsdsad nechtar de innaraill reliqua 3, lainne 4. accobor 5. hua riagoiX femein 6. mimas- clach 7. immrerce 8. .i. echaire 9. airchelad^ 10. .i. ligo .i. bacc • buana finime'^ •

1. A. coitchen dechenelisin^ SiY>ud graecos 2. dalem 3. ban- 20 ddlem t cuchtar 4. cammderc 5. afemininum 6. benn 7. glijbn 8. rSud 9. archiunn tadbadar andliged dogni nomina diib 10. salann 11. sercla 12. .i. mocoll Un 13. andind suthul d nomen 14. .i. filid dogniat" anaccomol inchrutsin 7 nimidedar cenel nindib anaccomol sin • > 15. .i. Do- 25 suidigthi .i. cechtar ndi foleith cen beim foscdce innalaill 16. sliab nossa^ 17. Ama.1 nddndeni neutur dindi astiberis ciadobevthar flu men friss sic nideni neutur dindi a^suthul ciad comaltar oppidum friss • •

1. aforcennt&r 30


2. i.e. But uirgo is found also masculine etc. And it were no wonder then that uirgo filius that Jerome speaks of^, was*^ figuratively, i.e. so that one of the two should not reach into the other. 5. from the rule of the feminine. 8. muleteer'. 10. i.e. a sickle for pruning vines. 35

1. i.e. those are common bigeneric with the Greeks. 3. waitress or tavern. 9. below [lit. ahead] the law which makes nouns of them is set forth. 11. daintiest 12. i.e. a mesh of a net. 13. the town : its name (is) Suthul. 14. i.e. poets make the conjuncture in that manner ; but that conjuncture does not decide the gender in them. 40 15. i.e. in apposition i.e. each of the two of them apart without striking a shadow ^(?) into the other. 17. as it does not make a neuter of Tiberis, that flumen is put with it, so it does not make a neuter of Suthul, that oppidxvm is conjoined to it.

a: MS. avrpoiros b: leg. aircheltaid? c: Ueber ligo im text hatte glossator C ba^c geschrieben aber wieder ausradiert. Unten am rande hat er wohl zunacbst buana finime geschrieben und dann ligo .i. bacc davorgesetzt, Thurneysen d: coitchendechen6li seems to be a compound, cf. Sg. OOt» 4 e: MS. dognith with punctum delens over h f: first s over the line g: Hieron. Op. 11. 27 h: i.e. that uirgo stood in apposition to filius, Sarauw, 37 i: milio is taken as mulio k: sercla is nom. pi. of sercol Goidelica, 166, or sercoll, Rev. Celt. xx. 262, serccol tarsain, Laws iv. 308, 1. 13, 318, 1. 18 l: beimfoscdae is probably a technical phrase, cf. beimforais and see LU. SS** 1: LL. 55049, 401» 23

[ 117 ]...'Cim,' nonien uici, ut dicit Celsus*. ...nisi si transferantur

in aliquam declinabilem formam'...

Inueniuntur tamen apud comicos* feminarum quoque propria, quae in banc terminationem [scil. -'um'] dirainutionis' sine adola- 5 tionis® amatoriae*' causa proferuntur, ut 'Gligerium^'...

...'hoc seminum"®'... Excipitur^" 'flamen' sacerdos" louis et (^- P- 1^9) 'pecten"'...

...'lien",' 'rien"' uel 'ren"' et 'splen"' . . ...'haec siren",'

'Lar' quando significat KarotKLSiou deov'^, 'laris' facit genitiuum, P. 64a lo sin autem imperatorem Veientoruni* ' Lartis^*'...Larte^ Tolumnio rege Vientum'. ...'Arar' quod etiam 'Araris*' dicitur.

Rodanumque morantem* (i. p. igo)
Pi-aecipitauit Arar.

. . .' hoc laquear* ' . . ' lupanar',' ' instarV ' far^ '. . .

...'suber'"'.... Excipitur 'hie imber"'...et ex eo composita^^ . . (i. p. 151) ...'Mulciber".' Terrae quoque foetus"... 'siler^^' 'papauer,' 'laser'..

Et platanus genitalis^®....

. . .armillam" . .

lubeas spinter nouum reconcinarier*^


2. as nowen. uici 3. itairmoircniu ailiii 4. lasna Jileda V. 6Bh sin 5. dighala dis^ bainscdil 1 «- 6. diambreith inditith • reliqua 7. sercaidechtae 8. gligernat reliqua sic 9. sil 10. donaib neiitViTdldaib 11. dogludiss 12. ciri slind 13. lue Had 14. feith 15. .i. is curamae bite diblinaib 16. A. lue Hath 25 17. bestia®

1. innacenel sin la. .i. ainmm diarig 2. ^atV^ P. 64a 3. innacenelsin 4. doainnimnid 5. malison 6. druimmchli 7. sotech 8. intsamil 9. cenelce netha 10. snob 11. huare nand neutnr 12. it masculina dano 13. brointa 10 talcdaid^ nomen do ulcdin 14. na sothe .i. ni dofuisim terra, 15. .i. nomina holerwm huili 16. geiiiddae 17. foil 18. aslentae


2. that it is the name of a town. 3. into other terminal sounds. P. 63 b 4. with those poets*'. 5. of diminution of the age of a woman ^. 35 6. to bring them (back) into youth. 7. of amatoriness'. 8. little Gly cerium etc. 10. from the neutrals. 11. (this serves) for a gloss. 12. comb or tile. 15. i.e. it is in the same way that they both are.

1. of those nations. la. i.e. name of their king. 3. of those P. 64a 40 nations. 4. as nominative. 9. a kind of corn. 11. because it is not neuter. 1 2. they are masculine then. 1 3. * shower- softener,' or a name of Vulcan. 14. the products, that is, what terra brings forth. 15. all (are) names of plants. 18. to be polluted'.

a: MS. aut amatoriae, which is glossed b: leg. seminium c: MS. Karov Kaiaiove euv d: gen. sg. of aes (n.) ' aetas,' distinguished from aes (m.) 'people' e: before bestia tindrem from the usual hand is cancelled : cf. bes-tindrem (gl. tropologiam) Ml. 48"= 11; bestia is added by glossator C f: leg. brdintatalcduid g: or perhaps: 'that is in the poets' h: cf. Prise, i. 216 I. 2 i: amatoriae is translated as a noun k: concinnare is mistaken for conquinare, Ascoli

[ 118 ]p. 64b ' anser^ * . . ' hoc cancer' de morbo^ protulerunt . . . exceptis duobus,

quae ipsa natura diffendit^ feminino generi, 'mater' et 'mulier'..., (I. p. 152) ...'celer^'../ pauper' Plautus in Vidularia :

Paupera haec res est.

Terrentius' tain en in Andria: 5

quam honeste in patria pauper uiuere.

(i. p. 153) 'degenerV 'uber'...

' Acer"'...'alacris^'... Neuius in carmine belli Punici"...

... 'abaddir/ deus esse dicitur hoc nomine lapis ille^ quem (i. p. 154) Saturnus uorasse traditur pro loue. ...'Gaddir'...Sallustius neutrum lo esse ostendit...accusatiuum nominatiuo similem ponens^: ' ut alii tradiderunt, Tartessum^ . . quam nunc Tyrii...Gaddir habent/ ...to revap T7}<; 7}(,p(o<i^^.

...exceptis femininis quidem tribus quorum duo ipsa natura alterius generis esse prohibet^ ' uxor,' ' soror.' 'Arbor' etiam, quod 15 iure inter feminina connumeratur, quod 'mater' quoque dicitur proprii fetus unaquaeque arbor®...

Parua" sub ingenti matris se subiicit umbra.

...excepto 'oleastro/ quod^ tam forma terminationis quam declinatio prohibuit esse femininum. Nam ' siler" ' non est inter arbores 20


1. giugran 2. .i. 7 isneuinv issuidiu 3. atasuidi^ 4. dian 5. .i. pauper lasuide" dofemun 6. docheneiuil communia sunt 7. lainn 8. .i. dares 9. inchocda afracdai

1. nibu machdath doronta dia dind liac 2. olsodain as '^5 sainreth do neutnr 3. aainmm hitosuch gaddir mrum 4. in- declinabile i is geuitiuus .i. ^rec indi as tenar 7 is dilledach lagrecu 5. acht feraininum tantum 6. as mdthir asotho feissin each noenchrann 7. infualascach bee dsas asinchr'unn 8. air issainred do mascul intairmoTcenn in • er • 9. luib 7 ni crann 30


2. i.e. and it is neuter here. 3. it keeps them. 5. with him pauper is as a feminine. 6. of low birth : they (degener and uber) are common. 9. of the African war.

1. it were no wonder that a god should have been made of the stone. 2. which is peculiar to the neuter. 3. ( Tartessus was) its name at 35 first, Gaddir afterwards. 4. an indeclinable, or it is a genitive, i.e. Greek of divap and with the Greeks it is declinable. 5. but feminine only. 6. that every single tree is mother of its own fruit. 7. the small branches that grow out of the tree. 8. for the termination in -er is peculiar to the masculine. 9. a plant and not a° a tree. P. 65 a

a: leg. t6 Oivap rrji x"/»^s

b: =ad-da -suidi: cf. atsuidi Sg. 66*20. ci adsode, ci atasode, Wb. 10» 9, 10*10

c: leg. lasnide

[ 119 ]ponendum, sicut nee 'rubus""..."praeterea communia . . . ' hie ' et

' haec indecor" ' . . ' bicorpor^" ' . -. * discolor",' ' concolor^'.' ' Auctor^* ' quando avdevTr)v significat, commune, quando av^ri^v^", 'auctrix' facit femininum...

. . .' uulturi '. . .' iecurV P- 65b

...ut 'Antias^' historicus, et monosyllaba" : 'as^ asis ' . . ' uas' ' (^- P- ^^^) masculinum ' uadis,' neutrum ' uasisV et hoc ' fas ' ' nefas ' ' nugas ' etiam . . . quae sunt indeclinabilia^ Graeca uero . . . eadem seruant (i. p. 156) apud nos genera quae habent apud Graecos, si eandem seruant lo terminationem*... In multis enim uidemus conmotationem^ ter- minationis genera quoque esse conuersa^ ut o Kparijp ' haec cratera^"'.,.

In 'es' correptam", si sint apud Graecos communia, uel mobilia... quae illi trigena"' uocant. Hoc autem etiam ex ipsa rerura sig- P- 66a '5 nificatione"^ potest cognosci in omnibus appellatiuis, utrum possint necne' femininorum*^ quoque esse adiectiua uel etiam neutrorum. Quod si ipsa exigat^ significatio, in ' es ' desinentia communia sunt, ut 'hebes" quam^ de mare^ quam de femina dicitur, significat enim ' tardus' ' uel ' tarda '. . .

Miles^ erat Phoebes, nee Maenalon^ attigit uUa
Gratior hac Triuiae':


10. dris 1- • 11. cenmithd aranecatar coitchena in or P. 65a c^ano 12. dochrud 13. dechorpdae 14. dedathaigthe '^"^^^^^^'^'^ 15. como?a</((aigthe 16. auctoritas • uetustas est in libro niciae 25 autentica .i. arsata ■ > 17. augmentum^ • augtorthorviachtaid^ fosodain ab augeo


1. seig 2. da I tromchride 3. amdX rongab antias P. 65 b 4. ainm toinise 5. techt 6. A. nas • lestar 7. atriur 8. manicumsciget tairmorcenn ni cumsciget cenel 9. oosciget io chenel machonosciget tairmorcenn^ 10. airedech 11. inter communia sunt • issed saiges sis reliqua


1. .i. treceneli^ 2. innandiile^ fordingrat 3. fanacc P- 66a 4. .i. hete neutwraldi 5. .i. mall i haeth 6. emid difiur 7. mall i doe 8. banmil 9. diame"


10. a thorn etc. 11. besides that common nouns in or also are P- 65 a found. 14. two-coloured. 17. av^tor increaser then from augeo. "o^*'"»"*^

2. liver or ' heavy-heart.' 3. as for instance ^n<t«s. 4. name P- 65 b of a weight. 5. messenger". 7. the three of them. 8. unless they change the termination they do not change the gender. 9. they 40 change the gender if they change the termination. 11. they are among the common nouns : this is what it goes with below".

1. i.e. of-three-genders, 2. of the elements which they express. P. 66a 4. i.e. to be neutrals. 5. i.e. slow or stupid. 6. (as much of a woman) so much of a man. 7. slow or dull. 8. a female soldier.

a: MS. monosillabis b: leg. commutatione c: MS. trigeni uel trigena d: MS. feminarum e: leg. tam f: MS. menalaon g: a mistranslation of 01)^17x17;' ? h: -thormachtaid seems to be treated as the second part of a compound: hence the aspiration of t i: MS. machonoschiget tairmorcien k: leg. trecheneli l: MS. innadule m: leg. Diauae n: here, as in Sg. 102» 1, the glossator supposes a con- nexion between uas, uadis and uado, uadis. Otherwise Ascoli o: i.e. to complete the sense inter communia sunt is here to be supplied from what precedes. See Sarauw, p. 82

[ 120 ]Similiter^" 'praepes"' ... 'teres^^' . . 'comes ^^' . . 'inquies"' . , Lucanus

in V:

Ospes^® in extemis audiuit curia tectis.

Virgilius in III :

bellum, o terra hospita, portas^®. 5

...'antesta' uel 'antestita^^' .. ...'postridie^^ sacerdotes Cereris atque illius fani^* antistitae"'... Neutris quoque coniuncta'* haec, id est in ' es ' communia, inueniuntur, ut Virgilius in VII :

teretes'^^'^ sunt aclydes^ illis
Taela sed haec lento mos est aptare^ flagello"'. lo

luuenalis in V :

nee umquam
Depositum^ tibi sospes^ erit

...quae nullam significationis'^ naturalem communionem habent P. 66b cum feminiuis, masculina sunt, ut 'gurges' 'tramesV 'stipes'/ ^5 ' limes V 'poplesV 'fomes/ 'cespesV exceptis in 'ges' desinentibus... 'seges^' . . 'teges^'...

...'dies' quod tarn masculini quam feminini generis in singulari numero inuenitur^ ... in plurali uero semper masculinum in-


10. coi^chen son dano 11. dian 12. cruind 20 continued ^^ coimthechtid 14. ecmailt 15. hanoegi^ 16. celini 17. banairchinnech 18. irdremdid • -post iii diem 19. ind- idaltaigce 20. Atsuidi neutur isnaib anmannaib in es anaccomol fri neutur inimmognom • 21. ilar neuta,ir 22. dogni weutur c^iteretes daccomolfri taela 23. cletechdin 24. comnnais"' 25 25. [marg. d.] ondsrogod^ airid 26. anaithne 27. sldii 28. Dogni neutur dindi as sospes aaccomol frisani asdepositum 29. inna inne

1. trethan 2. lore 3. eu 4. chrich^ 5. sliassit' 6. fot • 7. govt ' 8. ditu 9. issinderb^ dogres inarim 30 hodid an dies hore isand sluindid aimsir nindeirb


10. this, then, is common. 11. swift. 12. round. 15. a continued female guest. 16. thou portendest*'. 17. a female principal. 20. their connexion with a neuter in construction establishes the neuter in the nouns in es. 21. neuter plural^ 22. its connexion 35 with tela makes a neuter of teretes. 25. with the... lashing... (?) 26. the deposit. 28. its connexion with depositum makes a neuter of sospes.

9- ill the singular number dies is always uncertain, because therein it signifies an uncertain time. 40

a: MS. antestae b: MS. hanogi c: one might expect comadasaigedar d: leg. sroglud? e: the initial is aspirated because the glossator had in his mind the fem. article f: MS. iusinderb g: but this would require probably celisiu, cf. LU. 86» 22; Ascoli takes it as c€li ni ' we are comrades,' which is possible. h: a misinterpre- tation of the Latin ; in Priscian lento should be tereti

[ 121 ]uenitur". non enim incertum" tempus uidetur significare quod

plerunque^^ in feminino genere inuenimus singularis numeri. Ideo autem diximus ' plerunque ' quod^^ inuenitur^* in usu et pro certo tempore femininum^' et pro incerto masculinum^". Virgilius in II:

Venit summa dies"...

Lucretius in III :

non usque adeo permiscuit imis
Longus summa dies^'. ..

Idem Statins : (i. p. 159)

si longumque in saecula digne
Promeriture^^ diem^.

...'hie meridies'",' certum enim significat tempus diei. Terentius in Adelphis :

ipso meridie stipulam^ colligendo^.

...Ceres** Cereris. Excipitur 'hie uerres' appellatiuum cum porcum^ significat.

. . hostem^ P. 67 a
Occupat amplexu,


10. atWs ainiser derb dofoirnde innahilur isairi ismasculinda P. 66b 20 airintain ashir dies is derb alin lathe diandapir^ 11. .i. mn '^""**""^'^ hilur 12. indaimser inderb hisin 13. ol 14. nochbaed bariagolda immurgu inderbus and intain bed femininum 7 derba^ intain bed mascul • 15. doslund aimsire deirbboi 16. arecar amascid doslund aimsire indeirbbte 17. panthus dixit contra 25 seneam tanicc ainiser derb togle troi desmrecht insin arainisir deirb in femi?imo 18. desmrecht inso ar mascul doslund aimsire inderbbce airnissluindi dies hie aimsir deirb 19. asrollk 20. cfesmrecht naill ar inderbus himascul 21. medonlathi 22. connall 23. .i. lase orothinoll 24. bandea cruithnechta 30 25. cidlach'^

1. iubanndmit P. 67 a


10. since it is a certain time that it signifies in its plural, therefore p. 66b it is masculine, for when thou say est dies the number of days of continued which thou so speak est is certain. 11. i.e. in the plural. 12. that 35 uncertain time. 14. although this would be regular: uncer- tainty in it when it is feminine and certainty when it is masculine. 15. (the feminine) to express certain time. 16. the masculine is found to express uncertain time. 17. Panthous said to Aeneas : 'The certain hour of Troy's destruction has come': that is an example for 40 certain time in the feminine. 18. this is an example for the ex- pression of uncertain time by the masculine, for here dies does not express a certain time. 20. another example of (lit. for) uncertainty in the masculine. 23. ie. when he collected. 24. goddess of wheat.

1. the female foe. P. 67 a

a: the a of diand is written above the i

b: =derbae, with a for final ae as often in Sg., cf. Rev. Celt. xx. 303

c: the MS. has callach, with v { = u) written above and between the former a and I

[ 122 ]cum de uxore Elymi Gorge loquitur. ../follis'^' . . ' curuis*^'...

Excipiuntur 'haec bipinnis*' ireXeKVi^^^ quod ideo femininum est quod quasi adiectiuum est, securis" TreXeKeloq'^ uel quod a pinna', quod ipsum quoque femininum^ est, componitur. Sed magis adiectiuum' hoc esse Virgilius ostendit...ponens in XI: 5

ferro sonat" alta bipinni {uel bipenni}
Fraxinus",

Excipitur^^ etiam 'canis' commune, quod et natura sic ostendit". ...'clunis"' tam masculini quam feminini generis usurpauit auctori- tas in una eademque significatione^'. luuenalis in HIP : 'o

Ad terram tremulo discendunt clune^® puellae.

Multa.-.confudisse genera inueniuntur uetustissimi, quos non sequi- mur^", ut 'haec amnis,' 'funis,' 'anguis.' Composita^* . . si adiectiua fiant, communia sunt, ut 'hie sanguis' 'hie' et 'haec ex(s)anguis^"'.... P. 67b ' cuspis' ' hie ' et ' haec tricuspis^' ... ' neptis"*' . . ' peluis* ' . . 15

...'cassis"'. ..'lis' quoque 'litis'.' Graeca uero eandem habentia


2. holcsithe 3. cliab 4. .i. dedith 5. .i. hidilde .i. ievciininum innagrece tis 6. Mail 7. .i. ette t henn muir t pinna dith 8. 7 istren amal sodin 9. foncheill toissech^ 10. occo esorcuin 11. indhuinnius ardd 12. doformagar 6n'athar hie iterum fohith as nathchian^ inbriathsir remeperthe t is excipitur as maith tuass /itexcipiuntur - • > 13. quia sit^ banchu 14. coche 1" less 15. hiceill 16. onchochu 17. .i. awal asberar haec amnis reliqua 7 itmasculinni immurgu linni 18. iar- nacomsuidigud 19. bdn -

1. .i. airmtiud^ X. fograinne 2. treode t trecoste^ .i. nibisou^ tribws pedibws 3. .i. necht • 4. [in marg.] ingen brdthar- .i. femininum indi as nepos ut posiea dicet • 5. loathar 6. barr 7. immargal is femininum dano y ata forbart and


2. bellows. 3. a basket. 5. i.e. belonging to an axe, i.e. the 30 feminine of the Greek below. 7. i.e. a wing or a pinnacle of a rampart. 8. and it is a substantive in that case. 9. according to the first sense. 10. a-smiting it. 11. the tall ash- tree. 12. a verb (excipitur) is added here again, because the verb aforesaid is very remote. Or it is excipitur that is right above, 35 not excipiuntur. 13. because there is a she-dog. 17. i.e. as haec amnis etc. is said, and yet with us they are masculine. 18. after their composition.

2. three-pointed or three-footed, i.e. it is not tribus pedibus. 4. a brother's daughter, the feminine of nepos, as he will say afterwards. 40 7. contest : it is feminine and there is accretion in it.

a: leg. corbis b: MS. irrjKrjKVP c: MS. irtjXrjKtjos securis d: MS. vi e: MS. thoissech, with punctum delens over the first h f: MS. nath chian g: leg. tit h: ermited, ennted Trip. Life, 196, 1. 8. irmtiiid LU. 88" 26. oeirptiud .i. oerlonn (gl. a cospite) H. 2. 16, col. 97 i: recte trechoate j: leg. ni bi son 'something which is with,' J.S.

[ 123 ]terminationem genera quoque, quae apud Graecos habent^ seruant

etiam apud Latinos...* Tithis"*.' ' Molaris'...ad dentem^" uel lapi- dem refertur... Statins in V Thebaidos :

uastaeque sudes^" fractique molares.

. . .' cos cotis^^ ' . . ' glos gloris^^'" ' . . ' compos^* ' ' impos^^ '. . .' lepos^'.'

.. Seyms"" .. cristallus^®...passellus^^, arctus^^ nam duae arcti (i. p. i62) sunf". . . .' lacertus^ ' . . ' artus'^ '. , .Lucanus in X : p. 68a

Quod Nilotis acus' compresum pectine fe^^um^

..'hoc acus* huius aceris'...'acus substernendum' gallinis parturi- lo entibus. Acus in area^ excutitur.' 'Penus^' iuuenitur et (^- P- ^^^) masculinum et femininum et neutrum.

Annone prosit, portet frumenta penusque p. 68b

...'crus^'... Supra' syllabam autem feminina sunt, ut ' ' seruitus ' . .

In *ax' desinentia...alia uero omnia, etiam si interposita sit alia consonans*, feminina sunt.... 'merx*' . . 'pix®' . . 'calx^'...

In 'ex' supra sillabam^ i antecedente in paenultima syllaba


8. .i. file apud graecos 9. foirrce 10. dodeit • P. 67b 11. beura^ 12. lia 13. inducbdl 14. [marg., man. al.] soror *^""'*'*"^^ 20 uiri 15. comairmith^ 16. nephairmith^ 17. sulhairegthid 18. .i. proprium son .i. os • 19. aig 20. cenelae netha 21. sechtareV 22. .i. indalandi antiXaid alaile andess

1. .i. doe Idme 2. asil 3. iiibu machdad bed coitchenn^ P. 68a reliqua 4. .i. cdith i cdithlech^ reUqua 5. .i. cdith bed srethi 25 6. isind ithlaind 7. cucan

1. incucain .i. acussitiuus neutfi 2. aerachuir^ 3. .i. P- 68b hudsillaih^ .i. mda den silla.ih .i. nibi oen sillah amal innahi riam acht it desHlahcha, reliqtia 4. .i. hiter a 7 x cith etarsuidigthe 7 cenip etarsuidigthe° dano 5. cundrad 6. bi 7. sdl 8. mda oldaas densillah


8. i.e. which are with the Greeks. 13. glory". 18. i.e. this (is) a P. 67b (Greek) proper name, i.e. in -OS. 20. a kind of corn. 21. septentrio. co"'*""^<^ 22. i.e. one of the two from the north, the other from the south.

1. i.e. the lower arm. 2. it were no wonder that it should be P. 68a 35 common etc.

3. i.e. over a syllable, i.e. more than one syllable: there is not one P. 68b syllable like those before, but they are disyllabic etc. 4. i.e. between a and x : though it be interposed and indeed though it be not interposed. 8. more than one syllable.

a: leg. Thetis b: MS. uaste sudes c: MS. cyrus d: leg. pbaselus e: leg. Serum f: beuru, Windisch, but according to Thumeysen the last letter is much more probably a g: MS. comairbtnith, with punctum delens over h : cf. vol. i. p. 172 note 1 h: MS. nephairmith with t over the m and i under it i: =sechte ret, 'heptad of stars,' Wb. 26** 9 k: rectius choitchenn l: according to Thumeysen the reading is almost certain m: The MS. has aerachair, with v ( = u) written over i n: = fnias gillaib o: here cith {cid) corresponds to the negative cenip, as mad to the negative tnanip p: see Ducange s.v. glos

[ 124 ]feminina sunt-./pellex"' 'carex'V ^ovrofioyv^^K . . Alia...masculina

sunt: ...'culex^^' 'pollex^^' . . ' murex^V 'cortex^^'... 'ueruex^^' (i. p. 166) ...masculinum est. luuenalis in I:

et elixi" uerbecis labra comedit.

...'hie uarix^' 'radix^' Excipitur 'haec salix".. 5

Et filicem curuis inuisam* pascit aratris.

' clasendix^ ' quod significat concham qua signum^ tegitur. ..'haec matrix V 'cornixV 'lodix"...natrix"... Lucanus in Villi:

Et natrix" uiolator^'^ aquae.

Potest tamen hoc et figurate ad serpentem" uideri redditum", lo quod etiam^® feminine genere profertur, ut idem :

hinc maxima serpens
Pithon^*,

sicut :

Praeneste sub ipsa^' 15


9. mertrech 1 tudrachtaid i ben imtha .i. arindi dodtj^rget inna- continued jiy^ dowtrud friu i do debuid 10. nomen feiuir 11. .i, damthdbae 12. cuil 13. orddu Idmae 14. cocuir^ 15. ruse 16. molt 17. bruithi 1-

1. brecc'^ 2. .i. women holeris 7 quaudo radix nieccon 20 prodvcit • ra • 3. sail 1 fit salio salix a se reliqua 4. miscsich^ 5. .i. aesc^ .i. combad argair aicnid adrimed insuidiguth 6. .i. rind .i. (uia nomen sideris cancer et fit in medio conchae • v 7. mdtharlach 8. adircliu 9. sUic 1 ruamnae i dioV 10. tonndtech 11,' ind nathirsin 12. 4lnithid 13. .i. 25 aacomol frisan ainmva. ndd fil hi coibgi acht hifoetsecht .i. serpens 14. accomoltae 15. cid 16. t'ssed aainmvix 17. fon praeneste sin


9. a harlot or exciter or concubine : because they excite the men continued to fornicate with them, or to quarrel. 10. name of a grass. 30 11. i.e. 'ox-cutting' {(Sovtoixov).

1. speckled. 2. i.e. the name of a vegetable, and when it means radix 'a root' it lengthens the ra. 5. i.e. a shell-fish, i.e. so he would reckon the position for shortness of nature^. 6. i.e. a constellation. 9. . . (?) or haircloth (?) or.."*? 10. poisonous. 11. that 35 snake. 13. i.e. its connexion with the noun which is not in the context, but is understood i.e. serpens (uiolator). 14. connected. 16. this is its name. 17. under that (city of) Praeneste.

a: leg. ^oirofiov

b: leg. corcuir

c: the glossator mistakes uarix for uarius

d: MS. miscich

e: cf. est concha aesc, Leyd. Prise. 16». KZ. xxxv. 152

f: the meaning of these words is obscure: lodix ' ornamentum muliebre,' Corpus Gl. Lat. V. 506

g: i.e. e must be short even before the double consonant

h: sleic is rendered by ' soap ' in Laws iv, 318

[ 125 ]. . 'obstetrix^*',.. Excipitur 'hie fornix '*,' quod quamuis paenultimam (i. p. 166)

positione longuam habuit^, tamen masculinum est. ...'pernix'^".., ..quamuis 'hoc uictrix' non memini'^ me legisse, etsi analogia declinationis exigat^.

...'celox^V species est nauis, et monosillabis^'*. .. Sunt tamen, qui nominatiuum quoque putant sine n scribendum^.

In 'yx' Graeca sunt et seruant eadem apud nos genera^... 'sandyx^.'

Graeca uero sine uotha eadem seruant^ et apud nos genera... 'hie P. 69b locimex^' . . (i. p. 167)

. . 'git' ' iMeXdvOiov. . .

Virgilius in X :

Tu* mihi nunc pugnae princeps", tu rite propinques
Augurium* Phrigibusque' adsis pede, diua, secundo^

...et fortasis quia aliud significant" ' principia/ ' municipia/ (i. p. 168) 'parentia *'"'... . . ' lens^'...Ouidius in VII" Metamorphoseon : P. 70a

Haud" procul egesta^ scrobibus tellure duabus


18. ban terismid 19. budidlia^ 1 genus domtjs 20. ol- P. 69a sodain bdsainred dofemiun 21. dian 22. biid insin ^'"^^^'"^^^^ ^o 23. abuith 24. sain ecosc noe i alii dicunt .i. luam^ 25. ex- ceptis .i. arnitat adiectisidi 26. combad oiux 27. file la grecu indib 28. glasen

1. .i. file lagrecu indib 2. milchumae 3. .i. nomen e^^a P. 69b 4. seneas dixit ad berechinthiam matrem deorwm 5. .i. ban 25 airchinnech 6. eel 7. donaib troiandib 8. huandascnava. sdinmech 9. andofuismet .i. ilar rangrabdlae 7 ni nomen 10. .i. obediential

1. cenele neiha inde lentieula 2. .i. tecmaltai P- 70»


18. a female stander. 19. a victory-stone (triumphal arch) or P. 69 a 30 a kind of house. 20. which should be peculiar to the feminine, continued 22. that is (although etc.). 23. its existence. 24. a peculiar species of ship, or as others say i.e. a yacht (?). 25. (zoox, nox) being excepted, for these are not adjectives. 26. so that it should be conjux. 27. which are in them with the Greeks.

1. i.e. which are in them with the Greeks. 2. a bug (?). P. 69b 3. i.e. name of a corn*. 5. i.e. female principal. 7. to the Trojans. 8. with a favourable visit. 9. when they bring forth i.e. the plural of a participle, and it is not a noun.

1. a kind of corn : hence lentieula. 2. i.e. collected. P. 70a

fnb

MS. significat}}

fnb

MS. vi}}

fnb

MS. aut}}

fnb

cf. buaidli? Sg. IS»» 11}}

fnb

should .i. luam follow noe directly?}}

fnb

.i. obedientia is written by the third glossator under parentia}}

fnb

cf. git genus herbe, Corp. Gloss. Lat. ii. 581. Git .i. cogal, E€V. Celt. ix. 235}} [ 126 ]../stipsV 'trabs*' . . 'puis"' . . Quae uero supra sillabam^ sunt...

'adepsV 'forceps*'. , .Marsus :

adipis pondo uiginti^ uetustae.

. . .' praes" praedis '. . .

...'haec aspergo"' . . 'cupressus^^' . . 'carbasus^^' . . 'imbrex"' . . 'lim- 5 bus^^'...'palumbem^*" . . 'suppatruus"'^*'...'torris^*' o 8aX.6<;, 'tiaras^' P. 70b ...'torquis^^'...'uepres^'... ...'hoc glomus^' 'Histrum' pro (I. p. 170) 'Hister^* et 'Rhenuin' . . 'Oceanum,' hoc^ tamen quotiens flumen* sequebatur, solebant facere. Ennius in Annalibus:

Interea fugit albus iubar Hyperionis* cursum. 10

Caluus in epithalamio :

Vesperum*^ ante iubar quatiens

(I. p. 171) Caesar Strabo^...domo flagrata^.. ...'pecus^"'...

ut, quicquid loquitur, sal merum" est.

etiam hoc sale Ennius protulit in XIIII Annalium : 15

Caeruleum'^ spumat sale...

Supra dictorum tamen nominum usus et apud Caprum et apud Probum^* de dubiis generibus inuenis.

Numerus est dictionis forma, quae discretionem quantitatis^ (I. p. 172) facere potest. Est autem singularis uel pluralis, nam dualis^ apud 20 Latinos non inuenitur. Et sciendum est quod in uno" proprie


3. indeb 4. .i. trost 5. ith 6. huilliu oinsill'dih continued 7 ^j^^^ 3 ^ewcAor .i. formum capiens untZe g^i formosus" • ' 9. fiche pond 10. sommae 11. cesruthl- 12. proprium feda 13. seal 14. slind 15. t limbus .i. immd^nom is gaudentius dicit • limbus sorculus de acu factus reiiqua 16. fiad cholum" .i. palumbis 17, 18. cundu^ brathair athar^ 19. athinne ■ 20. barr^ 21. muintorc

1. driss 2. cei^tle 3. huili sis 4. neutur dodenam^ diib 5. ani as flumen 6. ind reta sin 7. arrind sin 30 8. cammderc 9. diulsidi^ 10. cethir 11. salann glan 12. dubglass 13. airmm inaisiidethat de dubiis generibus

1. .i. AercAoiliud /oZaid 2. .i. dram inchosaig dede ar is dram hilair lalaitnori acht asringba den • 3. in den P. 70 a 6. greater than one syllable. 9. twenty pounds. 10. rich. 35 continued ^2, the proper name of a tree. 13. a sail. 15. (limbics a small ship) or limbus an ornamental border. 16. a wild pigeon. 17, 18. consanguinity, a father's brother. 21. neck-chain. P. 70b 3. all below (are river-names). 4. to make neuters of them. 5. that which is Jlumen (the word Jlumen). 6. of that star. 40 7. that star. 13. the place in which they treat of doubtful genders. P. 71a 1. i.e. determination of substance. 2. i.e. the number that signifies a pair of things, for with the Latins it is the plural number provided it exceed one.

a: leg. Hesperium b: forcipes eo quod formum capiant, quae sunt fabrorum: 'formum' enim dixerunt antiqui 'calidum': unde et formosus, Isid. Etymol. Lib. xx. c: the lower half of the / is now illegible, but the upper half is clear: cf. fiad 'wild' d: cf. F61. Oeng., Index e: cundu is written over sup- hratliuir ath&r over -patruua f: cf. Vol. I. pp. 1, 2 g: mir erschien -denom wahrscheinlicher, Windisch h: di- od-lassidi, Asc. Gl. cxlvi.

[ 127 ]non dicitur nuraerus sed abusiue, quomodo nominatiuus casus non

est sed abusiue casus dicitur, quod facit alios casus, quamuis multi de hoc dicant", quod ideo casus sit dicendus quod a generali nomine' cadunt omnium specialium nominatiui. Sed si ob hoc* casus est 5 dicendus, omnes partes orationis possunt uideri casum habere; et uerbum enim et aduerbium et coniunctio a generali uerbo^ et aduerbio et coniunctione cadunt in speciales positiones singularum^ Alii autem dicunt, quod ipsa temiinatio nominatiui cadens in alias diuersas terminationes non incongrue casus nominatur, cum naturam lo habeat, ut cadere possit et cadendo^ faciat omnes casus ; quippe si casus dicitur^" non solum illud in quod* cadat" aliquid, sed etiam ipsa res, quae cadit"'. Unde aptota dicunt" ilia nomina doctissimi artium scriptores, quae uominatiuum tantum habent casum, in quo refutatur illorum ratio", qui ideo putant eum casum nominatum, 15 quod a generali nomine cadat^'. Possumus autem et a maiore et frequentiore parte casuum'^, qui sunt obliqui, hunc quoque accipere nominatum, quomodo et syllabas ex singulis uocalibus dicimus^'*. Ergo singularis quoque nuraerus bene dicitur, quod... omnes numeri ex ipso componuntur et in ipsum desoluuntur^',

...nihil ultra ^ citraque^ intellegere liceat... Ergo dubitationem P- 7lb


4. 7 nicetbaid dosoia 5. .i. huandi as nomen as ochtmath p 71 ^ rann inmsci 6. uandligudsa 7. uand anmmaim chenelach continued as uerbum 8. awal rondgab amo as indi as uerbum 7 bene asindi as aduerbium 7 reliqua 9. lase dotuit ind^ ainmnid 25 10. deithbir ciasberthar casus nomwiatiu(us) 11. sechi ed .i. amal rongabsat intuisil olchenxB hituitev 12. .i. amal rongab intainmnid asatuiter 13. .i. huare ndd tuiter essib hituisliu aili 14. artotuiter acenelchi hi sain gnuis in Siptotis 15. uandhi as nomen as ochtmad rann in insci ut diximus 16. .i. idem hoc 7 30 quod )raedixit .i. quomodo nominatiuus non est Teliqua 7 issed sdn • as maith leosom 17. .i. huare is lia ani dianeperr casus and 18. arit lia sillaba illitrib quam 6 oinlitrib 19. .i. in oena focerddar 7 dofuasailgther each dram

1. altarach .i.frie anall 2. centarach .i.frie desiu P. 7lb


4. and it is not an opinion of his. 5. i.e. from the noun P. 71 a which is one of the eight parts in speech". 6. by this law. continued 7. from the general noun that is uerbum. 8. as for instance amo from that which is uerbum, and bene from that which is aduerbium. 9. when the nominative falls. 10. it is reasonable that one should say 40 nominatiuus casus. 1 1. whatever it may be, i.e. such as the other cases in which there is falling. 12. i.e. as such as the nominative from which there is falling. 13. i.e. since there is no falling from them into other cases. 14. for in aptota there is falling from generality into a special figure. 15. from nomen, which is one of the eight parts in speech, 45 as we said. 16. and that is what they like. 17. i.e. since more numerous is that to which the name casus is given. 18. for syllables of many letters are more numerous than those of single letters. 1 9. i.e. every number is cast and resolved into units.

1. ultra i.e. on the far side of it. 2. citra i.e. on the near side of it. P. 71b

a: MS. quo b: leg. int c: for the meaning here and in 71' 15 given to the ordinal, see Ir. Texte rv. preface xiv : Celt. Archiv i. 322 ; and Eev. Celt. xxii. 434. So in Irish (?) Latin : ostendit quod nomen octaua pars orationis est, Ars Auonjma Bemensis, Suppl. Gramm. Lat. p. 64

[ 128 ]pluralium discutit adiunctio eorum nominum, quae singulis numeris

sunt propria suae cuiusdam positionis, quippe cum sint pluralia non a singularibus natal

Numeros autem hae habent dictiones*...id est nomina^ uerba, participia, prononiina. Aduerbium uero, quamuis saepe de- 5 monstret numerurn" ad significationem nominum numeralium', non tamen quasi accedentem hunc habetl Accedentia® enim generalia fere sunt^" ad omnes species parti um perfectarum". Quod enim dicas singularis numeri aduerbium uel quod pluralis? cum similiter omne aduerbium^^ tam singularibus quam pluralibus uerbis ad- 10 iungitur 'singulatim^^' 'sepissime^^ dicimus/ quod in nulla parte alia numerum possidente potest contingere^® nisi figurate^".... Praeterea nomen et pronomen et uerbum et participiura'^ de- clinantur^^ in numeros...

In uerbis^ nulla uox eadem quae apud Latinos singularis et pluralis


3. .i. ar isleo feissin insuidigiid hitaat ar ni rochinnset dnach uathuth etir ut nomina pluraZm techtaite iiathath - • > 4. ar aicciditib doib 5. ar sluindid ainnim. persain 6. .i. dofoirAde dobriathar^ drim fochosmailius dofoirndet nomina numeri 7. .i. fochosmailius nondafailsigetar nomina numeri 8, .i. isairi ni 20 aiccidit di aram air cia beit dobriathra^ persandi robiat sidi cendraim-' 9. ataat andsora acciditi cottehenna reliqua 10. awal rongab inanmmanaib slond persine 7 ni aiccidit sibi calleic 11. .i. Idn .i. octo amal rongab in nomine persona 7 non accic^en* sibi 12. .i. issi indobriathar^ cMtna adchomaltar frisna briathra 25 huathati 7 hilddai • > 13. ind dendaid 14. dobriathar dirme leiss sepissime 15. accomol fri huathsid 7 hilar 16. .i. dJo^fewrf ^/ec^ ut pars in frusta '^ secant 17. cenmathd dobrethir j alaaili 18. is accidit dosuidib numerus •

1. .i. quae habent personas certas .i. combad choitchen eiix 3° ■uathaid 7 Hbx doneuch dojfoirnde persain deirb


3. i.e. for the position in which they are is their own; for they continued have not descended from any singular at all, as do plural nouns that have a singular number. 4. as accidents to them. 5. for (the) noun signifies a person. 6. i.e. the adverb denotes a number 35 even as the nouns of number denote (it). 7. i.e. even as nouns of number manifest it. 8. i.e. hence number is not an accident to it, for although there be personal adverbs, they can be without number. 9. there are there common accidents etc. 10. as there is in nouns the signification of person and yet it is not an accident of theirs. 4° 11. i.e. full i.e. octo, as in the noun there is person, and this is not one of its accidents. 12. i.e. it is the same adverb that is joined to the singular and plural verbs. 14. he takes saepissime as a numeral adverb. 15. junction with the singular and the plural. 16. i.e. a poet's figure, ut etc. 17. except the adverb and other (parts of 45 speech). 18. to these number is an accident.

1. i.e. so that it should be common, both in singular and plural, to what signifies a determinate person.

a: MS. dobrethr b: MS. dobre' c: MS. frustra

[ 129 ]est, id quia' apud Graecos interdum inuenitur, ut ^ov^ iyoo, tjXOov

€K€lVOl

Et in mobilibus' trium generum omnibus singularia feminina et pluralia neutra eandem uocem habent*: 'haec prima' 77 irpooTT] xal ra 5 irpwra'^... In tertia omnia in 'es*' productam disinentia... 'Qui'* quoque tam singularis est nominatiuus quam pluralis.

. . .propria, quae naturaliter indiuidua sunt' sed casu'^ diuersis ^- ^^^ contigere personis....' Gallia' citerior^ et 'Gallia' ulterior^ idem ^^* P" ^'^^^ possunt significare'. . . .si collibuisset, quomodo 'cruores/ dicere 'san- '^* ^* ' 10 guines'... nihil irapediret®. ...humidorum^..'stagnum'^'..'auricalcum*' P- 73a ...'abriza"*' . . 'faba*' . . 'pissa*' . . 'acetum V 'liquamenV 'mulsum*'... ...quod'" quidem...haec protulerunt numero... ...ut 'Gemini"'... et 'Pisces'^' usu", ut 'manes'... Sunt quaedam singularia uoce, intellectu pluralia, quae etiam comprehensiua" dicuntur... 15 ...idem significantia".


2. coitchena so etir didrim m oensun .i. innabriathra, grecdi se • P. 72 a 3. .i. fodalet chenel 4. .i. hinunn litred do uathath femin 7 do cow«tn«ed hilur neutair in amnmanaib fodalet chenel 5. .i. haec .i. hilsir neutuir 6. fodeudsin 7. ani as qui

1. ni fodlatar fri slond nilfolod 2. othecmung^ 3. as P- 72b cherdarcku 4. as hire 5. .i. isseA a/oZad cetna beos tofoirndet G. .i. manutoltanaiged do ni h6i ni aridgarad de

1. innafliuchaide 2. stdn 3. credume 4. dtor A. P- 73 a color auri • cicero 5. seib 6. piss 7. fin acat 358. lind 9. lemnachl^ 10. ol 11. .i. castor 7 puUux 711 eperr acht hilar doib dogres in hilur dano asberr arind hirosoithe 12. ainm renda 13. .i. tregnais ambuithe in hilxxv 14. .i. otetarthet Ai7ardataid inna ninni 15. o/b/ad cetna


2. these are common between the two numbers in one word, i.e. these P. 72 a 30 Greek words. 3. i.e. which distinguish gender. 4. i.e. the same continued combination-of-letters for the feminine singular and for the neuter plural in nouns that distinguish gender. 5. i.e. neuter plural. 6. this (is) at the end.

1. they are not divided so as to signify many substances. 2. by P. 72 b 35 accident. 5. i.e. it is the same substance which they still signify. 6. i.e. had it been pleasing to him there was nothing to keep him from it.

1. of the moist things. 2. tin. 4. gilding. 11. i.e. P. 73a (the twins) Castor and Pollux : naught save the plural is ever used (lit. said) 40 for them : so the plural is used of the constellation into which they were turned. 12. name of a constellation. 13. i.e. through the usage of their being in the plural. 14. i.e. they comprise plurality in their signification. 15. the same substance.

a: leg. quod

b: MS. -qXyfTov rjiTO TjXTjTwn kvivwi

c: Priscian's opvj^a, which the glossator mistook for obryza xP^'^^o" o^pv^ov ; cf. abrizum, splendor auri, Corp. Gloss. Lat, v. 259. The gloss dior is =didr Wind. Wtb.

d: MS. dtheomung: cf, Sg. 186»!

[ 130 ]Figura quoque dictionis in quantitate^® comprehenditur . . .

P- 73b separatim accepta est figura^ a Graecis. ...quia, quod suum est corapositorum, non habet, id est ut ipsa per se ex diuersis componatur dictionibus separatim intelligendis^ sub uno accentu et unam rem suppositam, id est significandam accipiat^ ut est 'res puplica'... Una enim est res supposita*, duae uero uoces" diuersae sub uno accentu prolatae... Si enim dicam: 'magnanimitas compositum est (i. p. 178) a magno et aniraitate/ nihil dico^ 'animitas' enim per se non dicitur^ ...'impietas,' 'infelicitas' 'perfectio.' Quae si ab impio et infelice et perfecto dicamus deriuata, decomposita sunt^...

...ut^ est 'facio efficio^'... ...ilia participia uidentur a (i. p. 179) semplicibus suis^ esse composita, quae non uerborum sui temporis, sed participiorum semplicium regulam seruant, ut...'contuli con- .latus^' a simplici 'latus.'

...'senatusdecretumV 'plebiscitum®'...'causidicus^'...*nequis^' (i. p. 180) Ipsa tamen quoque ante composita necesse est in duas in- tellegibiles dictiones resolui^ Ex hoc componitur 'impotens'...ex simplici et decomposito*. ...si duo sint nominatiui, ex utraque parte declinatur compositum...quod Graeci nunquam faciunt in


16. .i. issinmeit mhis indepert .i. immar fa bee

1. gndefar leth" far jiguir insin ' farleth^ .i. tresngne .1. ciaetirscartar inna eperta bite mncAo msuidigthiu adcuiretar' do hogi 7 sluindit ni iarna netarscarad • > 3. oinfolad sluindite'^ iarcom- «uidigud .i. afolad fosuidigiher fondsun • 4. .i. 6enfola,d. 5. dasonson 6. niepur ni sin .i. nidliged 7. do slund nach 25 folaid triit feissin 8. .i. bit rfecAomsuidigthi asbertar mad hed^ insin asberthar diib

1. awal^ in com^ositis 2. horangabalaib diutib 3. ni otulitus dogni 4. rangrabal 5. rangsihal

1. .i. cause aduerbium .i. indaicsendaid 2. ninech 3. atua- 30 sulcud adi indi rainn ingnaidi • 4. .i. each hae diib son


16. i.e. in the extent to which the vocable is: i.e. whether it be great or small.

1. that is a species apart of [lit. on] the figure : 'apart,' that is, by the species. 2. i.e. though the words that are in the compound 35 are separated they return to integrity, and signify somewhat after their separation. 3. they express one substance after composition, that is, the substance put under the word. 4. i.e. one substance. 5. that is, two (different) words. 6. I say nothing therein^, i.e. it is not a law. 7. to express by itself any substance. 8. i.e. they will 40 be called decomposita, if that be said of them.

1. as in compounds. 2. from simple participles. 3. it does not make coniulitus. 4, 5. a participle.

1. causally. 3. their resolution into two intelligible parts. 4. i.e. each of them. 45

a: MS. id

b: eg. gna far leth far figuir insin? J.S.

c: MS. adcuirethar

d: MS. sluid-

e: the first letter can be h or h, Thumeysen

f: MS. am

g: cf. p. 62 note a

[ 131 ]compositis*. Dicunt enim, oportere compaginem, qua cohaerent in

compositione dictiones, immobilem manere^ Hoc igitur non ser- uantes^ Latini diuisorum quidem utimur declinatione, accentu tamen compositorum. Quod dicentes non uidemur contra supra 5 dictam Graeconim de compagine rationem facere*... ...'alteruter P- 75a alterutrius,' quod tamen ipsum non absque ratione non declinature (i- P- 181) Nam cum duae contra se pugnant regulae, ut alteram^ seruet, necesario perdidit alteram '. Unde Cicero pro M. Marcello : 'quod si in alterutro* peccatum sit, malim timidus quam parum lo prudeDs uideri.' Itaque masculinum quoque® eorum est declina- tionem secutum propter rationem supra dictam in * ius ' terminantis genetiui, qui communis trium uult esse generum. Nee solum tamen in declinationibus^ nominum hoc continguit, sed etiam in accentibus", ut...'plerusque pleraque plerumque.' ...'que^' enim, 15 nisi separata sit...coniunctio enclitica esse non debet, nisi illud dicamus, quod ' que,' quando cum intigris componitur dictionibus, quamuis signification em suam amittat..., tamen enclitici uim seruat, exceptis differentiae causa 'itaque,' 'utique'; in his enim non solum P. 75b coniunctio, sed etiam praeposita ei^ aduerbia uim propriae significa- 20 tionis conuertunt composita. Vetustissimi tamen^ et 'altera utra' et (i. p. 182)


5. .i. an diall ochechtar^ indarann 6. aram M indalarann p. 74b cen diall 7. tairissem indalarainne cen diall 8. ni etarscarad^ continued comsuidigthi file and huare isfoen° aicciund adfiadar

1. nichendliged anephdiall ddibrannaib 2. ingenitin P. 75 a 25 coitchen trechinelai 3. adiall 6 chechtar indarann 4. .i. ni alteroutro asbeir • issechtar rolaa adilledchi m immedon 5. .i. alteruter cesu chomsuidigthe odib nogaib file hisuidiu 6. comai- techt ceniuil docheneul indiull 7. biid dano comaitecht ceneuil docheneul in aicce7ida,ib 8. ani as que^

1. .i. dondi as que^ 2. .i. ciasid ruburt frit tuas alter utra P. 75b pro altera utra robdi camaiph dauo laarsaidi altera utra 7 alteram utrum .i. comsuidigud odib nogaib isindfemun 7 neutur amal rondgab isinmascixl • >


5. i.e. the declension in each of the two parts (of the com- P. 74b 35 pound). 6. that one of the two parts be undeclined. 7. the continued persistence of one of the two parts without declension. 8. it is not a separation of a compound which is here, since it is pronounced under a single accent.

1. not without principle is their absence of declension in the two P. 75 a 40 parts. 2. the common trigeneric genitive. 3. its declension in each of the two parts. 4. i.e. 'tis not altero utro that he saj's : 'tis outside he has put (exposuit) its declinability, not in the middle. 5. i.e. alteruter; although it is a compound of two integrals that is here. 6. con- gruence of gender to gender in declension. 7. so there is congruence 45 of gender to gender in accents.

1. i.e. to que. 2. i.e. though I have said to thee above, alter P. 75b utra for altera utra, the ancients, however, had altera utra and alterum utrum, i.e. composition of two integrals in the feminine and neuter as is in the masculine.

a: MS.oec^itar.butaeedcAecAtar, Sg. 75»8 b: MS. «tor «corad c: leg. /ooen d: MS. q.

[ 132 ]'alterum utrum' et 'alterius utrius ' solebant proferre^ et 'plerus

plera plerum*' absque 'que' additione. Ergo nihil aliud est in bis nominibus 'que' nisi syllaba epectasis^..et 'plerns plera plerum ' et 'plerusque pleraque plerumque ' idem significant®. 'Uter' enim, irorepof;, diuiduam uim habet^ ' uterque ' eKdrepof, collec- 5 tiuam^... ...'que®'... Et inuenimus per omnes fere casus composita^", ut 'iurisperitus"'...'praefectusurbi^'^'...'agricola agrura' colens^..'macte' id est magis aucte'*...

Nominatiuus...dicitur casus, quod ex ipso nascuntur omnes alii, uel quod cadens a sua terminatione in alias facit obliquos casus^ xo

Quaeritur autem, quid sit inter indeclinabilia et aptota* et monoptota* ? Neutrum uero si sit aptotum, necessario etiam pro accusatiuo et uocatiuo accipitur eius nominatiuus, quod generale est omnium neutrorum^.. ...'hi quatuor, horum •iiii-'...^

Velut autem una uoce diuersas possunt habere significationes^ i."; tam declinabilia per quosdam casus* quam indeclinabilia per omnes casus, sic e contrario diuersis uocibus saepe inuenimus unam eandem- que fieri significationem, ut 'labor' et ' labos^'...'ei*' uel 'ii'... Est autem rectus, qui et nominatiuus dicitur. Per ipsum enim


3. .i. daeltais dano fo a ddnog innagenitin 4, rohoi s6n dauo leo 5. .i. olni comacomol • que inge mad^ etarscartha 7 ol isdnunn sluindess plerus 7 plerusqwe" • reliqua 6. .i. q/bZad cetna 7. ad unum uirum pertinet sed isfer addiis 8. dodiis asberr son semper 9. ani asque 10. .i. comsmdgud fricach tuisel 11. comsuidigud frigenitne insin 12. fntobrn'thaid

1. fri dinsid 2. fri togarthaith .i. a mdr thormachtai 3. .i. is bee nand sinunn andede nisiu 4. .i. cid .i. interrogatio

1. .i. atredesin doairbirt as ind ainmnid 2. ardesimrecht dobe'irsem in daarticul hic biit dauo fris huile samlaid 7 reliqiia sic 3. .i. do oen forggnuis 4. .i. ainmnid 7 ^o^ar thid genitiu 7 tobarthid c^tnoi diil 7 reliqua 5. ishinunn intsliucht sluindite diblinaib 7 reliqua sic 6. .i. huandi as is eius ei


3. i.e. they used to decline it then according to its two integrals in its genitive. 4. this, then, they had. 5. i.e. because que is not a conjunction unless it be separated, and because plerus and plerusque 35 signify the same, etc. 6. i.e. the same substance. 7. it belongs to one man, but it is one out of two. 8. of a pair this is said always. 10. i.e. composition with every case. 11. that is composition with genitives. 12. with a dative.

1. with an accusative. 2. with a vocative, i.e. O greatly 4° increased ! 3. i.e. these two (explanations) are nearly the same. 4. what (is their difference?) i.e. a question.

1. i.e. that those three (nom., ace. and voc.) should be derived from the nominative. 2. for an example he puts the two articles here : they are then with it all thus. 3. i.e. to one form. 4. i.e. the 45 nominative and vocative, the genitive and dative of the first declension etc. 5. identical is the meaning which both express etc. sic. 6. i.e. from is, eius, ei.

a: MS. quod aptota Herz. b: cf. LU. 67" 35 c: MS. plerusq.

[ 133 ]nominatio fit'... Rectus autem dicitur, quod ipse primus natura

nascitur uel positioned genei-ale uidetur esse hie casus geni- tiuus^.. . . .patronymica pariter^ in eum resoluuntur. .. .causa- P. 77a tinus'...*in causa hominem facio^' (i. p. 186)

...a notioribus et frequentioribus acceperunt nominationem, sicut in aliis quoque multis hoc inuenimus'...'neutra' dicimus uerba, non quod solum ea in hac specie inueniuntur, quae neutram habent significationem^ id est nee actiuam nee pasiuam", absolute dicta^...

Genetiuus secundum locum sibi defendit : hie quoque naturale lo uinculum generis posidet^ et nascitur quidem a nominatiuo... datiuus, qui magis amicis conuenit, tertium et quod uel eandem P. 77b habet uocera genetiuo uel unius abiectione uel motatione literae^ ab eo^* fit-^ qui uero magis ad inimicos attinet, id est accusatiuus, quartum^... Igitur ablatiuus proprius est Romanorum et...quia (i. p. 187) 15 uouus uidetur a Latinis inuentus, uetustati reliquorum casuum concessit, quamuis hunc quoque a* uetustissimis Graecorum gramma- ticis accepisse uideutur, qui sextum casum dicebant ' ovpavoOevI ' ifiidev*'... qui profecto ablatiui uim possidet: nam etiam praeposi- tionem assumit, ut 'e'f ifiedev^,' 'e^ ovpavodev' Homerus.

His quidam addunt ilia, quae tam uoce quam significatione unum (i. p. 188) casum habent^ ut 'huiusmodi,' ' istiusmodi.'


7. is tmit hiid ainmnigud innadido indirgi 8. fnslond diXlo P. 76b

1. tuistenach eo quod fere omnes casus generat 2. fri aitreb- 'continued thacha^ 3. coisid 4. .i. dandiuf^ combe hicdis 0. .i. 25 ainmnigud dind ret as mdm and 6. .i. ithd sidi nadtechtat innairdegnusigud cechtar de 7. .i. huacheill gnima 7 chesta 8. .i. ote^ .i. matii techtat inda airdigtha 9. .i. mace indead aathar

1. .i. locwm deffenc^t^ 2. amal m bis indarpe -s- rfe^emtin P. 77b 30 quartiil 7 i dothormuch 2a. .i. genitiuo 2b. .i. datiwus 3. .i. locum defenc^t^ 4. .i. foxlaid ueterum graecorum 5. oeperr hoc is dothucad exemplum 6. .i. ite son aptota lessem riam


7. by means of it is the naming of the thing in directness. P. 76b 8. in order to signify a thing. continued

1. generative, because it generates almost all the cases. 2. with P. 77 a possessives. 4. i.e. I bring him down so that he may be in cause. 5. i.e. naming from the thing that is greatest therein. 6. i.e. these are they that do not possess either signification. 7. i.e. from the sense of action and passion. 8. i.e. and they, i.e. unless they possess the two 4° significations. 9. i.e. a son after his father.

2. even as there is the ejection of s from the genitive of the fourth P. 77 b declension and the addition of i in the dative. 4. i.e. the ablative of the ancient Greeks. 5. so that this is said : 'tis for this an example has been cited. 6. i.e. these are aptota according to him (Priscian) 45 before*.

a: om. MS.

b: der strich unter ut (priami filius) steht wohl nur zufallig iiber -thacha, Thurneysen

c: cf . d-an-diat muir Sg. 8» 9, Sarauw, Irske Studier, p. 77

d: Vol. I. p. 717, Asc. Gl. 221

d: cf. Priscian v. §§ 47, 68

[ 134 ]Caper... ostendit hoc usum^ Catullum... ...'sole'^' quoque

(i. p. 189) antiqui.

...ut 'sponte sua^'... Denique in comparationibus absque (i. p. 190) praepositione solet proferri ablatiuus, nee tamen dicit quisquam^ septimum tunc esse casum, sed ablatiuum... In quo omnes artium 5 p. 88 scriptores consentiunt^. . . ...'rege Latino ' pro ' regnante Latino/ (i. p. 191) quamuis^ in hniuscemodi quoque constructionibus subauditur par- ticipium substantiuum. ...'iv tm ^aa-Ckeveiv^ Tpaiavov' avrl Tov ' ^aaik6vovTo<i^ Tpaiavov^.' Etiam tunc pro genetiuo ponitur Graeco, quando per participium 'habens'*' et accusatiuura inter- 10 pretamur eum...

Lib. VI. Igitur excusatio raihi sit audacis incepti' difficillima (i. p. 194) recusation tuae iussionis.

...multo labore inuenta et diuerso auctoritatis usu approbata' subiungam^ ...nee mirum, cum etiam ipsi probatissimi artium 15 scriptores non omnino certis haec regulis* disseruisse noscuntur.

Solatio enim mihi ipse esse possum, qui ueterum scriptorum artis grammaticae uitia corrigere, quamuis audacissime^ sed maximis auctoribus Herodiano et Appollonio confisus ingredior, si quid in meis quoque homani erroris* acciderit scriptis, quod sit emend- 20 andum'.

...'sophista^'...

Valerius autem Maximus in II Memorabilium ponit ' alienigena


1, ararubart bith 2. .i. biidson dano do thogarthid

1. j. toglenemon exempli a • sua 2. .i. cesu chen remsmdigud 2$ do 3. eperta foxlada'^ do

1. adas 2. proprium masued 3. ewemplum ofail infini- tiuus and argenitin rangabala 4. ashabens

1. .{. denoxa. indsdirsi 2. ni>otalla obbadfair^ itir 3. .i. anderbad hua desimrechtaih a,nctoritatis 4. .i. nihuile asderb 30 5. cesuddnatu dom 6. ami coimtig duine cenchomrorcain 7. .i. ishe se incomdithnad .i. ol as cocarti 8. fissith


1. that he has used. 2. i.e. this, then, is for a vocative.

1. i.e. the sua is a superfluous addition* to the example. 2. i.e. although it is without a preposition. 3. in calling it an ablative. 35

2. a proper name if it is^. 3. an example so that an infinitive is therein for the genitive of a participle,

1. i.e. the making of the art (ars). 2. it does not admit of refusal at all«. 3. i.e. to certify them by examples of authority. 4. i.e. not all is certain, 5. though it is boldness in me. 6. for 40 not frequent is one without error. 7. i.e. this is the consolation, i.e. because it is to be corrected.

a: MS. ev TO ^affiXeve intraiano nantirou /SacriXei/ojToj tpatanoy

b: MS. subgungam

c: Perhaps the gen. after an Irish verh = consentio is a rehc of a constrnction like that of the gen. after Latin impersonal verbs of feeling, W.S.; cf. the genitive with the adjective, e.g. comchosmail crotha 7 delba Kev. Celt. xiii. 440, J.S.

d: cf. nithalla rim no airem furri, Aisl. 3

e: lit. adherence: toglenemon = toglenavion infra 104" 2, cf. Eev. Celt. xx. 445

f: cf. p. 71 note e

g: cf. Eev. Celt. xxi. 176, Sarauw, Irske Studier 49

[ 135 ]studia^' quod prima declinatio non habet. . . .nee idem esse singularis

nominatiuus neutri generis in a disinens et nominatiuus pluraiisV (^- P- ^^^)

Nee non cetera similiter a genere eomposita' proferebant... 'taurigenus^' idque usus confirmat. Pacuuius* in Paulo :

Qua uix" eaprigeno generi* gradibilis gressio est.

Cieero in prognostieis :

Caprigeni pecoris" eustos de gurgite uasto.

. . .' unus '. . .' ullus '. . .' nullus' '. . .' solus ' . . . ' totus ' . .. ' alius ' . . . ' uter ' . . . ' alter/. . . Similiter ab eis eomposita* hoe enim quoque rarior (i- p. 197) lo habet usus* et uetustior... P. 91 a

...'paterfamilias' et ' materfamilias ' sol emus dicere, et frequens (i- p- 198) hoc habet usns^ Dicitur tamen et 'pater familiae^'... (^- P- 199)

. . .sed filii familiarum^ . . . . .patribus familiis^. . . P. 91 b

. . .lepida*. . . . . .glaucomam* (i- p. 200)

...sed etiam 'mille^'... ...Capsa.. P. 92a

In paucis tamen inueniuntur poetae Graecis seruase morem (i- pp- 201, Graecum^; Statins in IIII Thebaidos : ^^^^


1. .i. hilsLT neutair farcetnu divll 2. .i. diambed didiu newtur P- 90b far cdtnu diull ropad far ndendeilb nobbiad aainmid huathadd 7 20 Ai7air 3. huandi osgenus 4. .i. coitchen decheneli indiu lanuelitridi 5. ..foneutiT 6. foneulxiT 7. .i. cid ara nilaigedar drim • a • nullus quia corapositum ut in ante ostendet • reliqua 8. huanaib octsa aniias

1. .L techt innageniten-in i' 7 mtobariha.do in o in his P- 91 a 25 2. .i. buith innageniten in -as- 3. .i. cesu pater familias asruburt

1. .i. cambi dano filius familiarum nominatiuo 2. huandi ^-^ih aspatres familiis 3. sidbair 4. .i. dinsid dawo" cetni diil laarsidi 5. is nephdilledsich. s6n dano

1. comrar^ 2. .1. airdiden indainmedo tete in '&• P. 92 a


1. ie. a neuter plural according to the first declension. 2. i.e. p. 90b if, then, there were a neuter according to the first declension its nom. sing, and pi. would be according to the same paradigm. 3. from genus. 4. ie. to-day, with modern writers, (are they) common bigeneric®. 5. i.e. in the neuter. 6. in the neuter. 7. i.e. why does nullus 35 form a plural number 1 because it is a compound, as he will shew after- wards' etc. 8. from these eight above (unus, uUus, nullus, solus, totus, allies, uter, alter).

1. i.e. the ending in these of the genitive in -i and of the dative in -o. P. 91a 2. i.e. that the genitive should be in -as. 3. i.e. although it is pater 40 familias that I have said.

1. i.e. so thaX filius familiarum is the nominative. 2. from P. 91b patres familiis. 4. the accusative, then, of the first declension with the ancients. 5. this then is indeclinable.

1. a box. 2. i.e. the production of the nominative which ends P. 92 a 45 in a.

a: MS. Pacubias

b: MS. quia uia

c: written above the line

d: the glossator mistakes the place-name Capsa for the common noun capsa

e: cf. Sg. 63* 1, 75» 2, and GC* 236

f: Prise, n. 7

[ 136 ]
Non Tegea^ non ipsa deo uocat alite felix
Cyllene.

...'hoc mantile*' holitor^... Frequentior tamen usus 'hoc cepe' protulit'^...in pafcellis' coquere coepe.

...accepta'^ e faciunt genitiuum in ae diptongum*, ut Helena "^ 5 Helenae.

Traianus in I Docicorum^*... ...piperi*...

...'alcedo^ alcedinis/ Nam et 'uultur' et 'uulturus' et ' uulfcurius ' dicitur^ ' Nemo ' quoque, sine ex hoc [scil. homo] conpositum^...seu non, communis est generis 'turbo* turbinis/ lo quando de ui uentorum loquimur... ...'cupido cupidinis^' quod masculino quidem genere deum significat plerumque et est proprium, feminino uero ipsam rem. Itaque feminini praeualuit declination

Excipitur etiam 'caro" femininum 'carnis.' Vetustissimi tamen etiam nominatiuum ' haee carnis' proferebant*, qui magis rationabilis 15 est ad genetiuum. Itaque eius, quod est ' caro,' dimminutiuum 'caruncula' est^..

. . .' strabo* ' etiam ' straba ' facit.

Pacuuius*^ :

filios 20
sibi procreasse dicitur eundem per Calipsonem autumant'.
Calipso -onis^...idque usus antiquorum confirmat.


3. .i. airdixa -a- and fochosmailius grec • 4. .i. Idmtheoir [man. alt.] uestiraentum

1. lubgartoir [in marg.] Cicero holitor hortulanus coimddigiu neutur and in othud 3. .i. in aignib suscepta • forsinnainmmnid ingenitin 5. helene in grecda. 6. .i. inna, sdirse sin 7. scibar

1, foilenn 2. biit atriur doanmaimindeiuin 3. as com- suidigthe uad 4. .i. cloi gaithe 3o

1. .i.ind accobair 2. .i. is diall femiu file fair .i. motato «o- in -i- in geni^mo 3. ni -o- in. -i dogmson 4. nomtwatiuus as carnis 5. conid riagolda caro do7id ainmmnid in chrutsin • 6. cammderc 7. oid calipso calipsonis dogni 8. a airdergud leiss fudeud hie • 35


3. i.e. a is long in it, after the fashion of the Greeks.

2. i.e. the neuter is more frequent in it in the singular 4. i.e. 'EXcvt;, the Greek. suscepta to the nominative in the genitive. 6. i.e. of those works ^ (artes).

2. the three of them are as the name of the bird. 3. that it is 40 compounded from it.

1. i.e. of the desire. 2. it is the feminine declension which is on it, being changed into i in the genitive. 3. this does not make o into i. 4. a nominative carnis. 5. so that in this wise caro is regular as the nominative. 7. so that it makes Calypso Calypsonis. 45 8. here he has his purpose*^ at last.

a: MS. excepta

b: i.e. the Dacica, Hertz i. 205. For sdirse cf. Sg. 90» 1, 103» 1, 212» 11

c: MS. paucobius corrected to pacubius

d: airdergud (gl. propossitum) Wb. 4c13, but see Asc. GI. ccii.

[ 137 ]Plautus in Aulularia: P. 94a
Quod si Argus seruet, qui oculeus^ totus fuit,

Lucanus in VII....

Seu tonitrus ac tela louis praesaga* notauit.

...delphinus'... ...inter tonitra* et turbines. ^^'ivi^^^'

Nam ' hae lactes' partes sunt intestinorum... cuius singulare ' haec lactis^ ' est. /j' 213)

...'fel fellis' 'Nihil' indeclinabile est.... Quidam tamen ad- p' gg^ uerbium esse putant, quod nomen esse quantitatis adiectiuum ipsa /^ 214) 10 construction ostendit. ...'nihil malum' uel 'mali'.. ...nihil (i. p. 215) minus' ferendum pro 'nihil intoUerabilius^' ...'hilum' enira pro 'ullum*' uetustissimi proferebant.

. . . ' hoc pellium • lii** '. . . ' hoc ostorium • rii ' lignum commodius aequatur^..

...'AopKiuiN haec Dorcium....' Hoc autem solet fieri ^ adolationis ^- ^^*' causa sine diminutionis aetatis. ^^' ^' '


1. .i. suilech centum oculos habens^ 2. innabrotu'^ 3. mucc P- 94a mora 4. .i. huandi astonitrum biid dano tonitrunm 7 tonitrua h'dad

1. findracht P. 94 b

1. i- ainm in chrocainn imhi bilis reliqua icidorus 2. int P. 95a immognam. imhi hisreith rann 3. .i. nephni 4. ardiltud ata •in- 5. hilura tmmorro la isidomim smiur alta reliqua 6. .i. pellium*^ harr .i. d pelle pelium .i. d peleta .i. '^ossessiuum a peleo 7. .i. nomen ciuitatis ut in horo- magw ^ inuenitur 7 25 istoglenamon exempli iaTum lignum commodius^ reliqua

1. .i. acht is la green ata andligedsin P. 95 b


1. i.e. having eyes. 2. the goads 3. a pig of the sea. P. 94a 4. i.e. from tonitrum. There is, then, tonitrum, and from it tonitTtui.

1. tripe. P. 94 b

1. i.e. the name of the skin in which the bile is etc. Isidorus*^. P. 95a 2. the construction in which it is in a series of parts (of speech) •*. 3. i.e. nothing. 4. for negation the in- is. 5. hilum, however, according to Isidorus', means marrow of a joint, etc. 7. i.e. name of a town, as is found in the Horo... Mag..., and then lignum, quo modius is the super- 35 fluous addition to the example

1. i.e. but it is with the Greeks that that rule exists. P- 95 b

a: recte Pelium

b: the reference is to Argus

c: this gloss is misplaced : hrotu (ace. pi. of hrot) is evidently meant to translate tela

d: i.e. pilleum

e: of. in horologio Sg. 181*9. Horologium iipoKbyiov, Liber Ecclesiasticus apnd Graecos, Horas diurnas et officia continens, Ducange

f: leg. quo modius

g: fel appellatum quod sit folliculus gestans humorem qui uocatur bilis, Isid. Etymol. Lib. xi.

h: cf. Sg. 30»12, 213» 9

i: hilum autem Varro ait significare medullam eias ferulae quam Graeci asphodelon uocant, Isid. Etymol. Lib. x.

k: cf. p. 134 note e

[ 138 ]Virgilius in VIII:
Parnasio dictum Panos de more Licei*.

"Apai/r "Apay3o9. . .' Arabus^ Arabi '. . .

...' panthera*' et 'cratera®'... ...rinocerus^,.. ...elifas'...

'cassis^'... ...ballena^'^... 5

...' Adramyn*' nomen haeroys, Adramynis.'

...' flemeri . nis^' 'hoc numen . nis/ 'flamen . nis^'...

. . ' lien^' . . 'rien^'../ ' siren*» ^'...

...laquear^ .ris^... ...nassum^...

...'sequestra*.,. lo

Sed Plautus hoc quoque secundum analogiam^ declinauit...

'LiberV quoque, quando ingenuum* significat... INueniuntur tamen et ' altera utra^ ' et ' alterum utrum ' protulisse ueteres et ex utraque parte declinasse^ Potest tamen hie datiuus^ accipi* : 'nulli rei' pro 'nulli utilitati.' 15


2. .i. in pain chondai • licos enim graece lupus dicitur • continued 3 ainmnid uathsiid Zatindae ua^genitin grecdi 4. .i. panther .i. nomen bestiae 5. .i. crater .i. tailchube 6. .i. srdnbennach .i. exemplum 7. .i. combi elifas

1. .i. barr 2. .i. bled balin" graece mittere laiine 3. [in 20 marg.] ISidorus^ ballenae dictae ab emitendo aquas • 4. .i. ainm alaili thriuin

1. tene dia^- oirclech^ 2. 7 flam en hie sacerdos ut isidorus dicit 3. lua Hath 4. feith t dru 5. muir moru 6. delb e{uin) 7. 7 fit sirena ut (amb- )* cantus sirenar(um) 25

1. neTU 2. camara quod 7 tholus sine tholus rotuudus 3. srdin 4. [in marg.] .i. media • nam sequester medius .i. rdth*^ iiiter du(os) altercantes

1. iar n diul tanisiu. 2. soer 3. insoer

1. .i. comsmdigthe odib ndgaib in i'eminino 7 neuiro ut est in 30 msisculino 2. .i. andiall foadanog

1. .i. rombi^ fri ^o6arthid in hoc exem^pZo


2. i.e. of the wolfish Pan, Xvkos etc. 3. a Latin nominative singular from a Greek genitive. 7. i.e. so that it is dephcts.

4. I.e. name of a certain hero,

1. lightning (?), or oracular (?). 4. sinew or kidney. 5. sea- maid. 6. a bird's shape,

1. ceiling ^ 3. nose,

1. according to the second declension 2. free. 3. the free man.

1. i.e. compounded of two integrals in the fem. and neut., as it is in the masc. 2. i.e. the declension according to its two integrals,

1. i.e. it can be with the dative in this example.

a: om. MS.

b: a over the line

c: leg. paen> MS. bled is over ballena, the rest under it

d: Etymol. Lib. xii.

e: leg. diaitl and of. tene diait, Ann. Ult. 915, 995, 1019

f: cf. uricli 'oracles,' Cogad Gaedel 12

g: ut amb" scheint mir moglich, Thurneysen, cantus Sirenarum, Ambros. de lac. et Vit. Beat. 2, 12, 56

h: over medius ; cf . rath (gl. medius), Leyden Priscian 59*

i: the infixed relative is strange

k: literally 'heaven': cf. Fr. del, Ital. cielo

[ 139 ]Excipitur 'hie later lateris^'... INueniuntur tamea apud ?• 99a

uetustissimos haec ancipitis genitiui^ *hic accipiter *...' Opiter '...sic (i-PP- 228, etiam 'luppiter'... Nam 'louis' nominatiuo quoque casu inuenitur*. '

...'cicer^ ciceris.* Haec etiam contra rationem supra dictarum P. 99b 5 regularum^declinantur: ...'libra^' et 'fibra'^' 'cancer^ cancri,' (i-pp- 230, quod etiam neutrum inuenitur, sed quando morbum significat^ p ^iq^^^ quod uerminatum ne ad cancer" peruenerit. . . .' gener / 233) generi*'... ...ut Plinius Secundus'^ in I Artium. 'Haec acer /j 234) arbor acri*' dicit Seruius® in commento Virgilii^"... ...deferentiae 10 causa fluii et gentilis apagopa* usus est", quomodo Arar dixit pro 'Araris'... Nam proprie 'Hiberes" sunt gens ab Hiberis profecta... P. 100b

. . .' salinator salinatoris'^ '. . . ' marcor marcoris^ '. . . (i. p. 235)

...'hoc ador^'... Virgilius in VII : P. lOla

Adorea^ liba per herbam 237) '

Subiiciunt epulis.

...Theoctistus** ... cui quiquid in me sit doctrinae post deum^ P- lOlb imputo. ...'hoc femen femenis^'... (i. p. 238)

...'hie as asis*'...'uas uadis^'... ^- ^^^*


1. .i. ni er in • ris 2. .i. iscumtuhart ced dogni angenitm'P. 99 a 30 3. .i. ar ni iouis gemtiuus indi as iuppiter ciasid ruburt t'das arhiid iouis cene nominaXiuo'^

1. luih 2. crw^Aaigtheo irmagenitoxi P. 99b

1. med 2. feith 3. .i. rind 4. ,i. iir'phaisiu P. 100 a 5. .i. dourfuisin 6. cele ingine 7. nituc adesimrecht ^5 8. dogluais far acer 9. .i. issed asbeir seruius isdiil tanisi 10. arcAiunn 11. .i. odergeni hiber dindi as hiberus

1. .i. diandid nomen hiber hiberi 2, CoMminianus salina P. lOOb .i. nomen lube .i. sdlchuach^ 7 salinator hijbad 3. .i. feugud

1, [marg. 1.] .i. adrad t genus frumenti 2. dered fersa P- lOla

1. .i. indegaid ft de^ 2. i. sliasit 3. women toimse ^- lOlb

1. techt P-l02a


1. i.e. it is not er into ris. 2. i.e. 'tis doubtful what their genitive P. 99a makes. 3. i.e. for the genitive of Jupiter is not Jovis, though I have said it above, for Jovis is already as a nominative.

1. a plant. 2. of the formation of the genitive. P. 99b

3. i.e. a constellation. 6. a daughter's husband. 7. he p, looa has cited no example of it. 8. as a gloss upon acer. 9. i.e. this says Servius : it is of the second declension. 11, i.e. so that he has made Hiber from Hiberus.

1. i.e. the name of which is Hiber Hiberi. 2. salina, i.e. the name P. 100 b of a plant, i.e. a violet, and salinator (is derived) from it.

1. i.e. adoration, or a kind of corn. 2. end of a verse. p. loia

3. the name of a measure. p jQib

1. a going'. P, 102a

a: leg. apocopa

b: MS. theostistus

c: cf. Sg. gi*" 1

d: .i. salchuach is written over nomen lube; salchuach; ob das der rest eines langezeichens ist, weiss ich nicbt, glaube es aber kaum, Thurneysen

e: cf. Sg. 5» 2

f: the glossator seems to have supposed a counexion between the noun uds uadis and the verb uddo uddis: v. supra 119, note n.

[ 140 ]...'termes^ -tis^*' 'impes impetis^' 'inquies^'...

...'obses"... ...' apes'* '...quamuis' et alia composita ab eo quod est ' pes ' auctores producunt. . . . . .* fidicula ' docet primitiui sui nominatiuum 'fidis/ non 'fides' esse, quod Seruio* placet de cithara^ 5

../inquies' .. cuius etiam semplex^ in usu inuenitur trium generum. ...histrionis^ offam.. '[HJerodes [HJerodae' et '[HJerodis^'... ...Graeci ancipiti^ terminant genitiuo, modo in ov, modo in 0^9... Plinius in II naturalis historiae: ab Euclide, in III: Tucidide^..in VI: Simonide minore^... 10

spicura^ illustre tenens, splendenti corpore uirgo^

' haec ditia/ cuius nominatiuum singularem in ussu non inueni. debet tamen secundum analogiam 'hoc dite ' esse . nam in*' 'is' finiri neutrum non potest*. 'Hie' et 'haec Samnis'... Huius neutrum Neuius ' Samnite ' protulit'... Excipitur ' hie glis gliris®'... 15 Lucretius in II:

Sed quam multarum rerum uis^ possidet in se
Atque potestates.


2. .i. lind te 2a. [marg. 1.] Cicero, termes^: feruor

1. ted'dar^ 2. dcmailt 3. giall 4. .i. neph chostae 20 .i. a- sine 5. adas

1. .i. du inasiidet de cithara inna sdirsiu isand adfet sin 2. .i. quies .i. cuvnsantach A. commune trium generwm 7 isairdixsi • es hisuidiu ut in ante ostendet 3. indfuirsiri

1. aconmir 25

1. .i. e • glan airdixe and issed dogni hivodes 2. cumddubartaig^

1. .i. foxlidi tresdiil inso sis a nominibus tiagdde in • es • 2. .i. toglenamon s6n 3. ainmva iiairm 4. ondch ase ditia dohuith uandi as dis • 5, .i. hiid do anmxnaim inna cathrach. 7 do anmmaim habitatoris 7 intaii as nomen habitatoris is and hiid 30 neutax hiXad 6. ni glitis dogni

1. .i. innanert


2. i.e. warm water.

4. i.e. footless, i.e. a- (in a-pes) 'without.'

1. i.e. where he speaks of the cithara in his work, there he declares 35 that. 2. quies, i.e. restful, i.e. common of three genders, and in it the e« is long, ut etc. 3. of the mountebank»,

1. i.e. the dog's morsel ^

1. i.e. e pure long in it : this is what Herodes makes.

1. i.e. these below are ablatives of the third declension, from nouns 4° that end in -es. 2. i.e. this is a superfluous addition'. 3. name of a weapon, 4. so that it is not possible" for ditia to be from dis. 5. i.e. {Samnis) is as the name of the city and as the name of the dweller, and when it is the name of the dweller then there is a neuter (samnite) from it. 6. 'tis not glitis that it makes. 45

1. i.e. the strengths (ace. pi.).

a: Serv. HI. p. 30

b: Hertz i. 247

c: ova. MS.

d: So in Leyd. Priscian 62» lind tee (gl. feruor) ; cf. termas, ealores, Corp. Gloss. Lat. v. 395

e: dia mbai in teddar os cech maig, Salt. K. 7543

f: dat. sg. fem. of cumdubartach, because Ir. genitiu is feminine

g: or parasite, fuir-sire, from for + sere ' food ' as Trapdffiros from vapa and «rtros, W.S.

h: the reference is to Cerberus, Verg. Aen. vi. 420, cf. coinmir (gl. offa) Ir. Gl. 276

i: cf. p. 134 note e

k: see Vol. i. 520, note k

[ 141 ]...'haec puppis'^ huius puppis'... A sanguine" compositum (i. pp. 260,

non seruat siniplicis declinationem, 'hie' et 'haec exsanguis' huius ^^^) exsanguis/ a cuspide* seruat, 'tricuspis tricuspidis.' P. I05b

Sin in o? puram' Graecus desinat genetiuus... y'^' '

...' compos* compotis '...eius contrarium ' impos^ '... ...osten- p ^' ' dunt epigram mata 2... ...'haec glos' gloris'...ex osse*...Pacuuius' / ^-^) in Chrisse : ^' ^

oss[u]um in[h]umatum aestuosam
Aulam.

Accius uero in annalibus :

Fraxinus fissa ferox, infensa infinditur ossis'.

Cato tamen 'os' protulit® in IIII Originum... (i. p. 255)

Sii'acusii^ enira eron pro eros** dicunt. Romani autem P. 106 b plerumque solent in 'on' terminantia etiam subectione*^^ n proferre^ 15 per o, ut ' leo,' ' draco.' Sic ergo ' Mino,' ' gobio ' quoque dicunt pro gobies'*' abiecta s, et, quod mirabilius est, ' Atho" Athonis ' protulit Cicero... Sed hoc in 'u?' correptam dehinc Attice prolatum est quomodo ^AvSpoyeo^; pro vBp6y€Q)<;^^.

Similiter quartae sunt, quae rerum uocabulis [hjomonima* (i. p. 256)


2. eross P. 105 a

1. [marg. sup., man. al] 7 capus sebocc^ 2. uandi as 'continued sanguis 3. ni exsanguinis dogni 4. udndi as cuspis ^' ^^^^ 5. .i. cen chonsin ren • os 6. comascnidaid

1. neph ascnaidid 2. innaforliterdi 3. inducbdl [man. P. 106a »5 al.] i soror^ 4. chndim 5. nowaViatiuus t ahlsitiuus a nomine quod est ossum- 7 uero .i. indfir fosin 6. is -os- lasuide tmmurgu nominatiuo ni ossis" ut accjus ost&ndit K 7. .i. aicniae digraecaih

1. huaindarpu 2. .i. n- dochor diib 3. .i. cosmaiYtMs P. 106 b 30 indarpi 4. .i. ciasidbiur sa fritsu • atho 7 athos do buith biid dano in • u? • laatacn 7 otordd ind • v in o • I'arum odeni athos 5. .i. analo^rta .i. amal otordd - v in • o • hisuidiu • 6. cos- mailainmmnigthecha


2. from sanguis. 3. it does not make exsanguinis. 4. from P. 105b 35 cuspis. 5. i.e. without a consonant before -os.

2. the epigrams. 3. glory or sister. 6. truly according p. i06a to that. 6. i.e. 'tis os, however with him (Cato) as nominative, not ossis, as etc. 7. i.e. a tribe of Greeks.

1. by expelling it. 2. i.e. in putting n from them. 3. i.e. a P. 106b 40 resemblance to expelling. 4. i.e. though I say to thee that it is Athos and Atho, it is, however, in -v<s with Attic writers, and the v has then been converted so that it makes Athos. 5. by analogy, i.e. as it has been converted into here.

a: MS. Pacubins

b: i.e. i7pwv, ijpun

c: leg. abiectione

d: leg. kco^ios

e: MS. andro7ets pro avSpoyeos

f: cf. capus, falco, Corp. Gloss. Lat. v. 493

g: leg. soror oiri cf. Sg. 67"14

h: MS. 1111,^111 ossis •^nomntatiuo

[ 142 ]inueniuntur, ut 'magistratus"'../hic saltus,' 77 'jrrihr)(Ti^^ koX rj vdirr)^^,

'hie uersus/ rj arpo^r)^" koI 6 o-Tt;^o9"...'hic exercitus' 17 ryvfivaata^^^ Kal 6 CTT^aro?"...* fastus"' quando a ' fastidio' uerbo est, quartae est, quando uero pro annali'* accipitur, a fastis et nefastis'® diebus sic dictum, frequentius secundae est. Inuenitur tamen et quartae^^ 5 Lucanus in X :

Nee meus Eudoxi uincetur fastibus^® annus,

...cum antiquiores quoque similiter idem protulisse" inueniantur. Ouidius fastorum^" inscripsit libros. . . .et 'fastus^^' in aliis codicibus. .

' Senatus ' quoque ideo .iiii. est^, quod a uocabulo ' natus ' com- 10 (i. p. 257) ponitur^ ...corporalia quartae sunt declinationis, nisi sint propria uel raobilia^ut...' rictus*'... Excipitur 'hie lectus^'... 'Mustus"... quod tamen mobile uidetur, cum ueteres et feminino et neutro (i. p. 258) genere inueniuntur hoc protulisse pro ' nouus noua nouum.' Ex-


7. tossach 8. leim riuth xeMqua 9. cat7^ .i. densitas 15 arborum veMqua 10. impud [man. al.] uersio 11. fers 12. frecor ceill t frithgnom reliqua icidorus gymnasium reiiqua in alio 13. .i. sochuide quia dicit mrgilius exercitus hoc est multitude • 14. lius miad cicero dicit fastus superbia 1.5. .i. ut fit lebor airissen 16. .i. duaibsib- 7 combad uad 20 roainmnigthe quando est fastus .i. liber- 17. .i. biid fordeib ndillib quando fastus .i. liber • 18. lebraib 19. abuithfar ce^Aramad qttando est fastus .i. lebor 20. exemplum ara airiuc far diull towaisiu 21. .i. is fastus bis in aliis libris ni fastos .i. libros • 22. .i. congregatio 7 combad nephchorpdae issed asmaith 25 apwd alios

1- fobith isnephchorpdae son 2. ar it diil tanoAsi ams sodin 3. ersolgud • rictura ferarwm oris ape?-tio cicero • item • cicero • rictus ditiu" medium tegmen domus 4. lige 5. foddli cendl hodie 30


8. a leap or a run, etc. 9. a wood. 12. cultivation or care. continued 13 i.e. a multitude g'wia etc. 15. a book of chronicles. 16. i.e. un- lucky, and it would have been named from it quando etc. 17. it is of two declensions, quando etc. 18. books. 19. that it is of the fourth (declension) quando etc. 20. an example for its being found 35 of the second declension. 21, i.e. fastus is in other books, not fastos. 22. i.e. congregatio, and it would be incorporeal : 'tis this that seems good to others.

1. that is, because it is incorporeal. 2. for they, in that case, are of the second declension. 3. opening... covering, 5. it 40 distinguishes gender to-day.

a: MS. ri iravais • kmo • vaire

b: MS. yt/ivaffia

c: this is over rictus, but is meant for tegmen

[ 143 ]cipitur 'arcus*/ quod deferentiae causa quidam tam secundae quam P. I07b

quartae protulerunt. Enniuff in xv annali :

Arcus^ ubi aspiciunt, mortalibus quae perhibentur,

'Acus" enim quartae est... ' Penus*' quoque masculini et(*-PP-260, 5 feminini et neutri inuenitur... ...'uultum^' in facie intellegi quo- ^ modo colores et figuras^... ILLud etiam possumus dicere, quod a , ' „621 uerbo 'arto artas' rei uocabulum fit *artatus"...Et forsitau ideOp jqqj^ 'acus" ab acutu*"*... ...hoc [sc. 'sinus, sinum'] secundae, illud ,^ 263) [sc. 'sinus'] quartae^ declinauerunt. Et possumus non inueniri* 10 similem'^de his omnibus rationem... redden tes dicere 'uersarime in nostro uetere curriculo^' ...etiam ipsa participia inueniuntui* est quando per syncopara prolata, ut 'potus®' pro 'potatus'... ...'Ligus^ -uris' commune quoque est. Quamuis etiam ' ueter^' ^- ^^* analogia exigit... (i. p. 264)

Unum masculinum a Graecis sumptum^ /av?^ 'hie mus muris'... (^* P- ^^^)

...et similis declinatio* supra dicti nominis...apud Graecos quoque <rv<i productum' in nominatiuo reliquos casus corripit.

'INcus^' etiam 'incudis'... ...' intercus" intercutis'... P. llOb ...intestinis^..' hie ' et ' haec ' et ' hoc intercus^'... qnf' ^^^'


1. .i. in tain as Jidbocc is quartdiil intan as tuag nime tmmorro p 207 b is diil towisi med aiidechor insin • - 2. fidhocc^ 3. sndthath^ 4. cucan

1. angne 2. innascdth 3. for 7'iagml dobuith tra isjiaib F.108& anmanaibse anuas dotet hie 4. acutus .i. diihce a quo est acus

1. sinus .i. McAi 2. arananisar^ 3. innai- i-ith arsidni P. I08h 4. per sina^opam prolata 7 it ranngabala dano inchruth hisin 5. ranyigahAl

1. ligordae .i. gentile 2. ciasidbiursa uetus 3. .i. ata P. 109 a dm 4. .i. inchruth donelltar mus is sawlaid doellatar mono- 30 syllabae 5. anas n airdixa

1. .i. inddin 2. comalne^ P. 110 b

1. .i. inmedonchaib 2. inderbus P. ilia


1. i.e. when it is a wooden bow it is of the fourth declension : when, P. 107b however, it is a bow of heaven (a rainbow) it is of the second declension : 35 that is the difference.

1. the countenance. 2. the shadows'. 3. here then he P. 108a touches on the fact that there is a rule that prevails in these nouns above.

2. that it may be found. 3. in our ancient course. 4. lengthened P. 108b by syncope, and thus then they are participles. 5. a participle.

2. though I say uetus. 3. i.e. it is indeed. 4. i.e. as mu^ is p. 109 a declined so monosyllables are declined. 5. when it is lengthened.

2. dropsy. p. nob

2. uncertainty (as to gender). p ^la

a: MS. arcus i acus

b: MS. arcitu acuta

c: recte non inuerisimilem

d: MS. /jlovs

e: the d is smudged, but the word is not cancelled.

f: rectios sndthat

g: leg. aran-isar 'that there be found'

h: later comaille

i: leg. = inna scdth ? of . Ml. 67* 9, and in cenn do thogbail for dorut in duine ina sgath dirg truagh do Ghaidhelaibh, Ann. Ul. 1172, J.S.

[ 144 ]Si eiusdem sint et apud Graecos terminationis'...ut 'OtStTrou?*'...

' Oedipus ' per sinerisin^. . .sicuti ^ si intigra eorum inueniantur. . .

[HJoratius 'Alcinous Alcinoy' declinauit^ in I epistularum...

...'genus generis/ quod Latinura esse ostendit et declinatio^ et uerbum 'genero generas.' Excipitur 'foenus^ foenoris'... ...*ter- gus*'... ...' uiscus* uisceris'...

Liquit enira supera tetri uestigia uirP.

Similiter ' pus ' non habet in ussu genetiuum, ne, si ' puris * diceretur, esset quantum ad eandem scripturam^ dubitatio, utrum datiuus esset pluralis a puro 'puris'...

Et qui** Graeci^-.uocatiuum in e longam terminant... ...in quibusdam 'es' productam terminantibus^ fecerunt Graeci poetae 'eus' pro 'es' proferentes...

In X desinentia, si a uerbis sint in ' go ' desinentibus, ablata x, addita 'gis' faciunt genetiuum, ut 'grego grex gregis'. . . Nee mirum': Graecos enim in omnibus fere emitati^ Latini*^ in hac quoque regula sequuntur... Ennius...in Villi pro 'frugi homo' 'frux^' ponit, quod est adiectiuum.

...'fornix*^^' 'suppellex* supellectilis' ...'Nox*' quoque


3. .i. madhinonn tarmorcenn ndoib lagrecu / lalaitnori A. is- 20 cummae leis didiu -y- y -u- reliqua 4. treaccomol 5. inchrutsa

1. ut • panthous • 7 it sillaba fodlidi is follus s6n asindfers- 2. mad grec roppad diil to^iaisi ut pelagus 8. aithi 4. cro- cenn 5. cenn cridi 7 alaaili reta olchena ut isidorus dicit •

1. indneime andracht^ 2. A. meit as doenscribend^ archuit suin '^5

1. it hesidi gveic 2. foircnedchaib 3. ,i. x • dofoxul 7 • g • doforcomet ingenitin diatechtat briathra, in • go • aracAl 4. arinrusamlasatar

1. toirthech 2. buad lice meirddrech loc 3. fointreb non suppellicis facit 4. excipi^wr C[uia non nocis facit 7 is 30 cosmatYi us g^ amal sodin ni excep^to


3. i.e. if their termination be the same with Greeks and with continued Latins. 'Tis the same to him then, y and v, etc,

1. as Pantlwus. And they are separate syllables: this is manifest from the verse. 3. if it were Greek it would be of the second declen- 35 sion, as pelagus. 5. the end of the heart, and other things also, as Isidorus says.

1. of the dark poison {uirus, uiri). 2. i.e. as regards the same writing, as to sound.

1- they are Greek. 3. i.e. that x should be removed and g kept 40 {conseruare) in the genitive if they have verbs in -go behind them. 4. for they have imitated.

2. a victory-stone or a brothel. 4. it is excepted, because it does not make nocis, and thus it is a Greek similarity, not an exception.

a: MS. odipus

b: recte quia, but qui is glossed

c: om. MS.

d: According to Hertz, the Carlsruhe codex has fornix lapis uictoriae, and in marg. lapis mollis unde erigitur signum triumphale

e: a loan from anthracodes {d.v0paKu>8T)s) Ascoli, Gloss, xl. ; but it is a genuine Irish word, in the gen. sg. neuter : cf . the ace. pi. fem. androchta LU. 95^24: = anrachta YBL. 101*52, and the cognate adj. ardracht .1. solus, O'Dav. 47

f: MS. srih-

g: i.e. grec or grecdae

[ 145 ]'noctis/ apud* Graecos, qui vv^ vvKTOf;^ declinant...' onix^'... P- I13b

'exlex^'...

A capite solum composita' ablata s et mutata e in i, et addita ' itis ' faciiint genetiuura, ut. . . . ' biceps^ bicipitis "...

. . .' puis* pultis.' . . .' frons® -dis '. , .' frons'^ -tis '. . .' lens^ lendis ' (i. pp. 281, . . 'glans' glandis'... ...'libripens^'... ...libram aeneam^.. ^^^^

Lib. VII ... 'hoc unum nomen tan turn, id est 'alius/ quam * * maxime* propter structuras genetiuo et datiuo casu numeri singu- * ^' ' laris, sic anomale comfirmatutn sit declinare^ : hie alius, huius alius, lo huic alii.'

Igitur masculinorum nominum finales sunt literae septem... femininorum quoque eaedem"* nee non etiam e produeta in Graeeis et m figurate in eornieis nominibus... ...per se enim ueutrum in P- ii4b eas literas [sc. o, x] nullum dissinit^.. Et hae quidem generales (^- P- 284) 15 sunt nominatiui terminationes^...

...pares habent sillabas* nominatiuo...nisi diuisio fiat in genetiuo poetica... ...'nepai*' pro 'nepae/ id est 'seorpii.' (i- p- 285)

...etiam si^ produeta sit... Horatius in carminum lib. I: P- n»» T J- J- (i. pp.286,

Lydia, die, per omnes 287)

20 uoeatiuum...eorripit: est enim coriambus et baehius, ex quo osten- ditur correpta in nominatiuo quoque 'Lydia' finalis a^. Virgilius in V:

Troia' Crinisso con cep turn flumine mater
Quem genuit.


1. nem 2. esrechtaid 3. .i. isindih nammd atd andliged P. 113 b crw^Aaigtheo genitensa 4. dechenda demess 5. ith 6. barr 7. etan 8. sned 9. derucc

1. medtosngachtigtheid 2. humaidi 3. cefiu • t quam P. 114 a maxime .i. Sidxierbium 4. donella nech 5. .i. efficiunt seek 30 ammascul lasani forcentar olitrih sidi •

1. neutnr fornocht • biid immurgu coitchen trechenelse in • x • P. Il4b 2. .i. nifil ainmnid nobed acht inti theite in oen innaliter sa 3. it pares dm 4. .i. cenelae nathrach issin^ dano a&scorpius •

1. .i. aid 2. .i. huare as timmortae m nocatiuo bis fordeib P. 115 a 35 rxominaXmi^ 3. .i. dactylus .i. guttae • i • hisund •


3. i.e. 'tis in them only is this norm of forming a genitive. P. H3b 4. two-headed, a pair of shears.

3. how ! vel etc. 4. that one decline^. 5. i.e. they make p. ii4a beyond the masculine when they end in its letters*.

1. a bare neuter. There is, however, a common trigener in a;. 2. i.e. P. 114b there is no nominative possible save that which ends in one of these letters. 3. they are pares indeed. 4. i.e. a kind of snake : 'tis that then that is scorpius.

2. i.e. because it is short in the vocative which is in the form of the P. 115 a nominative. 3. i.e. a dactyl, i.e. i is a vowel herein.

a: MS. secundum apud

b: MS. NoyoS noy5toc, without qui

c: MS. eadem

d: leg. fordeilh nominatiui, which is translated

e: leg. issi sin ?, which is translated

f: in grammatical terminology di-ell- expresses declinari, cf. daeltais Sg. 75"3, and the passive Sg. 4" 1, 109» 4

g: i.e. the letters of the masculine

[ 146 ]'Ei;?;^e9^ capite'^ pro ' capita "^*'... Latina uero proportion in a

(^•PP;^^9, correptam uult uocatiuum primae declinationis...terminari etiam in 116a ' Graecis. Statius ' Nemea/ ut ostendimus^ a producta protulit more Graeco.

Et hoc^ uel metaplasmus^* est dicendu8...apud quos [scil. Latinos] 5 i scribi post iiocalem et non pronuntiari solef*.

' trinum nundinum^'

. . .naturaliter diuisum genus habentia^,. ...'dotes filiabus y^^'^^ suis non dant.' Et 'filiis^' tamen in eodem genere dictum est. V- P- ) Ennius in Andromedia : lo

filiis^ propter te obiecta sum innocens
Nerei

...'de gnatabus^ suis'...

. . . similem habent datiuum ' ambabus/ ' duabus/ quamquam genetiuum * ambarum ' ' duarum ' faciunt^ 15

'Panthus' per sineresin^ pro ' Panthous '. . .

Hoc autem faciunt metri causa, nunquam enim minores uult P. 118a habere syllabas^ genetiuus nominatiuo.

' Androgeo ' Virgilius VI genetiuum posuit Aticum^

...' eus ' finientibus^ nominatiuum. . . 20

...per sincrisin^ . . . uel magis per sineresin' e et i in unam P. 119a syllabam. ...'dis' praepositio est et diues^..

...accusatiuus huiuscemodi nominum^


1. uoca^mw* graecus la. baed bdriagoldae

1. indanalag 2. ani as nemea 3. .i. atecht in • e • 25 3a. .i. antithesis ut olli pro illi 4. .i. arachai

1. na tri noildithe

1. huare ata ndMi heodai fordiiigrat 2. A. do naih ingenaih 3. donaibingensiib 4. .i. gnata • ingen 5. ar bd in • is • ba techte ^o&a?-thid dothecht a nommibtts foite genitin in • rum • 30

1. trechomdluthad

1. .i. ar ni Wa^oldae 2. foriagml watacdai

1. forchenna,t 2. .i. trethdbae 3. .i. trechomdluthad

1, j. dfs somme 2. .i. innananman tiagdde in • eus


1. 'twere this that would be regular. 35

1. the analogy. 2. Nemea. 3. i.e. their ending in e.

1. the three spaces -of -nine-days.

1. because it is living things that they mean. 2, 3. i.e. to the daughters. 5. for it would be in -is that the dative ought to end, (which comes) from nouns that make (lit. send off) genitive (plural) in -rum. 40

1, by synaeresis.

1, i.e. for it is not regular. 2. according to the Attic rule.

1. which end. 2. i.e. by concision*^. 3. i.e. by synaeresis.

2. i.e. of the nouns that end in -eus.

a: MS. eiNexec

b: leg. Kpvri] pro «ptrd

c: MS. non solet

d: per concisionem precedes in the Latin text ; cf. Sg. 120» 6

[ 147 ]...'O Penthee '...quod in ussu non inueni^ P. Il9b

Si^ enim non esset abscissio, debuerunt huiuscemodi uocatiui, (i- PP- 301, id est qui in i desinentes paenultimam correptam habent, ante 9| paenultimam acuere, ut ' Virgili/ ' M^rcuri/ quod minime liquet*^, ' 5 nam paenultimam acuimus. 'Aliius*^' quoque per duas i debuit esse genetiuus datiui, qui est 'alii"...et credo deferentiae causa'*, ne 'ali' infinitum uerbum esse putaretur. ...accentu deffert, quippe circumflectitur^ in genetiuo paenultima. ' Ei ' quoque cum ration- P- I20b abiliter monosyllabum esse deberet^ cum genetiuus ' eius ' disillabus xosit... Virgilius in II: (i. p. 304)

Ei^ mihi, qualis erat...

Est enim dimetrum iambicum coniunctum semiquinariae eroicae*. luuenalis in V :

Ire uiam pergant et eidem'* incumbere sectae.

in eodem...

Implet, et ad moechas dat eisdem® ferre cinaedis.

Quod autem * Pompei ' . . et similia i finalem et ante earn uocalem (i. p. 305) pro una syllaba habent", usus quoque confirmat^

...'huius platani^'... P- 121 a

Est autem etiam apud prosas*^ scribentes idem inuenire^ sed (^- P- 306) raro.


1. .i. atecht in -6 P. ii9b

1. .i. maniptis tobaidi intogarthidi tiagdde in •! ropad^ ante- P. 120 a peneuilt noacuitigfide indih huare as timmortae peneuilt • > 2. .i. 25 combad antepeneuilt noacuitigihe indib nam reliqua 3. .i. genitin intobarihsido as alii 4. asned fodera emnad ■ i • indatiito

1. .i. 7 acuit innomtwatiwo 2. .i. combad laigiu inoensillaih P. I20b quam genitiuus 3. .i. interiec^io .i. upp 4. .i. sillah for deib trsiigthib 5. .i. desillah 6. desylloh 7. .i. in din syllaih 30 ataat afidiis 8. .i. i do buith ar chonsain in his nocsdiuis

1. .i. nomen feda 2. .i. nech P- ^^la


1. i.e. their ending in e. P- 119 b

1. i.e. unless the vocatives which end in i were apocopated, the P. 120 a antepenult in them would be pronounced-with-the-acute-accent, since the 35 penult is short. 2. i.e. that the antepenult in them should be pronounced-with-the-acute-accent, for etc. 3. i.e. the genitive belong- ing to the dative alii. 4. that it is this that causes doubling of i in the dative.

1. i.e. and the acute in the nominative. 2. i.e. that it should be P. 120b 40 less by one syllable than the genitive. 4. i.e. a syllable over two feet. 5, 6. a disyllable. 7. i.e. in one syllable they both are. 8. i.e. that in these vocatives % is for a consonant.

1. i.e. name of a tree. 2. i.e. some one^ P. 121a

a: leg. licet

b: MS. alius

c: corrected from ueteres

d: ad over the line

d: cf. Sg. ISg*» 3

[ 148 ]Virgilius in Villi:
altaque certat
Prendere tecta manu sociumque attingere dextras^

pro * sociorum '. . .quamuis et ' socius socia sociura '. . .dicatur.

In 'a' correptam neutra et^ Graeca... 5

. . / hoc nectar^ '. . .

...'compluriai'...

...'haec [hjospes curiae'

'haecTetis"'...

../hie' et 'haec dis^'... ^ to

'hie' et 'haec infans'^.. to viJ7nov...'hic' et 'haec' et 'hoc P. 124b ij3fans2 ' (5 atXaXo9^ . / amans^'. . .

...'sons*'...

...hie et haec et 'hoc Tiburs^'...

In 'ems' unum femininum 'haec hiems®'... 15

'Adeps^' uel 'adipes' in utroque genere^ inuenitur.

...' Ops' . . nomen matris deum et eopia'...'hic' et 'haec ' et...' hoc ops*' et 'cors"'"^*' pro 'opulentus' et ' corpulentus ' et copiosus pro- ferebant. Accius de Hercule'* dicens :

quorum genitor fertur esse ops gentibus, '°

...ut si dixisset: 'quorum genitor auxilium fuit gentibus*.'


1. .i. noch dm foddli cenel a • us • in • a in ■ um •

1. .i. cid 2. .i. ceitgrinne^ fino

1. .i. JiilsiV neutoir 2. .i. conid femen

1. .i. foirggcB masued 2. sommae »5

1. .i. noidiu 2. aisndedid^ 3. .i. sercaid 4. cerchoitech aitribtheid inna cathrach asberr tibur i tiburtum • 6. .i. wascul la baedam son immurgu ut in si^ dicitur ealido hieme

1. .i. loon • 2. .i. mascwZmo 7 ieminino .i. inderbus and ut demonstrauit in genere • v 3. ops .i. imbed 4. .i. somme 30 5. .i. corpach 5a. 7 imda^ 6. .i. Ams nandeni mascul dindi as auxilium cebeith genitor darrad^ • sic • ni deni dind hi as ops • »-


1. i.e. but still it (socius) distinguishes gender, from -us into -a, into -um.

2. i.e. the first dropping of wine.

1. i.e. a neuter plural. 2. i.e. so that it (hospes) is a feminine. 35

1. i.e. the sea (Thetis) if it is so". 2. rich.

1. i.e. an infant. 2. a non-speaker (?). 3. i.e. a lover. 4. noxious. 5. i.e. an inhabitant of the town which is called Tibur or Tiburtum. 6. i.e. this, however, is masculine in Baeda, ut etc.

2. i.e. uncertainty herein, ut etc. 5. i.e. corpulent. 5a. and 40 wealthy. 6. i.e. as it does not make a masculine of auxilium, that genitor be in apposition with it, so it does not make it of ops.

a: leg. Thetis

b: MS. oaXXoXos

d: leg. cops

d: MS. bertule

e: cf. doljino oingrindi, Imram Brain v. 23

f: nephaisndedid is necessary to translate infans 6 iXaXos

g: insi in marg., which may have been cut

h: .L somme .i. "corpach 'j imda ops • et cors • p opu ^ MS. lentus et corpulentus et copiosus pferebant

i: usually i n-arrad, Ml. 40« 17, 42» 4, BCr. 33" 16

k: cf. p. 71 note e.

[ 149 ]In 'yps' Graeca: 'c3T3yps cynipis".'

. . .* baccar -ris^'. . . ... secundum regulam declinabant . . . sicut P- 126a 'sospes sospitis^'... (i. pp. 324

...'lucar' lucaris'... ...'iS-c lactis*'... pi 26b

'Mefitis^'... (i!p. 328)

...in burim^.. Plautus in Rudente: P. 127 a

seu tibi confidis fore multam magudarim, (i. p. 329)

quod significat frugis genus, id est caulis^, qui nascitur ex ea parte, ^- cuius radix stirpis* auellitur^ uel, ut alii, siliginem*. ^^' P- ^^^^

Horatius in II sermonum : '^' P* ^^^'

Gausape* porporeo...

VndePersius...'gausapa'^' dixit plurale... ...Casiusad Mecenatem: 'gausapo porporeo' salutatus.'

Terentius in Formione : P- 128 b

Nullus es, Geta^... (i.p. 385)

Non tamen conuertitur regula : non enim in e et in i desinentia P. I29a etiam accusatiuum in ' era ' et in ' im ' omnimodo terminant^. (i- P- 337)


7. cuilennbocc cynos" graece hircus atine P_ 125»

1. caer 2. analachson continued

1. erchomul'^ si • id -^ [in marg. man. al.] lucar uectig(al) agro- P. I26a tatio® <uae fiebat in lu(cis) t negotiat(io) 2. timmorte iar naicniud P- I26b in nominatiuo produciwm in genitiuo

1. i. nomen loithe infemalis P- I27a

1. .i. hi cecht 2. .i. comtigiu son cuam raagudans 3. .i. " 25 med immefolngai^ aforbairt arena^^ dothuaslocad^ 7 doleidud foraih • • 4. .i. t'ssed asberat alii dano is hinon 7 siligo •

1. .i. lambrat 2. .i. hilax weutair 3. .i. ond lamhrot

1. goth I'-i^sb

1. .i. is ecenfoxVid in i / in • e- uand ainsid tdte in em 7 in • im • P* I29a 30 ni ecen iynmurgu ainsid in 'im* 7 in em oacach /ooslid tete in-iy in -e-


2. this (is) an analogy.

1. a spansel. 2. short by nature in the nominative, long in the ^* ^ "" genitive.

1. i.e. name of the infernal fen. • '*

2. i.e. that is commoner than magudaris. 3. i.e. 'tis this that P- 127«  causes it to grow, to loosen its roots and to give them free course (?) 4. i.e. this is what others say then : it is the same as siligo.

1. i.e. a handkerchief. 2. i.e. neuter plural. 3. i.e. from the P. 128a handkerchief.

1. i.e. necessary is an ablative in i and in e from the accusative P. 129a which ends in em and in im. Unnecessary, however, is an accusative in im and in em from every ablative that ends in % and in e.

a: leg. sirpis

b: cf . cinis, hircum, Corp. Gloss. Lat. v. 565 • cynoc • g"' • hircus • la • ist in viel feinerer schrift eingetragen als cuilennbocc, vielleicht von demselben glos- sator, aber jedenfalls zu anderer zeit. Thurneysen

c: can the glossator have supposed lucar to be a cognate with laqueus'i W.S.

d: Here si .id. stands for si id est, the Latin equivalent of the Irish masued Sg. 50" 13, 88 gl. 2, 192" 7

e: rectius erogatio, cf. Corp. Gloss. Lat. iv. 110, 256, 362, v. 219

f: MS. timmor; after productum a word (autem?) seems to have followed, Thurneysen

g: h over the line

h: leg. afrema, which is translated

i: MS. dotholuascad The scribe has perhaps omitted some word after leiciud: cf., however, dolleicet form Wb. 13"13

[ 150 ]Inueniuntur tamen quidam in huiuscemodi nominibus etiam in e

(i. p. 338) ablatiuum proferentes, quod mox usus approbet

Statius in IIII Thebaidos :

Accipias, fessisque libens iterum ospita^ pandas
Flumina 5

...quod in heroico stare metro non possit nisi in e terminans eorum [soil, 'hospes' et 'sospes'] ablatiuusl ...'tridens'...cum Neptuni fuscinam per se positum significat^, masculino genere inuenitur.

'Rudis^' quando commune est significans recentem... lo

Virgilius in XII Aeneidos :

neque enim leuia^ aut ludicra^ petuntur
Praemia

../Gausape^' quoque....

Gausape porporeo^ mensam protersit acernam. 15

'Aplustre^'...

. . ,' supplicium^ ' et ' artificium^ ' neutra inueniuntur singularia.

Apud Virgilium quoque in I :

Nuda genu nodoque sinus collecta fluentis,

quomodo 'sinus collecta' accusatiuum iunxit nominatiuo, sic etiam 20 'nuda genu^'

Terentius in heautontimorumeno :

Eius anuis^ causa, opinor, quae erat mortua.


1. .i. atheram archiunn

1. A. hilsir neutadr 2. A. dofoichredtraig necmailt and' eospiti '^ 5 A. amphimacrus • - 3. .i. istren intan^sin

1- rudis .i. nue quia ca,ssianus'^ dicit • rudis • nouus •

1. .i. cuitbedcha 2. Idmbrat 3. ond Idmbrot

1. .i. inchruth noe

1. ,i. toddrnam 2. sdir denmidecht^ 30

1. .i. ainmnid dano fri ainsid hie 2. .i. uandi as anus


1. i.e. we shall say it afterwards (lit. ahead).

1- i-e- a neuter plural. 2, i.e. it would introduce an unwonted foot there; sospitl being an amphimacer. 3. i.e. it is substantival then. 35

3. from the handkerchief.

1. i.e. a ship's gear^

1. i.e. a nominative then with an accusative here. 2. i.e. from anus.

a: MS. lenia

b: intain, with punctum delens over the second i

c: cf. Sg. 41* 1. Or Cassiodorus may be meant.

d: leg. sdirdenmidecht, which is coined to express artificium

e: for inchruth see inchrud Tur. 14, inchruth [sic legendum] Laws i ■. 310, 7, incrod Laws V. 222, 2

[ 151 ]Virgilius in VI : P. I36a
quae gratia curnim* ^^' ^' '
Armorumque fuit uiuis,

quamuis etiam geminata u possit metrum per sinalifam" stare ^...

...'bobus^'... (i. p. 365)

Liquet •* tamen^ pro omnibus dictionibus dicere 'uerba' frequenti- P. 137 b que usu hoc approbatur, nee non etiam 'nomina/ sed raro'^, ut (i. p. 369) Virgilius in III*^:

foliisque notas et nomina mandat.

...quando affectus animi diffinit'.

Sciendum autem, quaedam uerba inueniri difectiua...et hoc... uel naturae necesitate* fieri uel furtunae casu^

Ergo naturae necessitas bibertita*^ est in significatione et in (^- P- ^^O) commoditate®, id est in consonantia" elementorum, ...oppugnat ipso rerum natura propter significationem^..f]gura, ut si dicam : 'bonus animus uxoris mihi nuptus est*'... ...quotiens hoc pro- nomen [sc. sui sibi se] ponitur, ostendit tertiam personam uel ipsam et ageresimul et patia se, ut 'penitet ilium sui^'*,'...uel... ...ipsum P- 138a


1. .i. um do glanad^ inderiud ferso ddg is uaguthaigthi intinns- P. I36a 20 cana infers dodiarmorat .i. armorum • reliqua 2. Aliter t* • m • glantar as • 7 ind • a • toisech ind ferso dedenaich • et • ind -u • do accomol frisin fers ndedenach, ut maximianus dt'a't • > 3. .i. Jii bouibus d^ni

1. .1. is dilmain 2. .i. cesu meinciu aranecar uerbum do ep'irt P- 137 b 25 donaih huilih rannaib arecar dano cid so^ indhuathad nomen doepirt doib • ut uirgilius 3. cinness 4. .i. ni aimcc aicned 5. fadidmed aicned acht dondecmaing anisiu 6. .i. hiforgnuis^ 7. uandneph^ 8. ar inninni 9. .i. is fuath n eperta int inhodugud don menmmain 10. .i. gnim, ind aithirge cesad 30 afodaitiu •


1. i.e. um is to be elided at the end of a verse, because the verse which P. 136 a follows it begins with a vowel, i.e. ArTnorum etc. 2, Otherwise : m is elided from it, and the initial a of the posterior verse, and the w is to be added to the posterior verse, as Maximianus says. 3. i.e. it {hos) 35 does not make bouibu.8.

1. i.e. it is allowable. 2. i.e, although it is oftener found that P. 137b all the parts of speech are called verhum, yet even this is found rarely that they are called nomen. 3. (when) it defines. 4. i.e. a thing which nature finds'*. 5. nature would have sufiered it, save that this so 40 happens. 6. i.e. in form. 7. from the un-^. 9. i.e. it is a figure of speech, the wedding of the mind. 10. i.e. the repentance (is) action, its endurance (is) passion.

a: leg. synaloepham

b: leg. licet

c: MS. VI

d: leg. bipertita

e: cf. Sg. IS*» 3

f: =cid inso? or leg. ciaso 'though rarely'?

g: cf. Sg. 139*1, 198*4, 203» 2, 216" 3

h: cf. Wb. 11= 19

i: inconsonantia is taken as one word

[ 152 ]enim uerbum agentis personae nominatiuum in se habet^. ...in

interrogatiuis . . quae tertiae sine dubio sunt personae et maxime iungi personae* absenti^ uel quasi absenti^ . . . uocatiuum esse prohibet^. . .

INcommoditate uero uel inconsonantia^...difficiunt quaedam... 5

Ab eo quod est 'tonsor,' 'tonstrix"' fecit femininum, addita t, et ex eo diminutiuum 'tonstricula'... Et ea per naturam^.

...uel inconcinna^^ et turpia...

...Inusitata sunt, quibus non inueniuntur usi auctores, quamuis proportione potestatem faciente dicendi®, ut 'faux/ 'prex",' 'dor"' 10 caus^^ dico^^ for*' dicio . . positiuum faris debet esse for^^. Ea enim... quia in usu auctorum non inueniuntur, recusamus dicere.

Cum igitur^^ masculinum sit 'nutritor,' et ex eo secundum analogiam nascebatur^ 'nutritrix'... ...'cum nobis^' turpe est, itaque 'nobiscum*' praeposterum profertur. 15

Vnus* ergo ex his plerunque quatuor modis' iuuenitur, qui facit tam uerba quam alias partes orationis esse difectiuas. Differentiae quoque causa multa solent uel taceri uel contra regulam proferri, ut 'fas* genetiuum non habet; nam siue 'fatis*' seu 'faris' uel 'fasis* dicamus, aliud significare potest. 'Fac,' 'die,' 'due,' 'fer,' magis «o


1. .i. sluintir persan tresin 6rethir ceniM ainmnid 2. .i. ecndairc dan ut ille 3. .i. eciidairc ocus 4, .i. huare ata tertpersin^ immechomarcatar treo isairi nitechtat to^arthid 5. rohiat ar chuit folid cenid rubat ar chuit suin 6. is indi asr^ftar^ tostriculae 7. bdm forois insin ■ 8. nephfograigthi ^s 9. .i. cechonistis nombetis ar chuit analoige 10. .i. guide 11. .i. dobiur 12. .i. glenn .i. quamuis iwuenitwr caus magnum 13. asbiursa inna hisiu inusitata esse «1: is dico osecraim asecoimtig 13 a. A. archiunn 14. .i. iartestimin

1. .i. nogigne{d) 2. .i. dtig sin 3. .i. alind son 4. .i. 30 dagni sechip^ oinmod diib 5. .i. damod naturae 7 damod furtunae 6. .i. dothoicdib


1, i.e. person is expressed by the verb, though there be no nomina- tive. 2. i.e. far absent, as i/Ze. 3. i.e. near absent. 4. i.e. because it is third persons which are interrogated by them, therefore they have 35 not a vocative. 5. they can be in respect of substance, though they cannot be in respect of sound. 6. in that he (Cicero) has said tonstriculae. 7. that is a recapitulation. 9. i.e. though they might be as regards analogy (analogically). 12. i.e. a glen. 13. I say that these are not used. Or it is dico 'I consecrate' that is 40 unusual. 13 a. i.e. ahead. 14. i.e. the end of the period.

1. i.e. would be born. 2, i.e. ugly, that. 2. i.e. beautiful, that. 4. i.e. some one mode of them makes it. 5. i.e. two modes of nature and two modes of fortune, 6. i.e. to fates.

a: leg. quae tertiae maxime solent inngi personae et. Hertz

b: MS. inconcina

c: a corrupt text, caus is taken as • hollow '

d: cf. Sg. 197»15, 211"9

e: cf. Ml. 1161 5

[ 153 ]placuit per apocopam proferri differentiae causa, ne, si 'face/ 'duce/

'fere,' 'dice",' diceremus, aliud significare putaremur, quamuis hoc non in omnibus consimilibus uel uniuocis soleat fieri^

...ad sensus^ pertinentia uerba, si quis altius considerat, in P. I39a actiuis uocibus passionem et passiuis actionem fieri inueniat, ut 'audio te*. , .ostendo enim, pati me aliquid in ipso actu^ Sed tamen quia nobis agentibus, id est sentientibus et aliquid facientibus*... actiuorum et uocem et constructionem* habuerunt. . . .deponens (i. p. 374) uocatur, quasi simplex' et absoluta', quod per se ponitur", uel quae lo deponit alteram^ significationem et uuam® per se tenet, quomodo positiuus gradus^" dicitur, qui absolutus per se ponitur . .

Haec autem uerba... possunt transire in quem fit actus'... P, 139b

. . ut 'seruor^ tibi.' Et est quaerendum, cur actiua ablatiuo per se' non adiunguntur. . .

Haec* enim de se et ad se loquuntur, quod est suum'* animantium, (i. p. 375) quibus natura serraonem dedit.

Iuuenalis in I III :

sed nulla aconita® bibuntur (i- p- 376)
Fictilibus,

Quis enim dicit *aror,'...nisi poetica conformation, id est 77/300-- P. 140 a


7. .i. huandi as dix coisecrad 8. .i. ni ecen anisiu dogres P. 138 b isnaib sonaib himbi^ cosmailius .i. anerthuasacht t acumscugud continued

1. .i. do chiallaib .i. ar ni hiforgnuis atd in cesad acht is hi ceill P. 139 a 2. .i. file indibsom 3. .i. huare is intrinsecus atd ingnim 7 25 exti-insecus incesad 7 ishe infir gnirn iamva insin • 4. .i, acumtach 5. .i. ni eroim • r • hua gnim ar iscomsuidigud son 6. .i. hu{a)gnim 7 kua chesad 7. .i. cen airitin • r • ab altero genere 8. .i. cesad 9. gnim 10. .. as ngrdd

1. .. his indi for sanairisedar ingnim 2. .. fordom chomaither V . n^h 30 3. an dinor 4. .i. innahi huarlgainedar cesad o. sainred 6. neimi

1. .i. ardd do f Hid asapersin P. 140 a


7. i.e. from dix^ 'consecration.' 8. i.e. this is not always P. 138b necessary in the words wherein there is similarity, i.e. that they should continued 35 be silent {taceri) or that they should be changed.

1. i.e. to senses, i.e. for the passion is not in form, but in sense. P. 139a 2. i.e. which is in them. 3. i.e. because the action is intrinsecus and the passion is extrinsecus, and that then is the real action. 4. i.e. the construction. 5. i.e. it does not receive r from action, for that is 40 composition. 6. i.e. from action and from passion. 7. i.e. without receiving r ab etc. 8. i.e. passion. 9. action. 10, i.e. that it is a grade.

1. i.e. in him on whom the action rests. 2. i.e. I am preserved. P. 139b 3. by themselves. 4. i.e. those from which a passive is formed. 45 5. a speciality. 6. poisons.

1. i.e. that it should be said by a poet in his person. P. 140a

a: MS. W6i

b: a nominative invented for the defective genitive dicis. The glossator understands Priscian to say that dice is avoided because it might be confused with the ablative of dix

[ 154 ](OTTOTToua^, inducatur? ...in quibus et fateri possunt^ eaedem"

personae quod in se sit"... ...quamuis 'facitur' quoque a 'facio' pro 'fit*' protulerunt auctores..., ut Titinius in Quinto :

consilium bonum gratia parui faciatur*.

...'calefacio/ 'tepefacio' et similia 'calefio' et 'tepefio' loco pasiuorum 5 habentur^ Quaedam neutra^...ut est 'spiro/ 'uiuo' quando inueniuntur^ tertiam passiuorum habentia personam... 'Curritur' enim 'spatium' bene dicimus^ Itaque huiuscemodi uerba non egent casu*... ...unam duntaxat habent significationem*...

...architector.. lo

. . cum uideantur actiuam habere constructionem...tamen pasiuam uim intrinsecus . , uidentur habere^.. ...to 'So/ccw^'... ...sauus ' sum et animo et corpore, nam et sapio bene et uideo et audio acute*... 'angor^'...

Sed haec magis per eclipsin* consuetudo proferre tradidit. »5 ...'anclo^' et 'anclor' pro 'perficio' contra consuetudinem' aliorum...

. . .cum uideantur agere ipsi, ad quos passiuum refertur uerbum®, ut Virgilius in II Aeneidos :

Implicat et miseros mursu depascitur*» ^ artus. 2©


2. ,i. fosisetar in gnim gnither foraih 3. .i. ar issed file do hodie 4. .i. dothaidhse rombdifo • r • amal in • mbrelhir n diuit t uerius ni comsuidigther acht is ar in mbrethir 'A diuit doberr • 5. is ciall chesto fil indib 6. ithd inna fir neuturdldi insin

1. ataat dm inchrut sin 2. .i. huare mbis curritz^r 3. .i. 25 huare isldn chiall indib chenae^ 4. .i. ciall gnwia i cesto

1. cunutgim

1. .i. ciall chesta indib 7 immognam gnima 2. .1. ^rec indi as uideor

1. A. is airi asbiur dm am sldn nsim reliqua 2. nomthachtar zo 3. .i. tre erchrae cesta 4. forfiun 5. is fricomacnabad don- chessbd 6. .i. is hinonn persan gnis 7 fodaim

1. gelid • consumit • uirgilia?iwm 2. sdstair quando passtwMwi*


2. i.e. (they are able) to confess the deed that is done upon them. 3. i.e. for this is what is to it (facio) to-day. 4. i.e. to show that it 35 was in r, like the simple verb. Or, more truly, it is not compounded, but it is put for the simple verb. 5. the sense of a passive is in them. 6. those are the true neutrals.

1. they are indeed thus. 2. i.e. since there is wont to be curritur. them without it. 4. i.e. 40 3. i.e. because it is a full meaning in meaning of action or of passion.

1. i.e. passive sense in them and active construction. 2. i.e. the Greek of videor.

1. i.e. 'tis therefore, verily, I say 'I am whole,' for etc. 3. i.e. through the failure of the passive. 5. it is against the usage of the 45 passive. 6. i.e. 'tis the same person that acts and suffers.

2. (meaning) it is fed when it is passive.

a: MS. rrpoCAnoneCHA

b: MS. eadem

c: recte fit

d: for the aspiration of c cf. Sg. 40* 11, ISl»» 1, 212» 11, 238" 1

e: in marg. sup.; diirfte der gewohnliche glossator sein, Thurneysen

[ 155 ]...Idem in VIII:
Consurgit senior tonicaque induitur^ artus.

...'absciditur* caput'... (i. p. 392)

...perse' pa ti demonstrant... ...'inundo^'... 'Assuesco*'... P- I44a

'Coeo*'... (I. p. 394)

Sunt, quae tarn actiua quam pasiua uoce unnm atque idem ^- ^^^^ significants. . ...'quirito' et 'quiritor^'...'nequit' et 'nequitur^'...

'Lento/ 'lentor^' et 'lenteo'^'... 'Umecto*'... Virgilius... . in I georgicon../LiquiturV pi'O 'pedetemptim desoluitur.' 39^) ' lo ...'lacto*'... 'Deficio/ . . quando .. pro 'dificiscor*' neutrum est. p. 145a

...'experior'^'... Quamquam simplex eius 'peritus' sit, cuius (i. p. 399) uerbum in usu non est'... Nam 'repperio,' 'comperio' .. sicut P. Uob 'aperio^' actiua sunt. Difficio' autem loco pasiui deficio" facit. ^^'fJ^:^^' 401)

. ..'labo^abas'. . .'lauo^ lauas' et 'lauo* lauis'. . .'mando*' ivTeWop^at'^, p 145 15 'mandas,' 'mando',' fiaa-ay/j-ai^, 'mandis,'...'fundoV e'/c^eo), 'fundis/ . , (i. pp. 402, 'obsero^' irept^dWo) rov /xox^ov, 'obseras,' 'obsero®,' Trepia-TreLpco^, *^^)


3. indtuigther 4. .i. imdibenar qiiod ofFendit totuw corpus ^- ^f ^^

1. X. huadib fdissna : (so)w (?) non ab alio 2. intonnaigim " ^"^ 3. adcuindminim^ 4. .i. otdig .i. adit usus est

1. .i. is hinunn chiall indib illitred gnima 7 chesto 2. .i. P. 144b hastas colligo .i. gaigim t quero i populo alloquor*^ • 3. .i. feib fondudir som la awctoru" mamlid dadrbuid • reliqua

1. .i. dlgenaigim i fillim 2. .i. atoibim 3. folcaim p. i45a 4. .i. isdilgen doneprinn trdctairecht forsdiiquitur insin 5, 6. do- 25 gdithim .i. nutrio [marg. 1.] arbiathim^

1. arachrinim 2. .i. dosceulaim 3. arecar anainm P. I45b indiuitius 7 ni airecar in briaihair acht hi comsuidigud 4. amal asmbi'iathax gnima aperio

1. .i. t'ssed asbeiT hic arberr chial chesto asindi as difficio quango P. pro uiucor accipitwr ut in ante ostendit • >

1. .i. dofuislim 2. .i. dofonuch 3. /olcainiTa 4. .i. P. 146 b imtrenigim 5. .i. ithim 6. doddlim 7. /escrigim^ 8. clandaim


1. i.e. from themselves, not from another. P- 144 a

1. i.e. the meaning in them is the same in-the-series-of- letters (ex- P. pressing) active and passive (as mereo, mereor). 3. i.e. as he has found it in authors so he has showed it, etc.

4. i.e. 'gently it flows'; that {pedeteviptiin dissolvitur) is a commen- P. 145a tary on liquitur. 5, 6. I dupe. I feed.

3. the noun is found uncompounded (lit. in simplicity), but the verb P. 145b is found only in composition. 4. as aperio is an active verb.

1. i.e. 'tis this he says here : a passive meaning is derived from P. 146 a deficio when it is taken for vincor, as he shews afterwards.

7. I grow towards evening (/escory. P. 146b

a: recte defetiscor

b: leg. defio

c: MS. eNOeAAoAMAi

d: MS. macoAAai

e: MS. nepicnipo)

f: ci. adchondeimnea Ml. 130» 14

g: the Latin glosses precediug and following .i. gaigim are from glossator C

h: cf. auctaru Ml. 35** 17

i: doga- ithim gloss. A, .i. nutrio gloss. C, arbiathim gloss. A, Thurneysen

k: Prise, i. 404

l: the glossator takes obsSro to be cognate with sera : see The Deponent verb in Irish, p. 45 note.

[ 156 ]'obseris'; 'appello'/ Tr/Doo-aYopeLift)*, * appellas/ 'appello'",' irpoawOoi^,

'appellis/ 'uolo",' Trero/Mai, *uolas,' 'uolo^V ^ovXo/jLai, 'uis/ 'cons- ternor",' Trrvpofiai, ' consternaris/ ' consternor",' KaTaarpcovvvfiai", 'consterneris.' Nam 'lego legas' et 'lego legis' et 'dico dicas' et 'dico dicis**' etiam in prima persona habent differentias temporum... 5

'Sapio' prudentia et sapore^^

Tempus accidit uerbo ad diuersi actus significationem^ accommo- datum...

Nee mirum tarn late patere^ praeteritum tempus, cum in notitiam nostram nihil sic naturaliter a longo saeculorum spatio 10 potest uenire, quomodo actus praeteriti temporise In praesenti enim et in futuro pleraque incerta sunt nobis angustissimaque est eorum cognitio nobis et dubia^ plerumque ; itaque singulis uocibus per haec duo tempora® iure sumus contenti ; quamuis Graeci futurum quoque diuiserunt in quibusdam uerbis in futurum in- 15 finitum", ut TV-yjrofMat^, et paulo post futurum", quod et Atticum* dicunt, ut rervy^oixai^. Melius tamen Romani considerata futuri natura, quae omnino incerta est, simplici^"* in eo uoce utuntur nee finiunt' spatium futuri".

Instans autem indiuiduum est, quod uix stare potest^ Vnde 20


9. adglddur 10. indrbenim 11. foll'Aur 12. ad- cobraim 13. fobothaim 14. fommdlagar t foalgim^ 15. .i. Ar atd dechor naimsire hisuidib lacumscugud cot6edne no» sic praedicto 16. .i. trebaraigiTii 7 sapio asCigninaim

1. .i. do dechor gnima 2. arndaosailci^ 3. .i. med as 25 maam gnirn praeteriti conidreid afodil 4. .i. cia cruth^ thhias 5. .i. oin guth fri cechtar de 6. ecrichthae .i. med apaulo post sin 7. .i. todochaide gairbiuc iartain 8. .i. laatacu insin 8a. absque diuisione .i.fudb^ 9. nicinnet 10. .i. ut paulo post .i. ni bia leo insin • 30

1. anephthairismech


15. i.e. for there is a difference of time in them along with the shifting of the conjugation. 16. i.e. I am wise, and sapio I know.

1. i.e. to distinguish action. 2. that it opens it" {aimser F. 35 'time'). 3. i.e. that is how the action of the preterite is greatest, so that it is easy to divide it. 4. i.e. how it will be. 5. i.e. a single word for each of them. 6. (future) infinite, i.e. that is the paulo-post. 7. i.e. future shortly afterwards. 8. i.e. that belongs to Attic writers. 10. i.e. as the paulo-post, that is, that they will 40 not have.

1. the inconstant.

a: MS. TTpOCTepeyCO

b: MS. TTpOCOOTCO

c: MS. KATACTpCONeCMAI

d: MS. Tl<t)OM&i

e: MS. et YyoM&Y

f: foalgivi ist spater und mit anderer tinte eingetragen, doch weiss ich nicht ob der glossator ein andrer ist, Thurneysen

g: the 7t superscribed

h: rectius chruth

i: leg. fudil ; the last letter is not the usual b, Thurneysen

k: for the translation of patere cf. Vol. i. p. 372 note b

[ 157 ]merito a quibusdam 'instans' imperfectum nominatur^ Nisi enim

sit imperfectum, in eo adhuc esse actus intellegi non potest'. Futurum quoque cum incertum sit . . *et infinitum, utrum paulo post an multo erit", non potuit discretis quibusdam finibus declina- 5 tionis uti.

Apud Graecos etiam praeteriti temporis sunt imperatiua*, quam- uis ipsa quoque ad futuri temporis sensum pertineant, ut ^vemx^ot -q irvXt)^ 'aperta sit porta^'... Erga nos quoque possumus in P- 148a passiuis...uti^ praeterito tempore imperatiui^...'amatus sit^' uel lo'esto'... Quod autem uim praeteriti habet huiuscemodi con- (^- P- ^0"^) structio^ ostendunt subiunctiua" praeteriti perfecti...

Optatiuus autem, quamuis ipse quoque uideatur ad futurum pertinere.-.tamen habet etiam *^ praeteritum tempus, quia euenit saepe de absentibus et ignotis rebus precari*, ut facta* esse ante nobis 15 potuerint in notitiam uenii-e, ut si", filio meo Romae in praesenti


2. .i. ainm leo dofrecndairc imperfecio 3. .i. issed dogni^-'^^l^ freciidairc de praesenti huith neich de chen forhae ar manibe bith 'continued sechmadskchte • • 4. .i. is ecintech ingnim arafolmathar 5. .i. post .i. paulo post bd multo post • 6. .i. arecar forngarthaid 20 sechmadachti lagrecu • - 7. .i. bad cersoilcthe .i. gidh sech- madachti 7 iodochaidi wimurgu

1. .i. aramberam biuth 2. .i. bad carthi 3. .i. issed P. I48a acumdach leiss accomol indarann ocslund^ imperatiui • ~ 4. .1. ind r6ta adgiksi optait m biat cedacht o. ama farcuimsitis ^5 6. .i. forcomnacair buith amaicc som hiroini affamenad som didiu no legad amacc innheret sin imbdi^ [in marg.] et- robu anfiss dosoni inro- leg fanacc • deg rombu ecndaircc'^ do 7 afamenad rafesed in roleg • • ~


2. i.e. a name they have for the present imperfect. 3. i.e. P. 147 b this is what makes a present de praesenti, that something of it is continued 30 without completion, for unless there be, it will be a preterite. 4, ie. the act is indefinite for whose sake it is undertaken*^. 5. i.e. post i.e. paulo-post or multo-post. 6. i.e. an imperative of the past is found ^ith the Greeks. 7. i.e. let it be opened, i.e. a word of the preterite and yet of the future.

1. i.e. to use (lit. that we may use). 2. i.e. let him be loved'. P- 148a 3. i.e. this is the construction in his opinion, junction of the two parts in expressing the imperative. 4. i.e. the things which the optative desires, they are not however. 5. as though they had happened. 6. i.e. his son happened to be in Rome. He desired then that his son 40 should read during that time that he was (there) ; but he (the father) knew not whether he (the son) had read or not, because he was absent from him; and he (the father) wished that he should know it, whether he (the son) had read.

a: MS. HNHCoxBoJ- HHYAN

b: MS. imperatiuo

c: MS. subjunctatina

d: .i. habet <» habet etiam, MS. etiam

e: cf. Sg. 209" 28.

f: leg. mboi ? cf. Ml. 33» 9, 39» 2

g: cf. Sg. 161" 3, Ml. 29<» 15

h: 'that it purposes ' (?), cf. Vol. i. p. 615 note f, J.S. See Ase. Gl. p. 149

i: if carthi =carthe (rectius charthe); otherwise amatus sit is mistranslated as amandus sit

[ 158 ]degente", optans dicam: 'utinam Romae filius meus legisset auctores,

propter quos nunc ibi raoratur*'... Possumus tamen hoc uti modo (i. p. 408) etiam ostendentes, quae optamus non euenisse"... ...'utinam legerem heri"'... Potest autem iste optatiuus et inceptus" et non inceptus^^ ante intellegi. Nam si dicam : 'utinam legerem heri 5 quoque, quomodo nudiustertius/ ostendo coepisse quidem, non finisse tamen; sin autem dicam: 'utinam legerem heri saltim"' ostendo nee coepisse. Similiter" si dicam : 'utinam adhuc legerem/ ostendo coepisse^® quidem in praeterito, in praesenti autem caessare... P. 148b ...'utinam legissem ante quinquagenta annos' et 'utinam legissem 10 ante horam^' Nee mirum sic intinite in hoc modo intellegi prae- teritum, quod quantum ad ueram intellectionem nullum certum nee inceptum" nee* finem habuit.

Cum dicimus enim ' legere/ significamus rem imperfectam, quae uel ad praesens uel ad praeteritum imperfectum attinet, cum uero 15 'legisse,' perfectam, quae sua^ est tam praeteriti perfecti, quam plusquamperfecti. Nota autem, quod uim nominis rei ipsius habet uerbum infinitum. Vnde quidam nomen uerbi hoc® esse® dicebant... (i. p. 409) Itaque omnis modus finitus potest per hunc modum interpretari'...

Gerundia. . .cum participiorum uel nominum uideantur habere 20 casus obliques^ nee tempora significent... Itaque pro infinite.


7. .i. anarambeir biuth 8. .i. arlegend Leo 9. .i. ni rabatar cidecht ar ni ail aicsu^ forsani nothechti 10. niroilgius tmmurgu 11. .i. hiid intinnscann .i. [axite optaimwrn] and 7 ni forhanar 12. a'ii.cw tantum his and cen intinnscann" 13. cid ind he 14. .i. frisa quomodo nudiustertius 15. .i. robd^ 6c legund

1. .i. issed a multo in sin 2. .i. med apaulo 3. .i. intinscanta ni dechuid do chom forcinn • anintinscann • - 4. .i. sainredach 5. .i. finitum® .i. combad he ecrichdatu sin nobed and 3° .i. cumang nominis 7 uerbi • - 6. .i. nomhith 7. .i. is triit astoascther intdiucht^ cachmuid 8. delb trituisel foraib it trituisil hirec reliqua quod melius


8. i.e. for reading with them. 9. i.e. they were not, however, for it is not proper to wish for what thou hast. 10. I have not read, 35 however. 11. i.e. there is a beginning therein and it is not perfected. 12. the wish for it only is there, without beginning, 13. even yesterday. 14. i.e. (similiter) to quomodo nudiustertius. 15. i.e. 'that I was reading.'

1. i.e. that is the multo. 2. i.e. this is the paulo. 3. i.e. begun : the beginning has not gone to the end. 4. i.e. special. 5. i.e. infinitum, i.e. that would be the infinity which is in it, i.e. power of the noun and verb. 6. i.e. that it used to be. 7. i.e. through it is expressed the meaning of every mood. 8. i.e. a paradigm of three cases upon them : or it is three cases simply, quod melius.

a: om. MS.; the glossator explains the MS. text

b: MS. aucsu, with i written over the former u. Aicsu (from *ad-gustio) may be the verbal noun of ad-giisim, but in 148* 12 ucu, cf. Wb. dO^ 23

c: MS. inthinxcann with punctum delens over h

d: rectius rombd, but cf. Sg. S*> 15, 45" 1, 50» a, 68" 9

e: leg. infinitum

f: the second i superscribed

[ 159 ]qui coniungitur* genetiuo casui^" articuli apud Graecos, nos utimur

in 'di' terminatione"...'legendi,^ 'toO dvayvaxTreov'^^'^ ' kol 'tov ava- yivcoaKeiv^^' . . koI Wov avayivaxTKeadat,^*.' luuenalis in I :

Plurimus hie aeger moritur uigilando, sed ilium ^'
Langorem peperit cibus imperfectus.

...ut 'legendo^*' avayvcocrreo)^" koX ev tm avayivoxTKeiv'^^^ koI 'iv tc3 P* 149a avTiyivo)(rKea6at^^^.' uerbo enim separata praepositio per appo- (^- P- ■*10) sitionem^ praeponi non potest. In 'do' quoque terminantia^ inueni- untur ante se habentia separatam praepositionem. ,..nec genera lo discernunt nee numeros, quod suum est* infinitorum uerborum... 'intellegendi Homerum* causa uenio'.,.quamuis rarus sit huiuseemodi p. 149b construetionis usus'. A caeteris uero neutris^ et a deponentibus (i. p. 411) gerundia quidem eandem habent^ signifieationem, quam et uerba...

Quid enim est 'uenatum*' aliud nisi 'ad uenandum'? ...quern- (i, p. 412)


9. .i. dogenitin articuil adcomaltar ingerind in • di • ardoellatar P. 148 b articuil leosom is genitiu articuil iai-um tov masu- to file iarnachul-^ continued 10. .i. ut est huius, api^d nos genitiuus articol^ tov dano apwd graeeos 11. .i. uan gerind indi 12. .i. teora greca mso dondi as legendi • 13. .i. a^rec anisiu intan aramberar ciall 20 hretktQ gnima ass • 14. .i. a^rec anisiu intan arambeiar ciall chesta ass • ut paulo post dicet • 15. .i. dered fersa 16. ^rec coil driicol^ 7 remsuidigud 17. ciall nominis 18. .i. ciall gnima 19. ce'sad

1. .i. trechomaisiiddis 2. .i. do denom anma diih insin p. 149 a 253. sainred 4. .i. fn dinsid fogniinbriathar asberr inteWigo • reliqua 5. .i. ara forcmatis intuisel sainredach innahrethxe huambiat ■

1. .i. pasiuis 1 6 neuturgnim^ -fir neutor tmmurgu nabiiathra P. Udh remeperthi 2. .i. sens saichdetath^ 3. .i. am as uenatum


9. i.e. to the genitive of the article is joined the gerund in -di, for P. 148 b 30 with them articles are declined. Now tov is the genitive of the article, if continued it is TO that is behind it. 10. i.e. as with us huius is the genitive of the article, so with the Greeks is tov. 11. i.e. from the gerund in -di. 12. i.e. these are three Greek words for legendi. 13. i.e. this is its Greek when the meaning of an active verb is expressed by it. 14. i.e. 35 its Greek is this when the meaning of a passive verb is expressed by it, as he will say soon. 15. i.e. the end of a verse. 16. Greek with an article and a preposition. 17. meaning of a noun. 18. meaning of action. 19. passion.

2. i.e. that is to make a noun of them. 3. special. 4. i.e. P. I49a 40 with an accusative the verb intelligo is construed, etc. 5. i.e. that they should preserve the special case' of the verb from which they are.

1. i.e. passives, or from a neuter action: true neuters, however, are p. 149 b the verbs aforesaid. 2. i.e. sense of striving towards. 3. i.e. the word venatum.

a: MS. ANAfNCOTeOY

b: MS. ANAfNOCTea)

c: MS. ANAflNOCKeiN

d: MS. ANTiNcoCKAiceAi

e: for the genitive sg. articuil

f: over con articol caue is written in the same hand

g: leg. neutxxTgnim

h: gen. sg. of saichdetu, cf. Sg. 214*' 1, saichdetu dochum luic

i: i.e. the case which the verb governs

[ 160 ]ammodum propria nomina ciuitatum^ quae cum 'ad locum' signifi-

cant, carent praepositione. Visionem"^ tam ex actione quam ex pasione® potest fieri. ...communem habent significationem ab actiuis uel communibus nata, ut 'oratum'...'oratu'...idem enim significamus". 5

...ut 'curritur a me^' pro 'curro'... Hoc autem interest inter (i. p. 413) infinitum pasiuum et infinitum, qui fit ab impersonalibus, quae nascuntur a uerbis actiuis, quod infinitus passiuus uerbo eget solo ad perfectam significationem'^...

Cum enim tempus fluuii more instabili uoluatur cursu, uix lo (I. p. 414) punctum habere potest in praesenti^, hoc est instanti. Similem huic uim habeut etiam uocatiua^, ut 'Priscianus uocor, nominor, noncupor, appellor.'

Alia autem uerba praesentis^ . . inter praeteritum et futurum sunt, exempli causa, si incipiam uersum aliquem scribere et dicam 15 'scribo uersum,' dum adhuc ad finem eius non peruenerim et cum pars eius sit iara scripta, pars autem scribenda*. Ergo praesens tempus hoc solemus dicere, quod contineat et coniungat quasi puncto aliquo" iuncturam praeteriti temporis et futuri nulla intercesione (i. p. 415) interueniente^...ut" si in medio uersu dicam 'scribo uersum'...


4. .1. analo^ia laissem anisiu dothaidbse cheille saichdetath^ is- ingerind • > 5. .i. ani as uisionem .i. uisio 6. .i. is cummae adcither nech 7 add • 7. ata dano linni insin .i. dede doairbeirt agennd'^ gnimo et coitchin • >

1. .i. is follus gnim et persona hi • curritur iartormuch pro- 25 nominis ama as follus hi curro • 2. .i. ar ni ecen dechor fri cesad donaib hi bite hiXaneutur •

1. [in marg.] Samlaid^ som hie tra praesens temptts fri pone bis etir dason nand mmda sin abrig • sic praesens iiiter p/'aeteritum et futwrum • > 2. .i. torand hifrecndairc indib cadesin 7 folud 30 tairismech 3. .i. cen mitha sum et uocatiwa 4. .i. biid 5. ni maa sin abrig 6. ni bi ni etarro 7. amal


4. i.e. he has here an analogy to shew the sense of aiming at in the gerund. 5. i.e. the word visionem, i.e. visio. 6. i.e. 'tis equally that one is seen or (lit. and) sees. 7. that then we have, i.e. to 35 express two things by the gerund of an active and a common verb.

1. i.e. manifest in curritur is action and person after adding a pronoun, as is manifest in curro. 2. i.e. for to those which are from a neuter there is no need to be distinguished from the passive.

1. here then he likens the present time to a point which is between 40 two sounds — that it is of no more account than that. So is the present between the past and the future. 2. i.e. a signification in the present in them themselves and a constant® meaning. 3. i.e. besides sum and vocativa. 4. i.e. is (to be written). 5. it is of no more account than that. 6. nothing is between them. 7. as. 45

a: leg. Visio enim

b: gen. sg. of saichdetu, cf. Sg. 214" 1 : saichdetu dochum luic

c: Ms. ageriind, with punctum delens under the first i, Windisch ; but according to Thurneysen it is rather a mark of length over i of gnimo

d: elsewhere in the glosses the present indicative of this verb is deponent

e: tairismech the opposite of nephthairisviech which is used to render instans (tempus)

[ 161 ]Ex eo...nascitur plusquamperfectum, si inueterauerit^ res a nobis P. I5la

perfecta.

Sciendum tamen, quod Romani praeterito perfecto . . in re modo completa^ utuntur... Sed sicut apud illos [scil. Graecos] 5 infinitum tempus'^" adiectione rod 'dprc' aduerbii top irapaKeifievov, id est adiacens tempus^ tov'^ he 'TrdXac' top vTrepavvTeXiKov, id est (i. p. 416) plusquamperfectum, significat, sic apud nos hoc, id est praeteritum perfectum, potest et modo et multo ante intellegi perfectum'*. .. ...si uelimus explanandae quantitatis causa temporis' addere, ante ro quot dies uel annos, nee licet illi^ 'modo' uel 'nuper' aduerbia ad- P- I51b iungereS praeteritum uero perfectum ad manifestandam significa- tionem^ eget uel 'modo^' uel 'pridem'*' aduerbiis.

Futurum ex praesenti nascitur, quippe cum praesens medium sit" praeteriti imperfecti et futuri. . . .nam futuro quoque tempori cognatio 15 est cum praeterito perfecto quantum ad infinitatem temporis^ hoc (i- P- 417) est ad dopicTTOv. Idque ex participiis maxime est conicere', quae cum in praeterito tempore nou finiunt spatium temporis praeteriti, breue sit an longum... similiter in futuro... Sed quia ad praesens P. I52a quoque ei est cognatio^, fit etiam a praesenti futurum, ut 'amans 20 amandus'...

...'patruus amitta^' 'auunculus matertera'... Propria enim (i- P- 418) nomina non sunt naturaliter mobilia^, sed ex sese nascuntur... ...carent significatione definita^...


1. masenaigidir 2. statim factam 7 iamaforbo 2a. .i. P. I5la 25 multo au^e 3. .i. isi ind aimser ecrichdae asrhbiur frit 4. .i. ciall praeteriti plusquamperfec^i an^om" hisuidiu • > 5. .i. dothaidhse inna meite nammd

1. .i. aris Idn chidl inolfoirhthiu chene 2. .i. imfochroih hd P- 15lb chian 3. .i. 6 modo 4. .i. hua pridem 5. atd etarro zo itwinedon 6. A. ecrichdai an diis 7. isfollus dfin file choib- nius etir sec^madachte 7 ^oc^ochaide ex -participiis

1. .i. aris eter secAmadachte 7 ^ocfochaide atd 2. .i. aile P- lo2a mdthsiiT [in marg.] isidorus^ amitta soror patris qwasi altera mater 3. .i. comsreithson cenfodail ceniuil 4. erchintiu


2. done and after its completion. 3. i.e. this is the indefinite time P. 151 a which I mention to thee. 4. i.e. the sense of a preteritum plusquam perfectum, is there in this. 5. i.e. to display the quantity only.

1. i.e. for it is a full sense in the pluperfect without it. 2. i.e. P. 151b whether at hand or afar. 3. i.e. (has need) of modo^. 4. i.e. of ^o pridem^. 5. i.e. it is between them amidst. 6. Le. indefinite are the two of them. 7. it is manifest to us from the participles that there is an affinity between the past and the future.

1. i.e. for it stands between the past and the future. 2. i.e. a second P. 152a mother. 3. i.e. this (is) a construction without distinction of gender.

a: MS. TO

b: MS. ilia

c: = amisom, andsom ' therein ' : cf. Wb. 28"= 5.

d: cf. amita est soror patris, quasi alia mater, Is. Etym. Lib. ix. 6, 18.

e: Ir. aidlicnigur ' egeo ' is followed by d, e.g. Sg. 4" 10

[ 162 ]p. 152b ...'sisto^,' 'tollo/ 'fero' . . Ennius in annalium XI:

(i. p. 419)

Missaque per pectus, dum transit, striderat^ hasta.

(i. p. 420) ...uerba, quae uel literarum inconsonantia' uel* regularum quibusdam rationibus impediantur. . .

Item impersonalia uerba quae ex se nascuntur, deficiunt per 5 tempus futurum in modo infinito...

...prima positio uerbi, quae uidetur ab ipsa natura^ esse prolata, in (i. p. 422) hoc est modo, quemammodum in nominibus est casus nominatiuus, et quia substantiam sine sententiam sine essentiam rei significat^ quod in aliis modis non est. ...inter aduerbia magis ponenda *° [scil. infinita] censuerunt, quod* nee numeros nee personas.,.habent... P. 153b Sed haec postea reputentur"^ nunc hoc sufficiat ostendere, non bene ab infinitis quosdam^ coepisse, ...sicut et praesens tempus ideo aliis praeponitur temporibus^ et primum optinet locum, quod in ipso sumus, dum loquimur de praeterito et futuro — , et quia ad praesens ^5 praeterita et futura intelleguntur*...et quod praeteritum non potest (I. p. 423) esse, nisi quod fuerit prius praesens^ Futuri autem uox sine signifi- catione esset, nisi cogitantibus {.i. nobis] et notionem sumentibus ex praesenti uel ex praeterito*. ...ista sine illis potest inueniri, cum secum aliquis loquitur", illae autem sine ista non inueniuntur ; et 20 quod causa naturaliter ante causatiua...esse solet^ ...et quod qui agit incipit*, sequitur autem qui patitur...

...subiunctiuus, qui cum diuersas habeat significationes, non ab


1. dodiut uirgiliawwm" 2. cichnaigistir 8. dndneph- chomfogur 25

1. .i. impersonali nad Mat huabrethir ut poenitet pudet reliqua 2. gnimo primae persowae 3. slond gnimo hirec^ dogni indidit 4. .i. ol

1. .i. adrimfiter 2. ani 3. .i. cid arinfrecfidairc his resecAmadachtu anisiu infecht so 4. .i. robatar et biet hifrecAdsiirc 30 5. .i. robu freciidairc riavtx 6. .i. oid airi rolaad fodead 7. .i. lais feisin cen acaldaim nach aili 8. .i. isi as causa aliarwm 9. .i. istoisigiu ingnim fornech


3. from the inconsonance.

1. i.e. impersonals which are not from a verb, as poenitet etc. 35 2. of the action of the first person. 3. it is the signification of the act simply which the indicative does.

1. i.e. they will be reckoned. 2. that (which)*. 3. i.e. this is now even for the present which is before the past. 4. i.e. they have been and they will be in the present. 5. i.e. it has been present 40 formerly. 6. i.e. so therefore it has been put at the end. 7. i.e. by himself, without conversing with any other. 8. i.e. this is the causa aliarum. 9. i.e. the action on any one is earlier'.

a: om. MS.

b: reete refutentur

c: cf. Sg. 143" 1

d: cf. p. 63 note b, and Cormac s.v. taurthait

e: the reference of this gloss is not clear

f: cf. Sg. 209'* 12

[ 163 ]una earum, sed a constructione nomen accepit^, ueluti denominatiua, P. 154a

quae diuersas habentia significationes generale tamen nomen mul- tarum specierum sibi defendunt^ ...nisi quid^ impedimento (i. p. 425) fuisset...

IMpersonale uerbum suae cuiusdam significationis*. ..

Sopina. . .nomina uidentur esse, quae tamen loco infinitiuorum P. I54b ponuntur^.. ...indubitabilia* nomina^...

...ut inchoatiua...quae plerumque a neutris absolutam uel intrin- P. 155a secus natam significantibus passionem, quam Graeci avToirddeiav^ (i- P» 427) lo dicunt, diri vantur. . . . ' hio hisco "... (i. p. 428)

...'sciscitor^ sciscitaris'.. . ...'noto notas,' in quo similiter P. 155b est notandum, quod, cum a noto fit diriuatum^ corripuit tamen (i. p. 430) paenultimam. ...'traho tracto^,..'dico dicto^'; sed si quis attentius (^- P- ^31) inspiciat, non penitus absistunt" neque haec a priraitiuorum signifi- es catioue.


1. .i. ni oin innanilchial techtas arroet ammnigud^ acbt P- I54a isuabuith ifoacomol oc lathur thestimin 2. .i. each gnuis nad techta ainm sainredach 3. .i. ni 4. .i. slond gnimo centorant persine

1. .i. dialuc'^ fadesin t doluc infinite- reliqua- 2. .i. nifil F.15ih chumtubairt ata nanmman sidi

1. an • aito^ dondi as nsitsim 2. [marg. 1.] Probws* dtct't EST P. I55a praeterea hio bias ex quo iteratiuum figurate didmus • hiato • tas^ incho[a]tiuum uero hisco -scis- sed quanqitam ita e^se habet tamen 25 plus ines^e uidetwr in eo quod est hiscere quam hiare • hiat enim qui ore patet uelnt oscitat quod in rehus factis animaduerti potest hiscere uero incipere loqwi • illud praeterea libuit ncwnullis animad- uertere quod actiuis non nulla figurata inchoatiua reperiuntwr esse pasiua quale est gelo • as • at • cum inchoatiuuw gelasco facit quod 30 pasiuum' est enim incipio gelare item est idem cum est lento • as • unde 7 niTgilius lentandus remits in unda ex hoc inchoatiuum (l)entasco facit (i)dem uirgilius • sed (pi)cis i?i morem (ad d)egitos len(tescit) haben(do) . .tar ethirche . . . bednae . . . utius ...ch{V) lapro tmrnurgu . . .

1. .i, ondi as scisco file ondi as^ scio • 2. .i. ondi as notus P- 155b 3. imradim 4. .i. doerdechtim 5. .i. nidechrigetar


1. i.e. it is not from one of the many meanings which it possesses P- 154 a that It has received (its) appellation, but from its being in subj unction in arranging the text. 2. i.e. every species which has not a special 40 name. 3. i.e. something. 4. i.e. expression of action without denoting person.

1. i.e. to their own place or to the place of the infinitive. 2. i.e. P. 154b there is no doubt that these are nouns.

1. the avTo- from natam. ^' 155 a

1. i.e. from scisco, which is from sdo. 2. i.e. from notus. P. 155b 5. i.e. they do not differ.

a: MS. indabitalia

b: MS. aimnigud

c: cf. Sg. 28" 4

d: this indicates that the gloss was written on a text which had the variant ahoTddeiav

e: Hertz seems to think that this was the Probus who died a.d. 859

f: leg. passiuum est?

g: om. MS.

[ 164 ]...a rege^ 'regno*... Apud Latinos autem dignitatum nomina

(i. p. 432) pleraque ex uerbis uel nominibus nascuntur, quae faciunt uerba'*, ut P. 156b 'consul' a consulendo'... A uilico^ etiam 'uilico' uel 'uilicor' (i. p. 433) dicebant antiqui. ...ab unda^ 'undo, abundo, inundo'...a mare* (i. p. 434) uel marito 'marito maritas'... Artium uero nomina^ tarn apud 6 Graecos pleraque quam apud nos omnia post uerba naturaliter sunt accipienda. 'Doceo' post 'doctor', ..'suo' post 'sutor"'... Nomina' quoque, quae ex ipso actu® agentibus^ imponuntur, ex uerbis nomina, non ex nominibus uerba perficiunt...

...apud Romanes uero semper intrinsecus fit declinatio^, id est in lo (i. p. 436) ipsa iunctura sequentis uerbi^ uel post eam, 'conficio confeci'... (i. p. 437) Et illud quoque sciendum, quod principalem lyteram, quancunque habuerit positio uerbi, in suo loco seruamus* per omnem decliua- tionem, ut 'amo amaui'...

Quaeritur in compositis uerbis, cur, cum saepe in praesenti i5 corrupta sit aliqua pars compositionis, in praeterito Integra inuenitur, ut 'perficio perfeci'... Excipitur 'alteruter alterutrius,' quod cum in nominatiuo ex duobus integris sit, in genetiuo non est, nam 'alteriusutrius' esset*... ...sicut et 'quicquam' cuiusquam®' et 'idem eiusdem.' Euphoniae causa tamen haec fieri manifestum est^... 20

Apparet ergo ex hoc^ quod compositio huiuscemodi uerborum,


1. .i, ondi as rex 2. .i. tecmaing dano huith briatha,r huadib sem ut uilico ondi as uilicus • 3. ondi as consulo 7 reliqua sic

1. .i. uandi as uilicus .i. rechtaire 2. .i. huandi as unda • 3. .i. ondi as mas .i. fer 4. .i. dana .i. anmman arafdimtar 25 didanaib ut doctor de doctrina • - 5. .i. cairem^ 6. .i. doberr P. 157b ainm ndoib dingnim gnite 7. .i. donaibhi gnite

1. .i. is immeddn dognither infilliud nifodeud 2. .i. inna rainne dedenchm wcAomsuidigthi*' 3. .i. indliter huatinscana inchetna persan isuadi dano intinscanat inna aimsir^ olchence 30 4. .i. mad odib nogaib 5. .i. anog 7 6g 6. dandg 7. ishe inso tuasolcud indimchomairc asrubart riam 8. .i. as causa euphoniae immefolngai andliged sin


1. i.e. from rex. 2. i.e. it happens then that verbs are (derived) from them as villico from villicus. 3. from consulo etc. .^5

1. i.e. from villicus 'steward.' 2. i.e. from unda. 3. i.e. from mas a male. 4. i.e. of arts, i.e. names which are assumed from arts, as doctor from doctrina. 6. i.e. a name is given to them from the deed which they do. 7. i.e. to those that do.

1. i.e. the flexion is effected internally, not at the end. 2. i.e. 40 of the final part of the compound. 3. i.e. the letter in which the first person (of the present) begins, is also that in which the other tenses begin. 4. i.e. if it were from two integers. 5. i.e. a non-integer and an integer. 6. two integers. 7. this is the solution of the question which he has previously put (Quaeritur in compositis etc.). 45 8. i.e. that it is the causa euphoniae that causes that law.

a: recte Omnia

b: pl. cairemain LL. 29» 28

c: the former h is expressed by the usual mark of aspiration over the c

d: Or can aimser 'tense' have had the plural aimsir, as persin from persan?

[ 165 ]quae non eosdem modos compositionuin per omnia seruant temporal

per singula separatim fif . Nam cum soleat plerunque" compositio a correptam uel in e correptam uel in i conuertere per quaecunque tempora...'mano^ permano'...'pareo reperio' — ueteres enim et 'pario' ^- l^^a 5 quarta coniugatione declinabanf*... In praeterito uero perfecto et (^- P- ^^®) plusquamperfecto cum simplex uerbum e longam habeat, non potest (^" P' ^^^) compositio eam commotare*, ut 'egi exegi'... Nam non possumus dicere*, quod i breuis, quae est in praesenti tempore, conuertitur in e longam in praeterito...

...'cogens coactus,' 'subigens* subactus,' 'exigens exactus.' Haec P- I58b enim omnia cum in praesenti extremam partem... corniptam habeant^, in praeterito integram habent.

Anomala quoque uerborum id possunt ostendere^, quae sine dubio per singula tempora siue etiam personas componuntur... Idque «5 ita esse confirmat Appollonius^...docens...immobilem figurationis iuncturam manere, et separatim confirmans^ componi to^ ' KaTaypdcfxo' Koi 'KaTiypa<l)ov'...et his similia, quaecunque habent intus® declina- tionem, hoc est post praepositionem . . .

Possumus tamen, quod illi de uerbis intrinsecus^ habentibus (i. p- 440) 2o declinationem dicunt, nos quoque etiam de nominibus huiuscemodi


9. .i. niforcmat din chomsuidigud treanuili aimsera, ut efringo P- 157b efractus 10. .i. etarscartar connabi oin cAomsuidigud 11. .i. '^°^^^'"'^^^ issed andliged dogi'es manifoired causa eupkoniae

1. .i. dolinim 2. ,i. nib'^ machdad lat reperio dobuith for P. 158a 25 quartcobedin cesu c^o?nsuidigthe huandi aspario arcid pario reliqua 3. .i. ar isfrisasechmodachte dotet mcomsuidigud** 4, ar is yHsasecAmadachte® dodechuid iwcomsuidigud*

1. .i. agens dedenach didiu an agens dondi as sub ut subigens • P. 158b 2. .i. incomsuidigud fricach naimsir 3. .i. demnigid appollonius 30 rongab andedese /orbriathra,ih 7 reliqua 4. .i. comsuidigud fricach naimsir 5. .i. himmeddn 6. .i. med andiall nin- medonach laisem infilliud {him)m(e)don innabrethre


9. i.e. they do not keep one compound through all their tenses, ut P. 157 b etc. 10. i.e. they are separated, so that there is not one compound, continued 35 11. i.e. this is always the rule unless the causa eupkoniae should operate.

2. i.e. do not wonder that reperio is of the fourth conjugation p. i58a although it is compounded of pario, for even pario etc. 3. i.e. for it is with the preterite (egi) that the composition occurs. 4. for it is with the preterite that the composition has occurred^.

1. i.e. agens: agens, then, is the last to sub, as subigens. 2. i.e. the P. 158b composition with every tense. 3. i.e. Apollonius affirms that these two are on verbs. 4. i.e. composition with every tense. 5. i.e. in the midst. 6. i.e. this is what he deems the internal declension, the flexion in the midst of the verb.

a: MS. snbigo

b: MS. componit o

c: MS. nimb

d: MS. inchoms^

e: i • MS. is ar isfrisasech"

f: inckoms; with puncta delentia over and under h

g: cf. Sg. 158» 3

[ 166 ]dicere, quod per singulos casus fit compositio eorum... Quod

autem non est nominatiuorum proprium"...

. . .in compositione extremam partem sibi defendit ipsum uerbura*. . .

a Ideo autem praepositiones compositae quidem cum uerbo in- ueniuntur, nunquam autem separatae per appositionem^, quia uerba per omnes personas in omni tempore nominatiui casus uim habent", (I. p. 441) cui soli possunt coniungi. ...sed non possunt participia componi, nisi per nominatiuum casum'... Ergo 'doctificus,' id est 'doctum faciensV in uim nominum transtulit participia...

...'penulatus"...

...a capillo intonso^ 'capillatus'...a cirro" 'cirratus' a pilo (i. p. 442) 'pilatus^'...a dentibus 'dentatus^'...a Cerere 'cerritus"...

Consonantibus in his uerbis, quae ^apvrova^ appellant, hoc est ante finem habentia accentum^... 'Coniugatio' autem nominatur. ..quod una eademque ratione declinationis plurima con- iugantur uerba'...

Per ordinem igitur uocalium locum singulae* optinent apud nos. P. 160b ...aopKTTov, hoc est praeteritum infinitum spatio temporise., (i. pp. 445, Nam 'amaui' 'ire^LXrjKa' koX ' icjitXrjaa^' significat2...plerumque in t5 446) 'pgj' facimus^ praeteritum perfectum


7. .i. ni leo anoinur 8. .i. hi cumscaigthetaid

1. .i. tr^chomaisndis 2. air intan nolabrither incetni persin t intanaisi doadbit ainm hi suidiu • > 3. .i. is airi ni ta^t" com- suidigud yW ra wgabail huare as coibnesta dobrethir ar is lour com^uidigud frisuidi airbid comsuidigud etarscartha comsuidigud 25 1. 5 i. mong rangab^lae 4. .i. huare nad comsuidigther inte feisne casaldae .i. penula 6. .i. imlebor 7. Icidorus^ cirus } gibnoB

1. .i. gaide 2. daintech^ 3. caichen 4. .i fine • 5. .i. awal rongab indosa indrong briatharde tonise in • as • 6. .i. coniugationes .i. ord gutte fit foraib

1. .i. tintiXd inna grece insin 2. .i. confil linni hisind din secAmadachtu afile leosum indib «ecAmadachtib 3. dogniam dm ni bi in ^ersine 30


7. i.e. it does not belong to them alone. 8. i.e. in mobility.

2. for when thou sayest the first person or the second thou shewest 35 a noun herein. 3. i.e. this is why composition does not occur with a participle, because it is akin to a verb : for composition with this is sufficient, for composition of a participle will be separated composition. 4. i.e. since it is not compounded into itself. 6. i.e. very long.

4. i.e. it is not in the end. 5. i.e. as for example now the verbal 40 group of the second person in -as. 6. conjugations i.e. (it is) the order of the vowels (a e i) which is in them.

1. i.e. that is the interpretation of the Greek. 2. i.e. so that we have in the one preterite what they have in two preterites. 3. we indeed make. 45

a: MS. BApflTONA

b: irc^iSe km Te<f>iav<ra

c: cf. Sg. 158»3, 4

d: unde et cirri uocantur quod etiam iidem Graeci fiaWbv uocant, Etymol. Lib. XI. 1, 30

e: cf. dainthech (gl. rastros) Philarg. at Eel. iv. 40 (Bibl, Nationale, MS. lat. 11, 308, fo. 23"), and dantmir Lawa iv. 176, 4

[ 167 ]...de personis quod non omni uerbo^..adhaerent... P. I6la

. . .'meatim," tuatira '; quamuis enim" a singular! pronomine deriuantur, O- PP- '**7, indeferenter tain singulari quam plurali numero uerborum coniun- ' guntur... Nomen tameu et participium in omni casu tertiae sunt 5 person ae' absque uocatiuo...

Sunt igitur personae uerborum tres. ...tertia, de qua extra se* et illam, ad quam derigit sermonem, posita loquitur prima, ut 'dicit dicunt.' Et prima quidem et secunda uerborum personae p. leib finitae sunt, praeseutes enim demonstrantur^ , . ...tertia^ uero lo etiam nominibus, quae per se tertiae personae sunt^...

In imperatiuis prima persona singularis non potest esse, quod (i. p. 449) naturaliter imperans ab eo, cui iraperat, diuiditur^ Itaque quae Latini in plurali numero imperatiua primae personae accipiunt, haec Graeci vnoOeTiKa uocant, id est suppositiua® sine hortatiua*. Dicunt 15 enim, quod superior debet ostendi' qui imperat eo cui imperat, hie autem suam quoque coniungens personam^ similem se sociumque in hac ipsa re, de qua imperat, ostendit futurum illis quibus imperat, ut 'pugnemus,' 'legamus,' quasi ad socios uidetur hoc modo uti^ Itaque" melius illis uisum est hanc personam numeri pluralis


1. .i. ni do each brethir teeming persona ut impersoMa^m 7 p. leia in^mtiui 7 gerundia 2. .i. is airi asbiur nitechtat arim 3. .i. in immognom 4. .i. cen intertpersin ni hi ade hifrecndairc

1. .i. tres innimmocaldaim^ frecndskirc 2. .i. in immognom P. 161b tlfrie 3. .i. aisndeis eciidairc indib huilib 4. .i. issain inti forcongair^ 7 inti forsaforcongara,T 5. airindi fondasuidigedar hicummato'^ lasinni forsaforgair sech ba huaisliu inti forchongair iamaicniud • • 6. .i. ni forgave amaX sodain acht is nertad 7. .i. mad iamaicniud 8. .i. noch ni ed on bis hiforg^vm 30 9. ,i. ni arddu feisin quam ac^oc^le 10. .i. dindi atacomla 7 nud soiriu each


1. i.e. not to every verb does a person happen, as impersonals and P. 161a infinitives and gerunds. 2, i.e. therefore I say they have no number. 3. i.e. in construction. 4. i.e. without the third person ; it is not 35 present.

1. i.e. through the present mutual colloquy. 2. i.e. in construe- P- 161b tion with it. 3. i.e. expression of the absent*^ in them all. 4. i.e. difierent is he that orders and he that is ordered. 5. because it {supponit) puts itself on an equality with him whom it orders, though he 40 that orders were naturally the superior. 6. i.e. it is not a command then, but it is an exhortation. 7. i.e. if it be according to nature. 8. i.e. but it is not this that is in a command. 9. i.e. he himself is not higher than his comrade. 10. i.e. since it joins itself and is not nobler than anyone (else).

a: the letter next before d is somewhat doubtful. AscoU and Thurneyseu read it fts c

b: recte forchongair

c: leg. hinimmat, cf. Ir. Texte in. 263, LL. 69»' 14

d: Ut. an absent declaration

[ 168 ]separare ab imperatiuis. Sciendum tamen, quod frequentissime iste

modus pro optatiuo ponitur uel deprecatiuo, ut:

Mussa, mihi causas* memora", quo numine laeso,

Ergo si ad deos...imperatiuo utiraur modo^^ cur non etiam ad socios. . .quamuis maiores nobis. . .hoc modo. . .utamur ? 5

At tuba terribili sonitu taratantara^ dixit...

(i. p. 450) ...ut^ etiam apud Graecos ai^e 6(f)daX/x6<;^, eKXaj^av 8' ap"" oiaroL

'Pluit' et 'tonat' et 'fulminat'...proprie quidem ad tertiam dicuntur personam, possunt tamen etiam in prima inueniri persona et secunda per poetarum TrpocrcoTroTrotla?^', id est conformationes, uel xo per responsa dei et per apostrophas^, quasi ad ipsum louem praesentem®...

...'ipsi' uero et 'isti' et 'illi' datiui singulares et nominatiui plurales — , in uerbo nunquam hoc inuenitur apud Latinos*, quamuis apud Graecos in multis, ut ervTrrov^ tam singulare est primae 15 personae quam phirale tertiae praeteriti imperfecti...

Earum ergo ahae in principio mouentur", ut...'mei tui sui'...in genera uero et in numeros et in casus transeuntia finem mouent...


11. .i. abamin fornaidminte^ ar ni reid aforgskxe isindea^ 12. .i. ni meite hid machdad^ forga,re form huare rhbis forgave 20 fordeib reliqua

1. .i. nomen de sono factum 7 niairecar naail do sed hoc tantum 2. .i. d*CMn^Mr .i. ad tertiam haec ue7'ba graeca as6eir sis 3. .i. intan labratar indfilid apersin innafidea dogniat primam 7 secundam in illis 4. .i. intan} dombeir indea aithesc trechomthoud talmaidech 25 5. .i. tonas aiddil - 6. .i. briathar^ do foirnded persin deirb bed choitchen iter huatha,d 7 hilsir 7. .i. tantum A. absce genere .i. nicumscichther dead nindib • nisi principium •


11. would that thou wouldst call to mind^: for in the case of a god it is not easy to command him. 12. i.e. not so very wonderful 30 would be command to them since there is command to gods, etc.

1. i.e. a noun made from the sound, and naught else is found to it, but only this. 2. i.e. these Greek verbs which he mentions below belong to the third. 3. i.e. when the poets speak in the person of the gods they make a first and a second in them. 4. i.e. when the god 35 gives an answer by a sudden apostrophe™. 5. i.e. tonas, O idol. 6. i.e. a verb to signify a certain person that is common both in singular and plural. 7. the end is not changed in them, nisi principium.

a: om. MS.

b: MS. o<f>€adafjios

c: MS. KOLay^av dapa,

d: MS. irpoffuiTroiroieias

e: MS. et evirTov

f: for-n-aith-mente

g: dea for dia, as in Sg. 53» 14, 60« 4, 66^ 24, 162« 3, 4

h: machdad seems out of place; the sense is complete without it: 'it is not much that it should be command etc' Perhaps machdad is an alternative to mSite. For m€ite see Vol. i. p. 549, n. e., J.S.

i: MS. intar domV

k: of. Sg. 207'» 14

l: MS. hreth"

m: Cf. Ml. 20*16, 53«: 14

[ 169 ]ut 'ille ilia illud^',..necnon etiam participia, quibus omnia fere P. I62b

accidunt tam nominibus quam. uerbis accidentia'^...

Praeteritura perfectum tres habet raotus...in principio et in(i-P-453) medio et in fine: 'caedo cicidiV 'cado cecidi'...

EXcipiuntnr 'fero,' 'uolo,' 'edo^' quae inaequalem habent decli- P. I63a nationem ... (i- p. 454)

...'nostras* ultima circumflexa quando est norainatiuus singularis ad differentiam pluralis accusatiui^

...'BiSw^ do^'...'7roy?*'.pos pes*.' Secunda autem per con- P. 163b lo cisionem i^ profertur tertiae personae singulari addita 'is'... (i. p. 455) Aliam quoque quidam rationem de hoc^ conati sunt reddere dicentes, (^- P- 456) quod imperatiuus modus necessitatem significat, uoluntas autera libera debet esse; itaque hoc uerbum, quod* carere debet necessitate, caret imperatiuo. Licet* tamen et subiunctiuo...uti pro impera- 15 tiuo', id est 'uelis/ 'fac uelis.' In prima enim et tertia persona omnium uerborum imperatiuus praesens similis est subiunctiuo^

Et praesentis quidem... causa est corruptionis secunda persona" indicatiui^.. Et 'uolim' tamen pro 'uelim' proferebant*.

...per sinarisin"*' e et i in 'ei' diphthongum coacta... Huic


1. .1. is din huatinscanat ni din hifoircniter • 2. .i. ha P. I62b immaircide cenobed indi incumscugud bis hicechtar dalino ar iscobnesta friu diblinaib • 3. .i. Conoscaigter atnur .i. is cumscugud lesom cid atormag •

1. .i. fobith ndd comtkoet -o in -is- 2. ondi as nostra p. 163 a 25 3. .i. dobiur 4. .i. 6 m e ondeni p^s

1. n-iuolitis 2. .i. iure .i. biiithe cen forngaHhid dondi as P. I63b uolo 3. ol 4. is dilniin 5. .i. indi as uolo 6. is immaircide cerube subiunctiwits pro imperatiuo (uia est cosmilius etarru hicUni persin tVair 7 hitertpersin hiter othsid 7 ilax hicach 30 coi6edin 7. uare as n drudlnide 8. roboi do insin 9. .i. treaccomol


1. i.e. it is with the same (letter) they begin, not the same wherein P. 162b they are ended. 2. i.e. it were meet that in it (the termination of participles) should be the change (lit. movement) which is in each of the 35 two, for it is akin to them both. 3. i.e. the three of them are changed (lit. moved), i.e. he considers even their increase a change.

1. i.e. because they do not convert o into is. 2. from nostra. P. 163a 4. i.e. o into e, so that it makes pes.

1. it is not volitis. 4. i.e. of void's, being without an imperative, p. I63b 40 4. it is permissible. 5. i.e. of volo. 6. it is meet that there should be the subjunctive for the imperative, because there is a likeness between them in the first person plural and in the third person, both singular and plural, in every conjugation. 7, because it is corrupt. 8. that it {volo) had.

a: MS. 5u«w

b: MS. xots

c: leg. corruptionis cormptio secundae personae, Hertz

d: leg. synaeresim

[ 170 ]opponitur*^": *cur ergo in prima persona, cum similis asset dubitatio,

hoc non est factum V Si enim 'eo' diceretur pro *edo,' nulla esset, non dico scripturae^ sed nee temporis differentia inter 'eo is' et 'eo' quod pro 'edo' poneretur^

. , anomalorum ratio coegit pluribus uti per medium^ uerbis... 5

...exceptis duobus : 'iuuo iuui,' 'lauo laui^' Et notandum est in omnibus uerbis disyllabis*, quibus interposita est consonans, quod, si pares sint in praeterito et in praesenti syllabae, paenultima... producitur...

Et in prima quidem coniugatione immobile principium manet^ lo in supra dicto tempore...

Nam 'absonus/ 'abstinens' et similia non in principio eadem {.i. in} syllaba" habent coniunctas b et s, cum praepositio separatim est syllaba accipieuda^

L manet per se*, ut *oleo olui'... i5

Sunt igitur formae generates praeteriti perfecti octo^: in 'vi' syllabam, 'ii,' 'ui' diuisas, 'si,' 'xi' et i antecedente consonante, quae in praesenti tempore ante o uel 'eo' uel 'io' inuenitur, et quae in principio geminat consonantem^ et quae in fine.

In 'ii' uero tertiae et quartae, quae in 'iui' desinentia intercepta 20 u consonante' corripiunt i peneultimam : 'cupiui cupii'...


10. .i. doherr dondligudso ifrithcheist .i. cur non fuit dechor inter primas persowas

1. .i. niedamdt 2. armedon

1. ar is coTYilunn in his 2. isnaib hi himbi oson ren

1. .i. aicned bis isinchetm persin in praesenit" is ed bis praeterito

1. .i. arciabeid • b hisuidib non in una syMaba atd • b • 7 s • 2. .i. is syllah foleith mrer?i,si«'digud 3. .i. sifeisine 7 ni bi ni tarahesi ar is feidligud disi diambe son 30

1. .i. oct ndelbce^ 7 oct ngnd cenMcha andsoui ■ setarmmorcenn^ immurgn reliqua 2. .i. ailigid gnei 7 ni hilaigedar tairm- moircniu anisiv 3. aetargabdl as ondbe and


10. (the question) is put to this law in opposition, i.e. why was there continued no difference between the first persons. 35

1. i.e. not only.

1. for in these (preterites) it is equals 2. in those (verbs) in which there is a consonant before o (in the pres. indie, act.).

1. i.e. the nature that is in the first person in the present 'ti.s this that is in the preterite, (marg. inf.) it is dark for me. 40

1. i.e. for although b be (as it is) in them, h and s are not in one syllable. 2. i.e. the preposition is a syllable apart. 3. i.e. it itself, and there is nothing in place of it, for it is permanence to it if that be.

1. i.e. eight paradigms and eight general forms in it : six termina- tions, however, etc. 2. i.e. this (kind of preterite) changes the form 45 and does not multiply the terminations. 3. the interception of it {v) from it {-ivi), so that it may not be there.

a: MS. apponitur

b: MS. ponetur

c: leg. in principio syllabae, Hertz

d: recta delba

e: nom. pi. neut. ; the word is both masc. and neut., of. Sg. 63" 3, 111» 3

f: cf. Sg. 48"5

[ 171 ]I habent post consonantem ante* o uel 'eo' uel 'io' praesentis

temporis'.,.

...in tertia uero hoc idem obseruatur^ in iis omnibus quae n on P. 167a • habent uocalem ante o, ut...'succino^ suecinui,' quod in secunda uel (i. p- 465) 5 quarta eoniugatione non potest inueuiri^ cum liaec i, ilia e semper habent ante o finalem. Nee mirum, cum solum hoc [sc. pono, posui] in 'no' dissinens et n in s mutauit* in praeterito et in 'ui' diiiisas* terminauit... In Graecis autem dictionibus sepe hoc' (i- p. 466) inuenitur: 'Menelaus,' 'spondeus'..

Et sciendum quod in his quoque' in 'eo' uel in 'io' desinentia P- I67b uerba una syllaba minuuntur in praeterito, ut 'sedeo, sedi'... (^- P- ^^'^)

...nunc separatim per singulas coniugationes de uariis eiusdem P- I68a temporis [sc. praeteriti perfecti] speciebus, cuius dificillima est (i- P- 468) tractatio omnium uerbi quaestionum^ disserere conemur.

Excipiuntur haec, quae in 'ui' diuisas faciunt praeteritum sub- tracta a^: 'domo domas domui'... Quod maxime ex compositis (i- P- 469) dinoscitur^.

Nam a 'circundo' 'circundas' facis, quia 'circum' et disyllabum P. I68b est et magis aduerbium 'Da' enim ubique ante finem corripitur^ (i- P- 471) 2o in hoc uerbo simplici, ut 'dS,turus, datum, ditu, dStor.' P- 169 a


4. .i. iarsin chonsin his suite 5. .i. inchonson^ ante • o • P- 166 a ,. ..,i .7- • / 1 r ■ ,-. continued rehqua isindjrecnaairc issi bis m praeterito

1. .i. imdugud una %ylaha 2. foacanim 3. forhart P. 167a secha/recndairc 4. .i. cid armad machdad anisin ol atd lee dano 25 aji ingnad so 5. airdiden gutce renalali

1. .i. forcomat osoin mdyrecndairc an^e • i • in praeterito p. i67b

1. .i. issed asdoirbeni de uerbo airli^ sechmadachti foirbthi p. i68a 2. asindsechmadsichtu riagoldu 3. .i. indagne forsinsech- madachtu iniia brethre diuite^

1. .i. isairi iscetna co6edne circundo p. lesb

1. acht^ rop reforciunn robbe da 7 nip he som bes forcenn is p. 169 a timmorte acht asringba oin syllsiih


4. i.e. after the consonant which is before (o etc.). 5. i.e. the p. I66a consonant before o etc. in the present, is that which is in the preterite. continued

1. i.e. redundance by one syllable. 3. increase beyond the p. i67a present. 4. i.e. why should that (the change of u to s) be wondered at since it has this marvel (the ending in w-i) 1 5. the lengthening of one vowel before another.

1. i.e. they keep the consonant of the present before i in the P. 167b 40 preterite.

1. i.e. this is the most difficult (part) of the verb, the treatment (?) of p. I68a the perfect preterite. 2. from the regular preterite. 3. i.e. the two forms of (lit. on) the preterite of the simple verb.

1. i.e, therefore circumdo belongs to the first conjugation. P. 168b

1. provided the da- (of dare, datus) be before the end, and it be not P. 169 a the end, it is shortened, provided it exceeds one syllable.

a: MS. disas

b: the h is expressed by an aspiration-mark over c

c: MS. hinfrec, with a punctum delens under h and d written over /

d: cf. Wb. 31« 7

e: gen. sg. fern, of the adjectival i-stem diuit

[ 172 ]'Mico' quoque 'micui mictum' debet facere. Sed dubitationis

causa^, quia 'mingo' quoque 'mictum' facit, in usu non inuenitur...

Virgilius . . in georgicon IIII^:

Quoque modo potis gauderent intiba^ fibris.

Cato in V Originum" : 'illi polliciti sese facturum omnia/ per 5 ellipsin^ 'esse' pro 'factum ire'...

. . si minuat praesentis syllabas praeteritum, necessario producit (i. p. 477) paenultimam.,.nisi sinacopam" patiatur ut ' cieo ciui/ et per syncopam 'cii'...

'Coniueo^'... Caluus 'coniuere^' infinitum secundum tertiam 10 (^- PP- ^'^^' coniugationem correpta paenultima protulit.

...propter 'latum catum^ fatum*^'...

...'ausim^' .. pro subiunctiuo 'audeam' , . inuenimus.

Rarissime tamen ab omnibus neutris secundae coniugationis, P. 171b quae in 'ui' diuisas faciunt praeteritum, inuenio uel huiuscemodi 15 (i. p. 483) sopinum'^ uel participium futuri... 'Si qua tamen inueniantur, i breuem ante 'tum' habent.

'Senesco^' enim inchoatiuum est. sicut et 'iuratus' tam (i. pp. 484, actiue quam pasiue^ profertur.

Iuuenalis in 1 : 20

et rubra deterges uulnera mappa^

'Mulgeo' quoque 'mulsi' facit, quamuis differentiae causa 'mulxi' quidam protulerunt, quia 'mulceo' quoque 'mulsi' faxjit. Sed Virgilius in III georgicon* :

Quod surgente die raulsere horisque diumis, 25
Nocte premunt.


2. arnaroib dubitatio

1. .i. in hairr thalma,n • 2. .i. tre erchra indi as • esse •

1. quia corripitit?' hi suidiu

1. fortiag 2. ondi asconiueo 30

1. catus .i. agree .1. ingeniosus

1. .i. rolldmar 2. .i. ni gndd gerind in tum reliqtia nachaili

1. huandi as seneo 2. .i. isindranvgahail adrodarcar an dedesin .i. gnim 7 c4sad quia fuit iuror apwc? antiqwos ut in an^e 35 dicit in participio 3. mantile [marg. 1.] lamhrat his targlii;ne 4. fobith noenaigedar acialla archinn


2. that there may not be doubt (as to the meaning of mictum).

1. i.e. the endives (?) 2. i.e. through ellipsis of esse.

1. because in it (the penult) is shortened. 40

2. from coniveo.

1. catus i.e. its Greek.

2. i.e. not usual is the gerund in -turn,, etc. 3. i.e. any others.

1. from seneo. 2. i.e. 'tis in the participle (iuratus) that these two things, i.e. active and passive, can be seen, because with the ancients there 45 was iuror, as he, Priscian, says below in dealing with the participle. 3. a napkin that is over the knees. 4. because he unites their meanings below.

a: MS. I

b: MS. de origenum

c: leg. syncopam

d: MS. "fatum' catum

[ 173 ]'Torsi' quoque et 'torsum' et 'tortum' facit, itaque 'tortores' et P- 172b

'torsores' dicuntur^ (i- P- ^87)

...'redoleo*'... 'Obsoleo^' 'soleo,' quod 'solitus sum' uel P- I73a 'solui' secundum Sallustium facit perfectum, qui in II historiarum (^- PP- 488, 5 ponit : 'neque subsidiis, uti soluerat, compositis*'...'ceno*'... ' Plautus : ^" P- ^^'

Domi* reliqui exoletam' uirginem,

id est, grandem, quae exoleuerat. ' Aboleo'...et 'abolui' et 'aboleui' facit praeteritum, unde et 'aboletum' et 'aholitum' et lo 'abolitio*" dicitur®. A 'deleo'...'deletum,' a 'delino^ delitum' nascitur*... ...letum^...

...'polluceo^ poUuxi.' P. I73b

Supine*' in 'ui' quidem diuisas facientia praeteritum** neutra (^- P- ^91) deficiunt...ut 'canui'... Nam a 'carui^' uel 'caritum' uel 'cassum' ^^- P- *^*^) 15 uidetur posse dici 'censui' ..'censumVquiain simplicidictione n antecedente s et t sine r sequi non possunt*. ...a'scripsi scriptum*' et 'nupsi nuptum,' quorum neutrum adhuc in usu non inueni®.

Artis Prisciani uiri eloquentissimi grammatici Caesariensis P. 174a doctoris urbis Romae Constantinopolitanae^ liber VIII. explicit. (i- p- 493) 20 ...'mingo^'... (i. p. 495)


1. .1. fobith rongab torsur» 7 tortum arecar dano torsor 7 tortor p. 172b nomtni* •

1. forbiur 2. sercim 3. arsolui hoc exemplum P. 173 a 4. aslennim} 5. forbartaig 6. .i. meincichthech^ 25 7, fosligim 8. .i. dothaidbsiu^ dechuir inso inter delitum 7 deletum 9. bds

1, dolinim 2. .i. is airi nithabur^ duit 6n 3. ni P. I73b censtum 4. cotecat immurgu diambe • r • ut monstrans 5. analo^rm c?owsorptum 6. .i. ni airecar nectar de

1. .i. indrom fil M cowstowtinopoil ar rohucad airechas innaromce P. 174a CO constantinopoil rucad rfano aainmui ■ - 2. munigim^


1. i.e. because there is torsum and tortum, there is also found torsor P. 172 b and tortor as a noun.

3. this example is for solui. 8. i.e. this is to shew the difference P. 173a 35 between delitum and deletum.

2. i.e. 'tis therefore I do not put it for thee. 3. it is not censtum. P. 173b 4. they (s, t) can do it, however, if there be r, as monstrans. 5. by analogy of sorptuvi. 6. i.e. neither of the two is found.

1. The Rome which is in Constantinople. Because the empire of P. 174a 40 Rome was brought to Constantinople, its name has been brought also,

a: om. MS.

b: MS. abolito

c: MS. sopina

d: om. MS.

e: for the construction cf. p. 84 note i

f: cf. asrollennad Ml. 124'» 17 ; but aslenaimm Sg. 54» 8, cf. 17* 1

g: formed from mencigur from menicc

h: MS. dothaibsiu

i: Here the 'aspiration' of t after ni points to an infixed neuter pronoun of the third sg. So in Sg. 179» 4, 207» 2, nithabur Sg. 179*2, 215» 8, 218» 8, nithechta Sg. 195" 4, ni choimnactar Ml. 19« 5. Otherwise where there is no such pronoun: nitabur Sg. 19" 2, nitechta Sg. 41" 3, nlcumcat Sg. 220» 7, nifndlat Sg. 197» 21

k: a denominative from mun 'urine,' cognate with Skr. mutra

[ 174 ]Sopinum uero ab eo [scil. inquio] non inueni nee quoque*

(i. p. 496) Solent ab eo nasci^

In 'gio' similiter^ producta antepaenultima et ablata o extrema (i p. 498) faciunt praeteritum perfectum...

..'linguo^ linxi'... 5

Excipitur 'rutum' uel 'ruitum/ quod^ u corripuit uel quod i P 176b seruauit. Et uidetur hoc per syncopam i uocalis in praeterito prolatum, 'erutus' pro 'eruitus,' ideoque tempus perfect! simplicis, quod habuit u ante i, seruasse^ ...'metutum uel metuitum' et 'plutum' a 'pluui/ uelut 'adiutum' ab 'adiuui^' debent facere, sed lo ea in usu non inueni.

...nunquam enim b ante s in principio syllabae potest inueniri, (i. p. 506) ut 'Pseudolus^' 'ipseV

...'dispisco^ dispiscui'...

...secundum rectam uero proportionem debent eorum quoque 15 p J g perfecta ab 'ascio' et 'descio^' esse. Sallustius tamen secundum / " gj^j^ analogiam : 'neque ex proelio inermes uiros quemquam agnotorumV Pacuuius*^ secundum utrumque^ protulit:

In turba Oresti cognita agn5ta est soror.

'Iuro' quoque 'iuratus' tam in actiua quam in passiua inuenitur 20 (i. p. 512) significatione Et haec quidem etiam iunioribus in usu manserunt, ilia uero obsoleuerunt^.. Sed eorum usus in libro, qui scriptus^'* est a nobis de participio, inuenies.


1. medi^aima irequentatiua -p&rticipia

1. /Wfodio oacomsMidigthib 25

1. Hgim^

1. ol 2. .i. angair roboi ^truitus fortchomi hi • rutus • ui • in ' tum in his c^ano

1. .i. ami si fit in his

1. .i. dechrigim 3°

1. .i. composita ondi as ■ scio 2. .i. riagol arside 3. .i. iarndligud^ arside iarsindligud dano fil hindiu •

1. .i. ciall chesto 7 gnimo and 2. .i. roseircset .i. nisfll hodie 3, 4. .i. scribend menmman .i. robbdi fora inndsliuchtsom


1. to /odio with its compounds. 35

1. i.e. the short which was in ruitus, is preserved in rutus. 3. ui in tum in these also,

1. i.e. for it (6) is not in these.

1. i.e. compounds from scio. 2, i.e. a rule of the ancients. 3. i e. according to a rule of the ancients and also according to the rule which exists to-day.

1. i.e. the meaning of the passive and the active in it. 2. i.e. they have become obsolete, i.e. they are not to-day. 3, 4. i.e. an intended writing, i.e. it had been in his mind.

a: leg. quae

b: MS. psedulus

c: MS. paucobias

d: Das Langezeichen ist zweifelhaft, Windisch; there is a short stroke over g, Thurneysen

e: MS. iardligud

[ 175 ]...'emungor' emunctus'.,. Gracchus pro se: 'Si nanciam^ populi P. 179a

desiderium, comprobabo^ reipublicae commoda? nam ab eo quod (i. pp-513, est'deficio"defectus'fit"participium praeteriti^ ...in'tum' tamen, ' non in 'ctum* faciunt supinura : 'commiriiscor commentum^'.., 5 Nam a 'reminiscor' supinura uel participium praeteriti uel futuri in usu non inueni*...

Inuenitur tamen etiam 'claudeo/ sed et 'claudo' pro 'claudico".'

'Excudit®' enim tam praesens quam praeteritum potest intellegi, (i- P- 515) sed quia 'suscepit' subiunxit, melius praeteritum intellegitur.

Et uidentur hi rationabilius protulisse, ne minorum sit temporum P. I79b praeteritum quam praesens ^ Caetera uero seruant n, ut 'pando (i- P- 517) pandi^'... 'Cado' quoque 'cecidi' facit, ne, si 'cadi' dicamus, nomen P. I80a esse putetur Virgilius autem ab eo, quod est 'adedor,' 'adessum' (^- P- 518) protulit in Villi : P- l^Ob (i. p. 520)

et postibus haesit adessis^^

Naeuius : (i- p- 522)

Tibi serui multi apud mensam astant, ille ipse astat, quando Sdit.

Non potest enim in hoc iambo paenultima syllaba longa esse, ut intelligatur praeteritum'^, ne sit scaton". Plautus^ in lipargo:

Nihil moror mihi fucum in alueo^, apibus qui perSdit cibum, corripitur enim paenultima.


5. .i. noraglantar p 178 b

1. tn mesorsa 2. isairi ni thabur son 3. tractad continued 4. ni thabur dit^ 6n 5. ar is gndthiu s6n 6. .i. ar ata p. 179a 25 secAmadachte nail and ideo praeteritum est ani as cudit

1. ar nab laigiu inaimserad praeteritum quam praeseus 2. .i. P. I79b cenmitha innahi thechtaite • u • t • i • an^e • n •

1. indtelchubi quia cadum fit P. isoa

1. eisib i loiscdib 2. .i. co asagnoither nand secAmadachte P. I80b 30 .i. huare as timmorte 3. .i. duo nomina^ unius uiri quod non bonum [in marg., without reference to text] i scaton .i. grec indi as (claudus) .i. do s..


1. shall I judge? 2. 'tis therefore I do not give it. 3. a P. 179a commentary. 4. I give not this to thee. 5. for this is more .^5 usual. 6. i.e. because there is another preterite there, therefore cudit is preterite.

1. that in marking temporality the preterite may not be less than the P. present. 2. i.e. except those that have w or i before n (e.g. tundo, findo).

1. of the cask, quia etc. p. 180 a

1. consumed or burnt. 2. i.e. so that it may be understood that p. I80b it is not a preterite, i.e. because it is short. 3. ie. the Greek of clatultLs.

a: om. MS.

b: Verg. Aen, ix. 537

c: leg. scazon

d: MS. albo

e: =deit or duit, cf. Sg. 173" 2

f: Scaton and Plautus

[ 176 ]Nam 'porrigo' et 'corrigo' et 'arrigo^' e in i conuertentia

(i. p. 623) aptissime seruant secundum proportionera simplicis declinationem.

Excipiuntur ex hoc composita-: 'negligo neglexi'... Sed (i. p. 524) antiqui ' pago^' quoque dicebant pro 'paciscor.' Varro in I humanarum : 'ut habent Parii . . ut quorum ophiogenistum"* arbi- 5 trantur subpositum esse in stirpe aliquem, si ammoueant", utpungat, colubra*'^; cum pupugerit, si de genere sit, uiuere*^, si non sit, mori/

Cum ei, qui nos pupugit, talionem®, id est uicem a nobis redditam ostendimus, 'repupugi*"' dicimus, quando uero de rationed P. 181b uel kalendario* loquimur, 'repunxi^"' dicimus. Ab 'ago' et 'frango' lo et 'lego' composita seruant simplicium praeteritum, ut ' exigo exegi'...'relego relegi/ quod differentiae causa^ non motauit 'le' in (i. p. 525) 'li'... ...'ringo^ rictum.' 'Ango^'...

...etsi non* seruant ubiqne eandem uocalem... ...'excello' uel P. 182a 'excelleo exculi' uel, ut alii, 'excellui/ quorum simplex in usu non rs (i. p. 527) est ...'excello, excelles'... Ex quo^ debet 'exculi' quoque esse praeteritum perfectum, sicuti 'percello perculi.'

A 'toUo' quoque defecit supinum, sed pro eo utimur 'sublatum^'

Sed Probus 'occini' quoque existimat posse dici, cum simplex (I. p. 629) 'cano cecini' faciat^.. ...'cerno^ creui.' Non solum enim 20


1. nifil rdthugud^ forsuidib 2. ni in gi/oidit asecAmadachte 3. ,i. comhad hosuidiu m?-um pepigi 4. t origenistum .i. hunadgein^ 5. ,i. mamlid atadaimet cia chrechtnigthi nathir mani eple de • 6. .i. innimthdnad .i. digal ind ancridi dogni nech frit 7. .i. adrogegonsa 8. De ratione .i. intan as conguin 35 dligid kuadligud ailiu sechih ed dliged s6n .i. forbrisiud dligid hua- dligud ailiu • i de kalendario .i. dliged rimce oc airli kal • reliqua 9. .i. dechaldigud • ut in horologio fit • 10. .i. adrothoirndius^ non repugi

1. frisa religo fil huandi as ligo oriug 2. gloidixn 30 3. doimvaurc 4. cenid

1. -i- tiihi cello t celleo 2. ondi as excello 3. ani^

1. .i. is imuiaircide fosodin 2. .i. cerno do/uismim


1. there is no guarantee (?) for these. 2. it is in -gi that they end (lit. send off) their preterite. 3. i.e. from this would be then pepigi. 5. i.a 35 thus they recognise them if a snake wounds him, if he dies not of it. 6. i.e. vengeance for the wrong that anyone does to thee. 8. De ratione i.e. when it is the violation (Hit. wounding) of a reckoning by another reckoning, whatsoever this reckoning is, i.e. the infraction of a reckoning by another reckoning. Or de kalendario i.e. the law of 40 calculating in settling (?)" the calends. 9. i.e. of keeping the calendar.

1. from religo, which is from ligo 'I tie together.' 4. though they do not (keep).

1. i.e. cello or celleo does not exist. 2. from excello.

1. i.e. it is fitting according to this. 45

a: recte ophiogenis cum

b: si ammoueant : leg. ei admouent

c: leg. colubram

d: MS. uiuimus

e: MS. repugi

f: cf. nirbo rom a rdthugud, LB. 29* 19, rhyming with bldthugud

g: as though origenistum contained origo ^ MS. adro thoirdius

h: in full aid as sublatum 'the word suhlatum' ^ cf. Sg. 168* 1

[ 177 ]TO ' Koa-KLVL^wv'^ Kpivo)' sic facit praeteritum, seel etiam cum pro

'uideo' accipitur^ ...'lino leui"... Terentius in heautonti- P. I83a morumeno^:

Releui"' dolia omnia, omnes serias.

Virgilins...in X ab 'obeor^': (i. p. 530)

Morte obita qualis fama est uolitare figuras,

...'sarpo*' 'sarpsi'... P. I83b

...'sero seras/ a sera obdita- natum', 'seraui' facit. (i. p. 532) 'Seui' uero secundum analogiam 'setum' debuit facere, sed 10 differentiae causa ueteres 'Setum' pro 'Zethum^' dicentes hoc P- I84a 'satum' proferre tradiderunt. (^- P- ^^^)

...argentum mutuum arcessiuit^-. similiter 'quaeso quaesi/ (i. p. 535) Probus tamen 'quaesiui' dicit, et melius, quamuis primitiuum quo- p. i84b que eius, id est 'quaero,' 'quaesiui' facit praeteritum . . .'facessierisV

...pistor^.. (i. p. 536)

...'sterto* stertui'... _ P. 185 a


3. .i. nihed a met as ned asecAmadachte creui intan mbis pro P. 182 b cresco acht ised intain mbis pro uideo continued

1. fosligim, 2. arnifil 7iifrisamhed andechor isairi isreleui p. i83a ^o dogni is • i • his and • 3. .i. fritumthiagar

1. failligim 2. .i. huanglas fritobarthu diamir 3. Jl/ail p. 183 b ^aimrid dicit A sera ohdita .i. ondfescur maull t fritobarthu do- thaidbsin inna inne fil isind • sera doberr a/iobdita .i. dond fy-itobairt maill fAtataibret nadorche donsoilsi is disin asberr sera • mall i • -

1. blid dano sethvs^ p?*o zethos 2. dorrochuirestar^ . p. i84a

1. is ferr bidoin secAmadachte leu archuit^ sidi 2. uandi p. I84b <75*'facisii t ui amal ^odin 3. fer demna bairgine tuarcain do- fuaircitis inna grdn la arsidi resiu arista brao •

1. .i. srennim P. 185 a


3. i.e. not only is crevi the preterite when it is for cresco, but also P. 182b when it is for video. continued

2. since there is nothing with which the diflference may be (i.e. from P. 183a which it should be distinguished), therefore it makes relevi. Or it is i that is in it (relivi).

2. i.e. from the opposed (obdita) or hidden {obdita) bolt. 3. Mail P. 183b Gaimrid says A sera ohdita, i.e. from the evening slow or opposed. To shew forth the meaning which is in sera, the ohdita is put. From the slow opposition with which the darkness opposes itself to the light 'tis henc" that sera 'slow' is said.

1. i.e. Sethus then is for Zethos. ^* 184 a

1. so far as regards this it is better that they should have (only) one P- 184b preterite (qtiaesi). 2. irova Jucisii, or Jacissivi in that case. 3. a maker of bread. The grains used to be crushed by pounding by the ancients before a quern was invented.

a: MS. KOffKiyeifov

b: MS. heatontimorumenon

c: MS. releui

d: MS. c r V r arcessiait

e: MS. sethos

f: MS. dorochnitrstar

g: leg. ara chuit

h: the « written over the line

[ 178 ]..,'fulcio fulsi,' quod et Probo placet, quamuis alii differentiae

(i. p. 539) causa 'fulxi' posuerunt^

...subtracta u consonante et correpta paenultima i licet*'^ pro- ferre, ut 'scio, seis, sciui/ uel 'scii'... ...'suffio' suffiui' uel 'suffii/ quod quamuis a neutropassiuo^' •' componatur, tamen, quia significa- 5 tionem** mutauit, rautauit etiam declination em. Vnde Virgilius in III I Georgicon :

Aut suffire" thimo coerasque recidere inanes

'Cambio^' afxei^w^... Et est notandum in hoc uerbo, quod (i. pp. 541, pares habent syllabas tres personae, 'aio Sis ait,' quod in alio huius 10 ^^'^^ coniugationis uerbo non inuenies, et quod peneultima primae solius personae producitur^. ..unde tertia quoque pluralis .. similiter"' i con- sonantem habeus producit paenultimam.

...'sartores^' et 'fartores^'.., Excipiuntur in 'eo' disinentia^..

Ideo autem diximus disyllaba in 'vi' desinentia secundae uel 15 (I. p. 545) tertiae coniugationis in sopinis uel participiis praeteriti corripere P. 187a paenultimam, quia, siue desyllaba sint quartae, producunt, ut 'scio scitus,' siue ultra duas syllabas alterius quoque coniugationis' pro- ducitur...nisi sint'^ a desyllabis^ composita, ut 'insitus,' 'incitusV 'illitusV 20

'Sallio^ sallitum' facit, 'sallo salsum**'... ...'ambitus ambita P. 187b ambitum/ in nomine autem siue uocabulo reiS differentiae causa in


1. .i. combed dechor etev secAmadachte ani as^ fulgeo 7 fulcio 2. isdilmin 3. .i. fotimmdiriut 4,5. .i. arto. fio factus sum dogeni ^7^'ms suffio [between the columns] suffiui immurgu infechtso 25 lacumscugud ninne .i. fieri riain suftire infechtso-^ 6. invi 7. .i. fotitndiris

1. ooimchldim^ 2. donaih teoraih persoTiaib uathataib 3. frisincetni persin

1. .i. oigthidi 2. .i. lintidi 3. .i. for • Illi • 30

1. .i. iiige .i. acht asringba ddsylldbchi mathechtaid^ • i retns bid airdixa 2. arbidtimmarti^ ama, sodain 3. .i. ue^'bis t sopinis t partiapm oUodin asasu 4. .i, incieo ni reid 5. saillim 6. gortigim .i. ide?/i signijicat 7 sallio

1. .i. ainm veto nephchorpdi 7 is quartdiil 35


1. i.e. that there might be a difference between tlie preterites of fulgeo Sind fulcio. 3. i.e. subministro. 4. i.e. for it wasfofactus sum that it formerly made, suffio suffiui, however, this time, with change of meaning, i.e. fieri before, suffire this time. 7. i.e. subministres.

1. I change. 2. in the three persons singular. .3. to the 4° first person.

3. i.e. belonging to the fourth (conjugation, eo, queo).

1. i.e. of the third (conjugation), i.e. provided it exceed disyllabism, if it has i before -tus it will be long. 2. for in that case it will be short. 3. which is easy. 4. i.e. incieo : it is not easy^ 45

1. i.e. name of an incorporeal thing, and it is of the fourth declension. .i. illico

a: MS. liquet

b: MS. afieiw

c: in marg. illicitus

d: der glossator scheint na ni ate und indi as zu mischen, Thumeysen

e: Here the a must be read c : see above 72" 2, W.S. gemeint ist wobl con imchldim, Thumeysen, and J.S. thinks this is the correct form

f: MS. mathech, at the end of the Hne

g: for -timmorte, as cuniachtai, Sg. 3"21, for cumachtae and carthi, 148' 2, for charthe

h: nlr6id eeems to gloss illitus, over which it is written, J. S.

[ 179 ]'eo* terminantium regulam seruans, corripuit peneultimaiii 'ambitus.'

Sed Vt'lius Celer ... decliiiatione- et tenore^ 'ambitus' nomen a participio ostendit discerni, quod usu quoque, ut ostendimus, con- firmatui"*.

Lib. XI. Cum enim nomen et uerbum piiraum et secundum (' P- 548) tenuerunt locum, participium, quod ex utroque nascitur', sequentem iure exigit. Quaesitum est tamen, an bene separauerunt id ab aliis partibus" grammatici... Stoici enim quomodo articulum et pro- nomen nnaui partem orationis accipiebant^...sic igitur supra dicti JO philosophi etiam participium aiebant appellationem esse reciprocam ... Vnde uidentur nostri asciuisse' inter uerba gerundia uel par- P- ^^^^ ticipialia, cum uideantur ea diuersos assumere casus-. Ideo autem ^^' ^' ' participium separatim^' non tradebant partem orationis, quod nulla alia pars orationis semper in diriuatione est nullam propriam po- 15 sitionem liabens, nisi participitim"*; caeterae enim partes primo" in positione' inuentae sunt, ad quam etiam diriuatiua aptantur*.


2. .i. secundsie declmatio7iis participium • iiii • diil an ainm P. 187 b 3. .i. loing in ipArticipio hreih in nomine circumflex in participio <^ontinued acuit in nomine 4. .i. issed andliged nisin forthet • usus 10 Lib. XI. 5. isaiH asberar angein uand annimaim quia habet aiciditi cosmaili contra"^ accidentia nominis 7 quia nascitwr a uerbis bite a nominibits 6. .i. condergensat rainn foleith di 7. acht aiebant

1. .i. participia .i. ataruirmiset lagerind 2. .i. ataat tuisil p. i88a 25 indib cadesin 3. .i. fri nomen 7 uerbum acht ba inna nelluch atarnmtis 4. .i. NI conetada dirkuidigad rainn saindilis no bed indiruidigud semper nisi partic^p^w7M • t niconfil nach rainn ndd techtad cetnidetaid nisi participium • reliqua 5. hi cdtnidetid 6. .i. doecastar imbi hinun folud bis indib 7 acetnide'^ mad inun 30 is oinrann dano


2. i.e. the participle belongs to the second declension, the noun to p. i87b the fourth. 3. i.e. long in the participle, short in the noun, circumflex continued in the participle, acute in the noun. 4. i.e. it is that law which use supports. 5. therefore the birth is said to be from the noun because 35 it (the participle) has accidents like those of the noun, and because it is born of verbs which (themselves) are from nouns. 6. i.e. so that they made of it a separate part. 7. but they used to say.

1. i.e. participles, i.e. they have reckoned them with the gerund. P. 188 a 2. i.e. there are cases in them themselves. 3. i.e. from the noun and 40 the verb : but it was together with them that they used to reckon them. 4. i.e. derivation does not olitain (any) peculiar part (of speech), to be always in derivation, except the participle, etc. Or there is no part of I speech that has not a primitive-origin, except the participle. 5. in primitive-origin. 6. i.e. it shall be seen whether the substance that is 4.«; in them and their primitive is the same. If it be the same it is one part (of speech) indeed.

a: MS. primae

b: MS. 00.— Ir. fri

c: cf. Vol. i. p. 234 note k

[ 180 ]"Omnis enim pars orationis quocunque modo^ diriuata uel in

eandem notitionem" siue difinitionem" primitiui sui accipitur et eandem habet ei diuisionem" et eadem accidentia . uel in aliud", quod iam ante erat suppositum^* in propria naturali positione, unde etiam dirinatiunm propter similitudinem ">'•" eius, quod iam erat ante ex se ortum, ei addebatur'", ut 'pater' nomen et 'paternus/ similiter 'rex' et 'regalis,' 'taurus' et 'taurinus' nomina: quicquid enim accidit primitiuo, accidit etiam diriuatiuo. 'Ferueo' uerbum et 'feruesco' uerbum, similiter 'facio' et 'facesso' 'uideo' et 'uiso' uerba sunt ab eodem in idem. Sed etiam 'bene' et 'male'^' diriuata aduerbia a nominibus ab alio ad aliud ad similitudinem^* nata sunt ante in propria positione inuentorum ut 'pene' 'nempe' 'fere^*'; haec


7. Mad hinunn anetargnce^ inchetnidi 7 rwf^tVsuidigthi hid hinunn randatu doib dano iarum A. mad hinunn herchoiliud 7 accidentia doib' 8. .i. im tri dighail fa thormach^ indirsuidigud ceille t suin 15 9. .i. hicomdeilb randatad 10. .i. erchoiliud nomtwis reMqua 11. .i. is inonnfodil insce .i. uerbum t uonien reMqua 12. aire" manip hinunn etargnae don diruidigthiu frisacetnide fedir amal sodin andirui6.gthe dochum nacha rainne aile - ut bene 7 male • > 13. .i. e dochum cdtnidetad frisin cosniil issed tete andirvidigthe ut 20 bene dochum indi as fere .i. innafolud naicneta reliqua 14. .i. is a,iri doformdgar 15. .i. arachosmili frisacetnide dianac- comoltar 16. .i. resiu adrochomolta frisandiruidigthe 17. .i, arandddenach son infechtso 18. .i. dochosmaiMus i andohriati2kr^ cetnide innanaicniud feisin 19. .i. ataat in da fere .i. fere cetnide 15 .i. e^ amess linim 7 fere c^tVuidigthe .i. inchomocus


7. If the notion of the primitive and that of the derivative be the continued same, they will also have the same particularity^ afterwards, i.e. if they have the same definition and accidents. 8. i.e. whether the deriva- tion of sense or sound be through diminution or increase. 9. i.e. into 30 conformity of particularity. 10. i.e. definition of the noun etc. 11. i.e. it is the same division of speech. 12. Difiicult ! Unless the notion of the derivative be not the same as the primitive, the deri^ ative in that case carried to some other part (of speech) as beiie and male. 13. i.e. the primitive origin to which (it is) like^, 'tis to this that the de- rivative goes, as bene to fere, i.e. into its natural substance etc. 14. i.e. therefore it is increased. 15. i.e. for its likeness to the primitive with which it is connected. 16. i.e. before it was connected with the derivative. 17. i.e. on account of their final this time. 18. i.e. to the likeness of the primitive adverbs in their own nature. 19. i.e. there are the two feres i.e. a primary fere i.e. this is my judgment*", and a derivative fere i.e. near by.

a: The former n is written over and replaces a bad n

b: the first h is an aspiration -mark over t

d: The first word of this gloss, aire 'difKcult' or 'a difficulty' (.i. docamhal, O'Cl.), seems, like the common phrase sudet qui legat, to mean that in the glossator's opinion, the lemma is obscure

d: MS. dohrt, which Windisch would read dohreihiv or dobrefhxe. J.S. considers dobrS-, dobreth" to be traditional abbrevia- tions

e: leg. is^?

f: See above, p. 76, note e

g: cf. Ml. 53n6, 129** 3

h: The last words seem to be an explanation of the meaning of the ' primur j' fere. For the 'derivative' /ere cf. Prise, xv. 14, where fere -iuxta is derived homferus, cf. C.Z. in. 60

[ 181 ]enim a se" orta sunt : quicquid euim accidit his, accidit etiam illis et,

quod suum est-' aduerbiorum, per omnia uerba percurrunt. Quantum ergo ad hoc, id est quod in primitiuis et in sua positione non inueniuntur participia, uidentur stoici bene fecisse-. Sed rursus 6 prohibet ea esse nomina temporum diuersorum assumptio, quae fit' in propriis transfigurationibus^ ad similitudinem uerborum. Sed si quis dicat, quod nomina quoque multa inueniuntur tenipus significantia, respondebimus, quod hoc interest inter participia et nomina temporalia^^ quod nomina ilia nihil aliud significant nisi lo ipsum tempus^'* per se'* ut 'annus,' 'mensis'...nec in propriis sunt transfigurationibus^, participia uel actionem uel pasionem aliquam in diuerso fieri tempore demonstrant, non tempus ipsum per se^' "^, (i. p. 550) et quod eos sequuntur casus, quos et uerba, ex quibus nascuntur, et quod uerborum significationes habent et quod pro uerbo pununtur, «5 quorum niliil est suum nominis.

Omne enim nomen a quocumque uerbo natum uel'*" geaitiuum sequitur casum uel datiuum figurate per compasionem'*'...ut 'amicus illius^^'...et datiuum, ut 'amicus illi est'... Inueniuntur tamen P. 188b


20. A. uadib fesin 21. .i. sainred 22. .i. nephdenom^-^^a. iorainne di foleith acht a^ aram laainm 23. .i. in participiis ^""*'""^'^ techtite proprias transhguj-ationes uerborum hi cachaiccidit absce*' ipei'sonis 7 modis 7 notechtath'^ dano in airnsir indsainriad quia est in participio praesens 7 ^raeieAtum 7 iwtaruni 24. .i, sliiindite airnsir 25. .i. cen foilsigud diuersitatis tempoWs 26. .i. 25 tresin naiinsir feissin .i. amal bid ind^ airnsir feisin 27. .i. ut participia .i. ar is aiccidit doranngabdil aimser ni atcctdit i/Hmurgu donaib anmanibso reiiqua 28. .i. ni slond naainisire acht isslond ingnimo gnither indi 29. awial inna annian asrubaHmar 30. .i. niforcmi tuisel inna breithre huambi 31. .i. trechomchesad 30 .i. ofodim m cdch dobeir frisincdch diatahir^ ni 32. iscesad doneuch cairddinigther and


20. i.e. from themselves. 21. i.e. peculiar. 22. i.e. the not p, i88a making a separate part of speech of it, but counting it with the noun, contintied 23. i.e. in participles, which have the proper changes of verbs in every 35 accident, except persons and moods, and which have it also in time especially, because there is in the participle a present and a preterite and a future. 24. i.e. which signify time. 25. i.e. without manifest- ing diversity of time. 26. i.e. through the time itself, i.e. as if it ' were the time itself. 27. i.e. as participles, i.e. for time is an accident 40 to the participle, but it is not an accident to these nouns, etc. 28. i.e. it is not the expression of the time, but it is the expression of the action that is performed in it. 29. like the nouns which we have mentioned. 30. i.e. it does not preserve the case of the verb from which it comes. 31. i.e. through co-suffering, i.e. every one who gives 45 co-endures with every one to whom he gives something. 32. 'tis suffering to every one who is united in friendship therein.

a: om. MS.

b: om. MS.

c: i.e. absque

d: leg. notechtat, i.e. no-d-techtat, as the lack of ' aspiration ' of the first t indicates

e: here ind seems to be written for inn

f: the first a is written under the line

[ 182 ]pauca etiam ablatiuum sequentia. . .accusatiuum uero figurate: 'exosus

bella'..., participioriim enim loco^ uidentur posita illorum construc- tionem seruasse.

Ergo si uerborum seruauerint consequentiam", participia sunt, sin animissis temporibus casus quoque, quos nomina solent uerbalia 5 sequi, attrahant, transeunt in ea', ut 'amans ilium' participium est... 'arnans^' autem 'illius' nomen...

...mansit participium medium inter nomen et uerbuml Vnde ration abiliter hoc nomen est ei a grammaticis inditum per confirma- P. 189a tionem duarum partium* orationis principalium. ...quomodo nauium «o partes sunt tabulae et trabesS cetera autem, id est stupa et claui^... non partes nauis dicuntur. Sed est obiciendum ad hoc^, quod... coniunctiones...et praepositiones et similia ex eadem sunt materea ex qua nomen et uerbum constant", hoc est Uteris et syllabis et (I. p. 552) accentibus et intellectu". Multo melius igitur, qui principales et »5 egregias partes nomen dicunt et uerbum, alias autem his appendices^

Participium est igitur pars orationis", quae pro uerbo accipitur... genus et casum habens ad similitudinem nominis et accidentia uerbo absque discretione personarum et modorum. Cum igitur flectas nomen in obliques casus, uerbum adiungi ei non potest intransituum", ^° id est d/xerd^aTov, hoc est in sua manens persona*. Nam fiera- ^artKa^ dicuntur, id est transitiua, quae ab alia ad*^ aliam transeunt personam", in quibus solent obliqui casus" adiungi uerbis...


1. .i. luc immognomo ar is hiluc ran^abalae atd exosus .i. ar is ruidles dorangahsbil imniognom fri ainsid • ^ 2. kislund gnimo 7 25 in immognam • 3. .i. nowa'wa ,i. condat anman som dano hriathardi 4. sercid 5. .i. rami foleith .i. techtid cosmilius fricechtar de 6. .i. odeimnichther indi cosmilius indarann

1. .i. cammchranna 2, cloi 3. diafrituideckt 4. fil hicach rainn 5. /ortachtaigthi'^ .i. comthoriidedcha^ veliqua 30 6. her choiliud /olid 7. .i. fiepht/iairndhechtid .i. cen tairmthecht opersin dialaili • 8. .i. attrdchtad .i. cen tairmthecht ipersin naili • 9. .i. sainpoxsan slidndes anaiinm J inh'iathar^ hisuidiu- 10. ni tat ainmnidi


1. i.e. from the place^ of construction ; for exosus stands in the place 35 of a participle, for construction with an accusative is a peculiarity of the participle. 2. in i.e. expressing action and in construction, 3, i.e. so that they are verbal nouns. 5. i.e. a separate part, i.e. it possesses a resemblance to each of the two. 6. i.e. the resemblance of the two parts is confirmed in it. 4°

3. to oppose it. 4. which is in every part (of speech). 5. helpers, i.e. consignificants. 6. a definition of meaning. 7. a non-transgressor, i.e. without passing over from one person to another. 8. i.e. a re-commentary, i.e. without passing into another person. 9. i.e. ('tis) a different person that is expressed by the noun and tha45 verb here. 10. they are not nominatives.

a: MS. constet

b: MS. mezaBatika

c: MS. in

d: cf. Ml. 36" 4, 124" 4, 134'^ 2

e: leg. comthi'irhdecha, Ascoli, but cf. foircnedchaib Sg. 112" 2, cuitbedcha 132» 1

f: MS. bretJi

g: loco is mistranslated

[ 183 ]Cum igitur sunt intransitiua, quia non possunt obliqui casus his P. isab

adiungi loco uerbi subit participium..,ubique enim participium loco ('• P- ^^'^) uerbi intransitiui accipitur-.

Diuersa enim uerba absque coniunctione adiungere non potest**... 5 Contra autem nomina diuerea, si ad unum referantur, sine con- iunctione oportet ea proferre, nisi si adiectiua** geminentur^. .. Verba quoque et participia' si sequantur sese, egent coniunctione... Nee mirum, propria, quae insecabilcm" substantiam demonstrant... nee non appellatiua quae secabilem, id est generalem uel specialem, lo quae diuidi potest^ substantiam indicant,. . non egere coniunctione... Itaque cum dicam ' Pupiius Cornilius Scipio Africanus,' non egeo (i- p- 554) coniunctionibus : unam enim his indico esse omnibus substantiam^ Similiter 'homo est animal rationale, mortale, disciplinae capax,' cum unam substantiam significo quamuis multorum communem^ non 15 egeo coniunctionibus, quae diuei'sas solent res coniungere : diuersae autem substantiae in eodem esse non possunt. Accidentia autem, quae substantiae" iam ante suppositae accidunt*"...

Et quamuis ab indicatiuis deriuantur uerbis participia, potestate P. 190a tamen et ui significationis omnes continent modos^.. Infinita 20 enim similiter'^ cum ab indicatiuo nascuntur, pro omni accipiuntur modo^... ...'eo' pronomen et uerbum et aduerbium et coniunctio"*.


1. quia/H 6rethir sis [over this] .i. aicsenogiid 2. .i. huare P. 189b ruhd roAlninter tribrethir inpersan slaindte^ tidsil nominis • roslninter immurgn t7'erangayAi in pexsan hisin • old aiH iamiw doberr ind 25 rang^hkX do inchosc ceille inna brethve condib sinonti persan bes in particijaio 7 in obliquis 7 is ciall hrethre astoasci and • • - 3. .i. nech 4. .i. mat anmann adiechta emnatar and is ecen comaconiol hisiddib 5. .i. dibre,ir diranga^dsdX imvaalle C. nephfodlide 7. acenelchi 8. folad ii 6in persine 9. donab huilib doinib 30 10. .i. istoisigiu afolsA (iiam accideniiVt

1. .i. arberr ciall innanule mod eissib 2. yWra«^abail P. I90a 3. arbevr ciall cech muid ainfinit 4. .i. eo .i. arindi i adaas^


1. quia goes with the verb below, i.e. causality. 2. i.e. because p. i89b the person which the cases of a noun denote cannot be denoted by a verb, 35 that person, however, can be denoted by a participle, so that therefore the participle is put to signify the sense of the verb, that it may be the same person that is in the participle and in oblique cases, and it ex- presses therein the sense of a verb. 3. i.e. anyone^. 4. i.e. if nouns adjective be doubled there a conjunction is necessary in (i.e. between) 40 them. 5. i.e. two verbs or two participles together. 6. indivisible. 7. its generality. 8. the substance of one person. 9. to all human beings. 10. i.e. the substance is prior to the accidents.

1. i.e. the meaning of all the moods is elicited from them. 2. i.e. P. 190a to the participle. 3. the meaning of every mood is elicited from the 45 infinitive. 4. eo i.e. because, or than it.

a: leg. potes, but potest is glossed

b: MS. adiectatiua

d: in eodem— t a substantiae om. MS

d: MS. shiinde

e: MS. adas; cf. adoasa Tur. 35, adwi Laws V 370

f: cf. Sr. 121" 2

[ 184 ]../legens doceo' pro 'lego et doceo/ quae compositio intransitiua

est®, hoc est ipsam in se mauere ostendit personam, Obliqui uero casus participiorum ad hoc sunt utiles, quod non solum sine coniunc- tione proferuntur cum obliquis casibus nominum, sed etiam ad alias transeunt personas"... 5

Nee mirum ad formam adiectiuorum haec dirigi^ cum paene (i. p. 556) ^^j^ habeant participia nominum quoque adiectiuorum. Accidentia* enim propriis uel appellatiuis nominibus significant... Nee nos moueat, quod sunt quaedam uerba, quae naturaliter ad mares pertinent uel ad feminas ut 'fotuo^ nubo' 'fotuens, nubens'...quod lo adeo natura ipsius uerbi et participii communis est trium generum^...

Et contra uituperationis causa possum dicere, ut luuenali"^ in I :

nubit amicus ^

...ad similitudinera optatiuorum". Nascitur autem participium P. 191a praesentis et praeteriti imperfecti a prima persona praeteriti im- 15 perfecti in omni coniugatione. Nee mirum ^, cum prima persona honestior est caeteris. Virgilius in II Aeneidos :

deuellimur^ inde
Iphitus et Pelias mecum.

Fit autem participium mutatione extremae syllabae supra dicti 20 temporis et personae, id est 'bam' in *ns,' ut 'amabam amans,' 'doce- bam docens,' 'legebam legens,' 'faciebara faciens,' 'muniebam muniens,' exceptis in ' eo ' desinentibus quartae coniugationis uerbis, quae contra aliorum regulam i habent ante 'bam' productum — quam tamen antiqui diptongum scribentes transmutationem " uocalium fac- 25 tarn" ostendebant^: 'adeibam,' 'queibam*' pro 'adiebam,' 'quiebam'...


5. .i. ishinonn persan diatremdirgedar uerhum 7 participium continued q ^ intan adcomlatur dobrethir

1. ,i. cit coitchenna anmman n'^ adiecta 2. inna aicciditi 3. Consentius C^) .i. med asbeir in fer intan rhbis ocind oipred • ^o fotuo goithimm • 4. .i. atrobair^ each cenel 5. .i. briathar femin son infechtso doaccomol doanmanaib mascwi/indaib* 6. .i. amal rondgabsat inoptit

1. .1. abuith 6n chetni phersin 2. .i. docuirethar cetna persan sin^ persana aili chucae 3. cumscugud • e • tar • i • condeni • ei • 35 deognr


5. i.e. 'tis the same person to which the verb and the participle refer. continued g j ^. when they are conjoined to a verb.

1. i.e. (it is no wonder) though they are common, like nouns adjective. 2. the accidents. 3. i.e. this is what the man says when he is at 40 the operation, futuo. 4. i.e. every gender can say it (of itself, scil. amo, moneo, etc.). 5. i.e. this is now the conjunction of a feminine verb with masculine nouns. 6. i.e. as they are in the optative.

1. i.e. its being from the first person. 2. i.e. a first person here takes other persons to it. 3. the change of e over i, so that it makes 45 ei diphthong.

a: MS. transmotatione

b: MS. facta

c: MS. adibam quibam

d: leg. nmal amnmann

e: with a-trohair cf. asrobair Sg. 198" 18, asrobar Ml. 17"23

f: leg. mascuil? J.S.

g: cf. p. 62, note a

[ 185 ]Nee tamen id* prohibuit participia ad perfeetorum regulam nasei";

dicimus ">niin 'iens, adiens, quiens, pollens, insigniens.'

Quaeritur 'ortuni ortuS' an 'oritum oritu,' unde 'oriturus.' P. I9lb In anomalis quoque supra dictae regulae- seruantur... (i. p. 559)

Vnde et 'osus' pro praesenti, et 'meminens^' pro praeterito licet" P. 192a accipere... (i. p. 560)

Sunt tamen quaedam participia, quorum ([uamuis deficiant uerba P. 192 b in usu ratio tamen analogiae quod dici possunt ostendit, ut (i- p. 561) ' triumphatus,' 'erratus'... Quid enim prohibet uerbis quoque (i. p. 562) loeorum uti^ nisi auctoritas deficeret ? Nee mirura hoc fieri in participiis^... ...'ocior*' quasi ab oco, quod in usu non est, licet a Graeco est co/cew?"®...

...'trabeatus"'...'armatus' oo7rXt<r6t9 • kul • oo'rrtaTi]<;"".

...a participiis participia*^ non possunt nasci nee uerba^.. P- I93a

Nam 'frugi'...et similia non deficiunt aliquo casu certo, sed pro ('• P- 563) omni casu eadem terminatione funguntur^ quamuis'^ possunt haec (^- P- ^^^) eadem figurate magis prolata...per genetiuum uel datiuum quam indeclinabilia esse uideri... Sic 'frugi homo/ id est 'qui frugi est,' hoc est 'utilitati^'...

../qui amauit*' 09 i<l>i'qaev'^, id est o ^tXi]cra<i^... ...ubiP. 193b (i. p. 565)


4. .i. ind • i airdixa dohuith indih 5. ar issamlaid ataat P- 191 a inna ranngabala ama nobed^ • e • re • bam • in pr-aeterito impe/'fecto • •

1. .i. ?'n • ortum bis do 7 reliqua 2. .i. ci^uthsiigiheo narann- P. 191b gabal todochaidi 7 secAmadachti a^ sopino 7 reliqua

1. .i. ni airberai' freciidairc asuidiu immurgu p. 192a

1. yb -r- 2. arambera nech biuth 3. .i. erchrw warn P. 192 b briatliar ua nibiat 4. .i. comY>aratiuus .i. amal bid on posit asbert' ocus 5. cenodfil posit grecda do 6. trabda • traba uestis 7. "participium 7 sic in reliquis masiied amin

1. arciabeith amantis amandus ni dir'uidigud acht iscrathadP'i93& 2. archuit ceille 2 a. adaas 3. dotharbataid

1. arrocar P- 193 b


4. i.e. the fact that the long i is in them. 5. for 'tis thus that the P. 191a participles are, as if there were e before -bam in the preterite imperfect. continued

1. i.e. whether it is ortum that it has etc. 2. i.e. (the rules) of the p. I9ib formation of the participles of the future and preterite from the supine *fec.

1. i.e. a present, however, is not derived from this (meviinens). p. 192 a

1. (deponents) in r^. 2. that anyone should use. 3. i.e. the P. 192b defect 1 of the verbs from which they come. 4. i.e. a comparative, ^o i.e. as if it were from the positive ocus. 5. though there is a Greek positive to it. 6. if it be so.

1. for though there be amantis, amandus, it is not derivation, but P» 193 a formation. 2. as regards meaning.

1. when he has loved. P. 193 b

a: MS. liquet

b: MS. OKecoc

c: recte 6 ottX/tt/s: over oTrXiarrii is written par 7 sic in

d: MS. €<f>ik€ffti>

e: MS. os f<pceffas

f: for the omission of the relative n cf. Sg. S"» 15, 32» 1, 50» 3, 68" 9

g: MS. 7

h: i.e. deponents from which such transitive participles as triumphatu», erratus would naturally come

[ 186 ]participium deficit, uecessario uerbura intinito nomini siibstantiuo

iunctum participii officio^ fungitur.

...'qui amaturV 09 (fyiXelrai, pro 6 <f)tXov/j,€vo<i^. Ex quo nunc ostenditur significatio participii*, quod tam norainis quam uerbi uim obtinet, quod et hoc pro illis et ilia pro hoc ponunturl Dicimus 5 enim 'legens est, qui legit' et 'qui legit, est legens*'...

...saepe et praesenti pro piaeterito et praeterito pro praesenti utuntur auctores necessitatis causa, cum deficiant et in 'or' desinentia praesenti et in o terniinantia praeterito". Praesentis tarnen^ par- ticipium, quod etiam praeteritum imperfectum significat, solet 10 coniungi uerbis praeteriti perfecti et plusquamperfecti et significa- tioneni" eorundem temporum complere, quomodo uerba** praesentis temporis, si adiungantur participiis praeteriti, praeteritum significant, 'ut caenatus sum, caenatus es, caenatus est' pro 'caenaui, caenasti, caenauit'... Itaque quod deest Latinitatis linguae naturaliter, 15. completur iuncturae ratione".

'Coniurato' Virgilius in II Georgicon :

Aut coniurato' discendens Dacus ab Histro.

...uenit a 'facio' uerbo, quod uim actiuam possidet 'Ho' uerbi^...

Multa tamen ex huiuscemodi uerbis inueniuntur . , participia 20 praeteriti temporis tam actiuam quam passiuam significationem habentia, ut 'meditor' /xeXerw, 'meditatus^'

...transeunt in nominum uim^...

...'dedi datus' et 'steti status' quod participio" simile nomenest^..

Praeterea notanda sunt a 'saliui' uel 'salui' 'saltus' et 'salturus'... 25


2. .i. hiltic ranngahdla 3. acarthar 4. .i. iure prae- dicto suidigthe aiimnie 7 ^rethre tarahesisi reliqua 5. engracci- gidir cechtar nai alaUl 7 is cumme diiit legens est 7 qwi legit do epirt 7 qwi l^git legens est 6. frisgair intesteniin se dondib dligedib remepevthih • 7. .i. cenodjil anerchre 8. .i. sum 30 odballib 9. .i. accoriwl innambriathar 7 inna ranngabdl

1. enod cainti^ ocondsridJisin 2. gnim indi as Ho

1. ciall gnimo 7 chesto 2. .i. it anman awial sodain

1. oic bes nomeii 2. [in marg.] in aecunda, coniugatione diarneis 35

2. i.e. in place of a participle. 3. when he is loved. 4. i.e. continued from the aforesaid rule of setting a noun and a verb in place of it, etc. 5. each of them takes the place of the other, and it is the same for thee to say leyens est and qui legit, and qui lec/it, legens est. 6. this text answers to the two laws aforesaid. 7. i.e. though they (the present 40 participle from verbs in or and the past participle from verbs in o) are wanting. 8. i.e. sum with its parts. 9. i.e. the junction of the verbs and of the participles,

1. ... at that river. 2. the active oi Jio.

1. the meaning of action and passion. '1. i.e. they are nouns in 45 that case.

1. it may be a noun. 2, in the second conjugation behind us®.

a: MS. oc (})iAei- T<M<})IA AfeNOC

b: et significationem om. MS.

c: MS. in participio

d: or possibly erod cainti ; the word is obscure of. enudlia, eniod Laws, III 60, 62, enotlia H. 3. 18, p. 381

e: i.e. in the passage about verbs of the second conjugation, 159^ h 19 = Hertz, i. p. 571, 1. 8

[ 187 ]Excipiuntur piimae quidem coniugationis duo, quae per synerisin* P. 196b

i proferuntur, 'secui sectus^' effricui frictus.'

Similiter a canendo' composita absque i faciunt participia (i. p. 571) secundum primitiui formam : ' canor cantus/ * occinor occentus,' 5 'accinor accentus,' quamuis 'occinui' et 'accinui' faciant praeterituml

excipiuntur 'ussi ustus,' 'gessi gestus/ 'torsi torsus' et* 'tortus' p. i96a antiqued (i. p. 573)

. . .deponentia, quae facile" ex simili terminatione^ passiuorum" p. i96b dinosci possunt...

Et quia superius diximus, quod uerba actiua uel neutra carent (i. p. 574) praeteriti temporis participio, sicut et passiua et communia et deponentia deficiunt in participiis instantis temporis^, sed pro his substantiuo nomine et uerbo utimur, ut 6 <l)iXrjaa<i 'qui amauit^,' 6 <f)iov/jL€vo^^ 'qui amaturV sciendum, quod antiqui in actiuis et i.s neutris uerbis' pro" praeteriti temporis participiis etiam instanti® tempore utebantur...6 'iraf/ajevo/jbevo'i^' koI 'Trapa'yivofievo'i^'^,' 'ad- ueniens.' Virgilius in X :

Caeculus, et ueniens^ Marsorum' montibus Vmbro,

Lib. XII. Pronomen est pais orationis, quae pro nomine proprio' P. I97a 2o uniuscuiusque accipitur personasque finitas recipit. (i- p- 577)


1. trithobae 2. ni secitus** dogni 3. .i. ondi as cano P. I95b 4. .i. nithechta indi'anngahai arachuitsidi

1. uare naich hisus tiagait P- 196 a

1. fHces'^iA 2. horaiuigabdil f recndaiTC hicesad* seclinioella^ 'P. I9&h 25 diuscartach • h6ranngaha,i frecndaivc indeilb chesto 7 horangahaiil sec/imadachti indeilb gnimo ■ ' Et sechmoeUa coitchen horangabAil .sec^madachti intan aramberar gnim eissi 7 ho rangaba,i frecnn,irc intain aramberar cesad essi-- 3. arrocar 4. acarthar 5. .i. armbevtis a?Ta/i^abail /recndairc 6. /7'ecndairc 7. digreic 30 indi as adueniens inso dano 8. andororpai 9. innacenelsin

1. engracogud anme dilis .i. isdiles anainmsin afolaid .i. robo- V. I97a /oZad dilea i rfoacaldmach • >


2. it is not secitus that it makes. 3. i.e. from cano. 4. i.e. P. 195 b the participle hath it (i) not as far as that goes.

1. since they do not end in -sus. P. 196 a

1. (like) the passive. 2. the deponent lacks a present participle P. 196b in the passive : (the passive lacks) a present participle in the paradigm of the passive, and a preterite ])articiple in the paradigm of the active : the common lacks a preterite participle when action is expressed by it, and a 40 present participle when pa.ssion is expressed by it. 3. i.e. when he has loved. 4. when he is loved. 5. i.e. that they used to express it by a present participle. 7. two Greek (words) for adueniens (is) this then. 8. when he came. 9. to those nations'".

1. a taking the place of a proper noun, i.e. that name is the peculiar p jcj^^^ 45 property of its substance, i.e. either a proper substance or an appellative.

a: torsus et om. MS.

b: MS. facili

c: om. MS.

d: MS. (piXot/xvos

e: MS. quod • in actiuis et neutris uerbis • actiui pro

f: MS. irapaTTqvos

g: MS. Traparivonevo

h: MS. secit US

i: hi cesad steht neben der ubrigen glosse, aber mit einem verweisungszeichen, das hinter/rec' wiederkehrt, Thurneysen

k: cf. m iarsinni gcachmallas o dheilbh = non quia caret forma, BB. 319* 7

l: here something like sechmoetla cesad seems to have been omitted

m: of those nations,' cf . Sg. 19*4, J. 8.

[ 188 ]Et primae quidem personae piimitiuum est 'ego' et reliqui casus

sequentes^...'sui,' quod nominatiuo caret, quomodo ' eavrov^' apud Graecos'*. Et ea quidem octo pronoinina sunt primitiua uel simplicia'*.

Quaeritur tamen, cur prima quidem persona et secunda singula* habeant pronomina tertia uero persona modo demostratiua est, 5 ut 'hie,' 'iste,' modo relatiua®, ut 'is,' 'ipse,' modo praesens iuxta', ut 'iste^,' modo absens uel longe posita, ut 'ille®.' Si enim super^" omnes alias partes orationis" finit^^ personas pronomen, rectissime*' tertiarum quoque personarum differentia distincte profertur, quae (I. p. 578) plurimas habet diuersitates". Vnde non irrationabiliter tertias 'o uerborum personas infinitas Appollonius dicit^"' ", cum nulla in eis


2. ISairi asbertar atacetnidi inchamthuisil ore iii ondi as ego continued ^^^ . mei • J reUqua Aliter isairi asbertai' ata cetnidi inchamthmsi] ore atd^ cetnidi inna pronomtna huataat A. ego 7 tu • • 7 sic dta^ur in uomine mad cetnide anainmni it cetnidi athuisil • si diriuaiiw/i • nomen • 15 casus eius diriua^t erunt • > 3. ^rec indi as sui 4. .i. nitaet choins iddig ud'^ friii^ in nominatiuo nisi in paucis 5. oindi 6. .i. atarcadach A. diarohae aisndis^ riam. 7. inchomocus 8. intisiv 9. intitliall 10. .i. sech 11. Super omnes .i. huare ata cinnivd pevsine hi pronomen 7 ata mrechtrad forsinpersin ^o {sin • hauisse cenotectad ilgotha fri inchnsc in mrechtraid sin • huare is moo sluindes pronomeji persin quam aliae partes • air isfrisaricht • ar cia sluindid briathar persin ni fris aricht fnslond pevsine act is frislond gnimo pevsine p?*incipalite7* aricht • cenud slwindi pevsin conseqi^enter • ' 12. manudchinni^ 13. isdiriuch andechor '^b deg cinte pevsana 14. in gothaib^ j indliucht 15,16. .i.fobith ndd cinnet tevtpevsin 6rethre pevsain add is gnim pevsine sluindite [marg. 1.] dindi file mrechtrad forsindremepevthu 7 nad fit fiyr tevtpevsain^ uerborum'


2. Therefore the oblique cases are said to be primitive, because it is 30 continued not from ego that mei is. Aliter, for this reason the oblique cases are said to be primitive, because the pronouns ego and tu, from which they come, are primitive, and thus it is said in nomine, if the noun be primitive its cases are primitive. 3. the Greek of sui. 4. i.e. except in a few instances, there is no composition with them in the nominative. 6. i.e. 35 anaphoric, i.e. of which there has been a speaking before. 11. i.e. since there is a definition of person in the pronoun, and there is variety in that person, it were right that it should possess many sounds to express that variety, because the pronoun, more than the other parts of speech, signi- fies a person : for for this it was invented. For though a verb signifies 4° person, it was not invented to signify person, but to signify a person's action, jyrincipcditer, although it signifies person consequenter. 1 2. if it determines. 13. right is their diflference because they define persons. 14. in words and meaning. 15. i.e. because third persons of a verb do not define person, but it is the action of person 45 which they signify, from the fact that there is variet)' on the aforesaid and there is not on the third person of verbs.

a: MS. airwv

b: leg. ata

c: for the aspiration of the subject cf. Sg. 3» 1, 6^ 25, 28*14, 146» 1, 197» 4, 201» 5, 209" 24

d: cf. Sg. ISS-iS, 4

e: recte aisndis, cf. Sg. 198*10

f: MS. might be read manidchinni

g: MS. hi gothaib

h: MS. tert persa^n

i: Alles ^ine hand. Bei der randnote ein verweLsungszeichen" das sich iiber acht is gnlin wiederfindet, Thurneysen

[ 189 ]certa finiatur persona et profundae mnltitudinis sunt capaces"...

Si enim dicam 'scribo' uel 'scribis/ in ipsa uoce definiui'" etiam personam scribentis et ostendi. Sin dicam 'scribit,' incertum quis^^, donee addam uel nomen uel pronomen-". Et primae quidem 5 personae et secundae et tertiae, cum non discernunt genera^S in- aequalem habent etiam easuum declinationem...tertia, quae est 'sui' P- 197b

  • sibi' 'se' 'a se' non solum genera, sed etiam numeros confundit;

nee mirum*: nam cum relatiua" sit, ex antecedente cognitione*^ possumus ad quod genus uel numerum^ rcfertur scire, quod facit in lo genere primae et secundae personae ipsa demonstratio'* et praesentia utriusque Ilia uero, quae distingunt genera, certam habent et aequalem per utrumque numerum declinationis et easuum regulam, ut 'ille,' 'ipse,' 'iste,* et reliqua nouem^

Sunt autem eorum alia demonstratiua, alia relatiua, alia et 15 demonstratiua et relatiua", unde'^ notabiles et certae fiunt personae. .. utraque enim...praesens ostenditur persona, et eius, qui loquitur^, et illius, ad quem loquitur.

Inuenitur tamen saepissime absque aliis per ellipsin^' pro- (i. p. 579) latum...

INterest autem inter demonstrationem et relationem hoc, quod demonstratio interrogationi reddita primam cognitionem ostendit'** —


17. .. na ilchialla as ind oim^ainn 18. rocinnius 19. ceP-197a he roscrih 20. isindi scribas 21. nifodlat chenel'^ continued


1. da beith incimimasc andsora 2. .i. tresanainm nengraci- P. I97b 15 gedar 3. .i. cid chenel no cesi aram 4. .i. acht is ifoUsigud frecndairc asagnintar inego 7 tu • tri atarcud immurgu asagnintar /«'sui • 5. dei^baid cenel dano isuidib ani remitatet 6. reliqua nouem .i. anoi^ frisnatri^ .i. iU innanoi didiu • septem diriuatiua • et «is» 7 -hie* 7. .i. dinaib fodlaib remeperthib 8. .i. 30/recndairc dm .i. prima 9. treerchre 10. quod demonstratio .i. ishe in/oilsigud frecre do neoch immechoniarcar duit 7 ni em etargnv riain indainmnigthe innapersine acht iscetna netargna dondi immedchomairc* ar ni etargeiuin side riam ofoilsiged^ do • • >


17. i.e. the many meanings out of the same part (of speech). P. 197a 35 19. who it is that has written. 20. it is of him that writes, continued 21. they do not distinguish gender.

1. that there be the confusion therein. 2. i.e. through the noun p. 197b that it takes the place of. 3. i.e. what is the gender or what the number. 4. i.e. but it is in present demonstration that it is 40 recognised in ego and tu : through anaphora, however, it is recognised in sui. 5. what precedes them, then, certifies the gender in them. 6. the remaining nine, nine in addition to the three (ille, iste, ipse) : these then, are the nine, seven derivatives and is and hie. 7. i.e. from the divisions aforesaid. 8. Le. present indeed, i.e. the first 45 person. 10. i.e. this is the demonstration, an answer to what is asked of thee, and not after previous knowledge of the naming of the person, but it is the first knowledge to him that asks it, for he knew not till it was manifested to him.

a: MS. reuelatiua

b: MS. illimsin

c: for the aspiration of the object cf. Sg. 25" 11, 72» 3, 4, 198» 2, 200" 6

d: MS. noi, Thumeysen

e: MS. frisinatri; but over the second / there was probably a punctum delens, now cut off

f: MS. immebchomairc a {immedchoinairc according to Thumeysen), corr. Nigra

g: leg. probably orofoiUiged

[ 190 ]'qiiis fecit?' 'ego' — relatio uero secundam" cognitionem significat,

ut 'is,' 'de quo iam dixi^l' lure igitur 'hie",' quod primani cogni- tionem indicat, praeponitur, unde et 'praepositiuuin' nominatur, 'is' autem, quod secundam cognitionem significat, subiungitur, unde ef* 'subiunctiuum' pro merito nuncupatur, quod redigat'^ in memoriam 5 cognitionis primae"', ut si dicam : 'Aeueas filius fuit Veneris; is est qui^" uicit Turnum.' 'Ipse"" quoque in tertia persona per se, ut dictum est, positum ad recordatiouem personae refertur iam cognitae"; P. 198 a recte igitur demonstrationem, quae significatur per 'ille' et 'iste' pronomina, reparat memoriae' pronomen, <piod est 'ipse': non tamen 10 etiam 'ille' et 'iste' referri ad pronomen 'ipse' possunt-. Prima enim cognitio est per demonstratiua pronomina, secunda uero per relatiua^. Figurae'* enim uel discretionis uel significantiae causa* primae et secundae adiungitur. Quod autem tertiae est, ostenditur (I. p. 580) ex eo quod dicimus" 'ego feci,' 'tu fecisti,' 'ipse fecit,* et quod tertiae


11. .i. iar netargnu riam 12, .i. inti diarohe briathar linn riam 13. foilsigud hi frecndsiwc^ 14. ol atairhir 15. .i. atairhert hi/orathmet innapersine immeroraid riam 16. .i. inti adruhartma?' ' 17. .i. cenacomoi naich aili do airdianaccomaltar pronomen naill do oetet som iarum do suidiu • • 18. .i. diambi 20 foraithmet riam

1. .i. is ipronomen naithfoilsigthech doib ipse 2. nicumcat camaiph ille 7 iste beta naithfoilsigthecha dondi as ipse airis cetna netargnw sluindes ipse intan as foilsigthech .i. intan ihbis lasani asego" tu ?io'^ immalle • > 3. .1. istoisigiu didiu a cetna netargnw 25 inchoisechar per ille 7 iste (juam anetargne tanaise bis per ipse 4. .i. condib imdu de torand imiaforgnuso 5. .i. do chinniud innapersine 7 dia declior frialaili 7 is sinonn noen discretio 7 significtwj^m • • ■ 6. .i. iscoimdig linn inso


11. i.e. after previous cognition. 12. i.e. he of whom we have 30 spoken before. 13. demonstration in presence. 14. because it brings again. 15. i.e. bringing again into recollection of the person that he has spoken of before. 16. i.e. he whom we liave mentioned. 17. i.e. without joining any other to it, for if another pronoun be joined to it, it (sc. ipse) is in subjection to it. 18. i.e. of which there a is mention before.

1. i.e. to them ipse is a re-demonstrative pronoun. 2. Ule and iste, however, cannot be re-demonstrative to ipse, for iptse expresses together the first cognition when it is a demonstrative, i.e. when it is with ego or tu. 3. i.e. the first cognition, then, which is signified by ille and iste 40 is earlier than the second cognition which is (expressed) by ipse. 4. i.e. so that the sign of the figure may be the more abundant. 5. i.e. to define the person and to distinguish it from another, and discretio and significantia are just the same. 6. i.e. this is customary with us. [1] [2] [3] [4] [ 191 ]personae in id transferri possunf, quod* maxime in interrogationibus animaduerti potest. Quidam etiam nomen hoc (scil. 'ipse') putauerunt, quia est quando pro* 'solus' accipitur". . .

Verba priniae et secundae personae adiuncta pronominibus 5 perfectionem faciunt^"...nominibus autem non, nisi sint uerba sub- stantiua uel uocatiua...'ipse' uero omnibus uerbis adiunctum per- fectionem habet : 'ipse dedi"'...

Et quia primitiuum tarn singularis quam pluralis numeri commune, deriuatum quoque intrinsecus'-, ex qua parte possessoris" persona lo siguificatur per genitiuum primitiuum^", ex quo nascitur, utriusque numeri commune est, ut 'suns' illius'^ et 'suus' illorum"... Unde intrinsecus" personae, in quibus genetiui primitiuorum, sicut dictum est, intelleguntur, ex quibus et deriuantur, confundunt (i. p. 581) genera'*, quomodo et primitiua eorum. Extrinsecus'* uero distin- 15 guunt ea pro generibus nominum, quibus adiunguntur*': 'mens seruus,' ' mea ancella,' 'meum mancipium.' Numerus uero intrinsecus^' hie intellegitur, quem genetiui habent primitiuorum^, ex quibus deriuantur. Genera etiam possessorum'^^ demonstratio ostendit^^


7. .i. aithfoilsigud tertpersine bis and 8. .i. anaithfoilsigid P. 198 a lo sin 9. .i. cen engracugud nanmce 10. .i. adart fochenn continued naisdisen^ anisiv 11. .i. connach ainni samlaid 12. arrainn indaitrebthado 13. .i. ondrainn inmedonich hisin indaitrebthado 14. .i. isomidi dosom anisin airis coitchen ade cacha dirme 15. .i. ai .i. filius IG. .i. imia nai .i. filius • 17. .i. arrainn •25 aitrebthado 18. .i. uare asrobair mulier mens filius 7 asroba.ir uir mea filia alleiih posessoris 19. ai-rainn indatraib atrebthar and .i. fri a cocenel fogena 20. .i. fobith innacenel ixxnananman frisanacondatar in immognoni • 21. .i. arrainn indi atreba 22. .i. hothad ut mei meus hilar ut nostrw/j noster 7 reliqua .30 23. .i. innani atrebat 24. .i. cinniud .1. infailsigud failsigetar iiitrebthacha persin doadbat s6n acenel atreba anatrab atrebthar^ and • •


7. i.e. a re-demonstration of the third person which is there, p. 198 a 8. i.e. that is their re-demonstration. 9. i.e. without taking the place continued of a noun. 10. i.e. this is "pillow under the head" of a statement. 35 11. i.e. so that thus it is not a noun. 12. on the part of the possessor. 13. i.e. from that internal part of the possessor. 14. i.e. that is from this part to him (the possessor), for this is common to each number. 17. i.e. on the part of the possessor. 18. i.e. because a wife can say meus filius and a husband can say mea filia as to possessor. 40 19. on the part of the possession which is possessed there, i.e. it will be construed with its cogender. 20. i.e. because of the genders of the nouns to which they are joined in construction. 21. i.e. on the part of him who possesses. 22. i.e. singular, as mei, meus, plural, as nostrum, noster etc. 23. i.e. those that possess. 24. i.e. a defini- 45 tion, i.e. the demonstration wherewith possessives demonstrate person, that shews the gender which the possession that is possessed possesses. [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [ 192 ]p. 198b quemadmodum in primitiuis. Extrinsecus uero' terminatio distingiiit numerum, quomodo et genera et casus possessionum ; in quibus regula eorum consequentiam seruat mobilium nominuml Quaeritur^ cur 'nostras' et 'uestras' a plurali tantummodo numero diriuantur? Ad quod respondendum, quod patriam seu gentem significant. . . Et 5 possessiua quidem egent adiunctione nominum ad plenam significa- tionem*, primitiua uero non semper. Itaque perfectnm ad discre- tionem est...deficiens uero"* quantum ad discretionem... Cum igitur et articuli relationem et pronomen relationem habent, bis eundem ad cognitionem referri ostendunt^ Nee mirum, loco 10 articulorum ea nos accepisse in declinatione, cum apud Graecos (i. p. 582) quoque hisdem uocibus et in articulis et in pronominibus solent uti^ 09 ij o, ex quibus apud nos 'hie haec hoc' nascuntur pronomina articularia^ ...o 6/1,09* 8ovo<i^, id est 8ovX6<; /jlov^... ...possessiua uero transitiua'" sunt semper... ...uocatiuum non 15 habet aliud pronomen nisi secundae personae primitiuum, 'o tu,' ' o uos/ et primae possessiuum, quando ad secundam transit personam ".

...tamen possunt in tertia simul utraque inueniri in diuersis'...

...'sui'...non solum tunc refertur ad tertiam personam, quando 20


1. .i. alleith atraib 2. A.fodalet chenel fochosmaUius anman nadiecht - 3. .i. nied im'tnafoichsom hie • cid ariidid hiiathuisMh ildaih disruthaigedar'^ acht isciall indildatad ind atraih file inddib cid arna airecht pronome?? naitrebthach dia slund in othuth • - 4. do- linad anintliuchta 5. ind insce 6. .i. biet dd atarcvd and «5 ams. Hodain diambe articol 7 pronomen and • olsodin mmurgu nad recar les • 7. .i. arberat pronomen asanartocol son dm 8. .i. geinengraicichthe .i.fobith ite nodaengraicigetar • 9. .i. aitrebthach conartucol fil hie • 10. dondatrub 11. .i. intan aspersan tanaise atrebthar and 3°

1. acht ropat mini tertpersin


!• i-6' *^^ ^^6 P^*"^ ^^ possession. 2. i.e. they distinguish gender like nouns adjective. 3. i.e. it is not this that he asks here : why are they derived from plural cases? but it is the sense of plurality of possession that is in them, why was not a possessive pronoun invented to 35 express it in the singular 1 i. to complete their sense. 5. the word. G. i.e. there will be two anaphoras there in that case if there be an article and a pronoun there : which however is not needed. 7. i.e. they make a pronoun out of their article indeed. 8. i.e. the origin of taking place, i.e. because it is they that take their places. 9. i.e. a 40 possessive with an article there is here. 10. to the possession. 11. i.e. when it is the second person that is possessed there.

1. provided that the third persons are diflferent. [10] [11] [12] [ 193 ]ipsa in se agit' per reciprocationem...sed etiam cum ipsa agit' et sic alia in ipsam^-', id est cum retransit quae* dicitur^.. P- I99b

Personae pronominum sunt tres, prima, secunda, tertia. Prima^ est, cum ipsa, quae loquitur, de se pronuntiat ; secunda, cum de ea, 5 ad quam directo sermone loquitur; tertia, cum de ea, quae nee loquitur nee ad se directum accipit sermonem. Nam^ si dicamus^ prima est, quae loquitur, potest nihil de se loqui'> ^ sed de secunda" uel tertia, et fit dubitatio: similiter de secunda si dicamus, ad quam loquitur, potest intellegi et ad primam et ad tertiam*: nam locutio lo ipsa pertinet non solum ad secundam, sed etiam ad primam et ad tertiam ; de tertia quoque si dicamus de qua loquitur^ commune inuenitur trium personarum : nam et de prima et de secunda et de tertia loquitur^". Melius igitur Appollonius. . .praepossitis personarum difinitionibus" est usus.

Quid igitur^^ quod multi simul loquentes dicunt, 'nos fecimus'? (i. p. 585) ...unusquisque pars est totius^^..


2. A. aggnim feisne hnmefolngai cesad fuiri 3. .1. /or nach^. 199 a. naile 4. .i. intesi 0. .i. Giiiid sem/or^ nach naile hinunn 7 'continued gniid side conimmoliigai side cesad fairi sidi • -

1. .i. gnim doneuch forrochongart • cesad doneuch /orrorcongrad'^ - P. 199b gnim iarum dondi dodechuid cesad dondi cosatiiidches • 2. .i. herchoiViud cetnae persine 3. .i. is airi ite innafir erchoilte inso do biur • nam reliqua 4. .i. 7nad he hercJioilmd cetne persine insin .i. conibbe- dese • and • 5. nil de se loqui .i. conicsom hisuidiv nad 25 labrathar dese*^ sech nach per sin indsainriuth • " 6. .i. ni labrathar difeisne amaX sodain • 7. .i. mani be directo sermone and isinderb iarum in prima nodlabrathar i tertia 8. .i. iscoitchen doib huili 9. .i. maded nammd no bed isind herchdiliud 10. .1. cetna persan di feisin 11. .. huanaib herchoiltib toisechaib 30 12. cerricc 13. innasochuide


2. i.e. its own action causes passion on it. 3. i.e. on some other. P- 199 a 4. i.e. into it. 5. i.e. it acts on some other, and* this (other) acts so <^ontinued as to cause passion on it.

1. i.e. action to him who has ordered : passion to him that has been P. 199 b 35 ordered : action, then, to him who has come : passion to him who has been come to. 2. i.e. a definition of the first person. 3. i.e. therefore these are the true definitions that I give, nam etc. 4. i.e. if that be the definition of the first person, i.e. that de se be not there. 5. i.e. it is able here not to speak de se rather than any person 40 especially. 6. i.e. it speaks not of itself in that case. 7. i.e. if directo sermone be not there, it is uncertain then whether prima says it or tertia. 8. i.e. it is common to them all. 9. i.e. if that alone were in the definition. 10. i.e. the first person of itself. 11. i.e. (made use) of the first definitions. 13. of the multitude. [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [ 194 ]p. 200a ...ipsa positio prima nominum non ad aliquem, sed de aliquo habet locutionem ...prima enim et secunda,. nisi figurate, adiunctione nominis non egent, cum et substantiam et qualitatem tam suam ipse qui* loquitur, quam eius, ad quem praesens prae- sentem loquitur, uidetur scire uel aspicere^ 5

Cum igitur omnia pronomina...sint quindecim, alia omnia mobilia sunt*, id est ex masculinis feminina et neutra faciunt, absque tribus primitiuis primae et secundae personae, 'ego' et 'tu,' in quibus demonstration ipsa secum genus ostendit^ et 'sui,' quod cum sit relatiuum, . . tam genus quam numerum non uocis discretione®, sed lo priore cognitione" subicit. Relatio* enim est** cognitionis ante latae* repraesentatio... Quodsi quis dicat: 'cur ergo etiam 'is,' cum sit semper relatiuum, non est commune trium generum?' respondemus" quod 'sui, sibi, se a se,' non solum" relationis causa, quod supra diximus^^ sed etiam ipsius termiuationis singulorum casuum^*, qui is consimiles sunt primae et secundae, hoc habuit, ut confundat genera. Quomodo enim Graeci per tres personas primitiuorum obliquos casus similiter habent terminantes", qui et communes sunt omnium generum ; ^ifiov aov ov, ifiol aoi 61, ijxe ae e, sic nos quoque auctoritatem illorum in plerisque^® secuti per tres personas habemus ao pronomina similiter terminantia per obliquos casus et omnis


1- -i- combed secunda, 2. .i. isairi niaidlicnigetar anmmae • reliqua 3. .i. cenmithd nostras 7 uestras 7 ego 7 tu 7 sui • 4. incinniud innapersine 5. .i. lasinfoilsigud 6. .i. ni ofoilsigud suin 7 gotho 7. .i. ond annimaiinm forsamhi sliucht^ • 1^ 8. .i. intatdf'cud fit hism • 9. .i. ind anmma remthdrcidi Ham 10. med inso afrecre .i. (uod reliqua 11. .i. nihed amit as coitchen araccuis indattaircedo 12. .i. intatarcud^ hisin 13. .i. cosmaili tuisil ■ sui • frituisliu ego 7 tu • iU tra indi accuis insin arndid coitchen trechenelce • sui • 14. .i. cosmaili angenitne 30 atriur- 7 atobarthidi in • i • 7 reliqua 15. cenmithd inna hisiv


1- i-6- it would be secunda (positio). 2. i.e. 'tis therefore they need not a noun, etc. 3. i.e. except nostras and uestras and ego and tu and sui. 4. the definition of the person. 5. i.e. with the demon- 35 stration. 6. i.e. not by demonstration of sound and voice. 7. i.e. by the noun which it follows. 8. i.e. the anaphora that there is in sui. 9. i.e. of the noun previously brought forward. 10. this is the answer to it, i.e. quod etc. 11. i.e. not only is it common because of the anaphora. 12. i.e. that anaphora. 13. i.e. the 40 cases of sui are like the cases of ego and tu : those then are the two causes why sui is common trigeneric. 14. i.e. the genitives of the three are alike, and their datives in i, etc. 15. besides these. [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [ 195 ]communia generis. M. Cato in legis Meuiae* suasione: 'rex P. 200b Seleucus arma nostratia^ facit.' Plautus in Sticho": (i- P- 587)

Ergo oratores populi summates^ uiri
Summi accubent, ego infimatis infimus,

pro ' infimas'.'

Necesse est autem omnia pronomina habere trea genera uel in una eademque uoce confusa uel in diuersis distincta terminationibus ideo, quia pro uniuscuiusque rei* propriis accipiuntur nominibus, quae tam in masculinis quam in t'emininis quam in neutris in- lo ueniuntur generibus, quae in pronominibus quoque necesse est ostendi', sen demonstratione® seu relatione.

...sermo inter mares et feminas exercetur quorum sunt priraae et secundae personae id est a quibus profertur et ad quos dirigitnr loquela'... ...possunt aequidem etiam hominum inueniri noraina

  • 5 neutri generis^... ...deriuatiua pronomina... 'meus, tuus, suus, (i. p. 588)

noster, uester, nostras, uestras,' alterius sunt generis intrinsecus, hoc est communis trium generum, in quo possessor ostenditur, et alterius extrinsecus, hoc est mobilis, in quo possesio denuntiatur,


1. hilar nostrate 2. huasail 3. .i. dothaidbsin indi" as P. 200b ao infimatis romhoi apwc? ueteres taresi irxdi as infimas -^i^e hodie • 4. each oinfolaid 5. huare nengraicigetar pronomina. anman each folaid ■ 6. I'obo opvonoihneih^ foilsigdde phersin frecndairc 7. .i. is etarru biid immacaldaim 8. .i. archuit suin 9. al- leith aitrebthado 10. Gaibit inna -pronomina. aittrebthacha engraic «5 anmce dilis indaitrebthado ar intan asrhbiursa meus engraicigidir insin mo ainm diles 7 nomrela 7 nometargnigedar • oaich deicen monomen diles doeipirt alleith...ind{ aitreba extrinsecus uero .i. arrainn ind{i at)trebthar ndo a(caldaim) . . {en)gracaigedar . . div . 7 is aicn{ed en)gracaiged .i. mui*' .i asbeir sem is g 30 anm,maim foir do atr as ret las • -^ 11. alleith indi atreba

1. plural of nostrate. 3. i.e. to shew that infimatis was (used) P. 200b by the ancients instead of infimas which is (in use) to day. 4. of every single substance. 5. because pronouns take the place of nouns 35 of every substance. 6. either by pronouns which demonstrate a present person. 7. i.e. 'tis between them is conversation. 8. i.e. as regards sound. 9. on the part of the possessor. 10. the possessive pronouns take the place of the proper name of the possessor, for when I say meus that takes the place of my proper name, and mani- 40 fests me and signifies me, so that it is unnecessary to say mj' proper name 11. on the part of him that possesses. [23] [24] [25] [26] [27] [28] [ 196 ]quod terminatione consequent! discemitur. . , Et sciendum, quod intrinsecus proprii loco funguntur, extrinsecus uero magis appel- latiui^l

. ..in nominibus possessiuis et quae a propriis deriuantur, infinitae" possunt intellegi possessiones, nisi adiectione nominis alicuius dis- 5 P. 201a cernantur, ut 'tilius mens/ 'Telamonius" natus^',' 'Euandrius ensis/ et uide, quod appellatiua magis asciscunt, quae communis* sunt qualitatis^ Tam autem possesiua pronomina quam nomina in genetiuum primitiuorum resoluuntur^.

Commune habent possessiua pronomina cum possessiuis no- 10 minibus...; non commune, quod pronomina possessiua omnis sunt communia possessoris, nomina possessiua non omnis'... (i. p. 589) Dubitatur numerus possessoris in nominibus" possessiuis, quae ab appelatiuis deriuantur... in pronominibus uero non, quia tam per siugularem quam per pluralem numerum* possitiones sunt, excepto 15 'suns'...

...aut enim simplicia sunt omnia pronomina, aut composita. Simplicia" sunt omnia alia per nominatiuos, trea tantum com- ponuntur...'iste' 'is' 'hie' Componuntur igitur 'iste' et 'hie' secum', ut 'istic', istaec, istoc'... Eius femininum^ 'eadem,' neutrum' 20 'idem' i correpta... In neutro" tamen praeterea geminatur compositio : dicimus enim 'identidem",' id est 'idem et idem'.., P. 201b Itaque regula^ exigit per duas i uel per e et i tam nominatiuum


12. alleith atraib 13. .i. infinitse .i. is ecrichthe anatrab 7 7ii fintar cid attrehthar and conducthar nomen fris 14 possesmz^w .i. telamonde .i. telamonis filius 15. .i. in mace

1. .i. inna inne doacaldmaiche son 2. tresingenitin inchetnidi reltair int intsliucht ind aitrehthaig • - 3. ishe'^ se sis andechor 4. .i. isnectar de his and 5. .i. nigndth cAomsuidigud* inainmnidih pronomen^ acht inna tri dombeirsom, 6. .i. lea 30 7. .i. inti siu 8. atd dm 9. ata dano 10. .i. cid com- suidigthe idem indneutair consuidigther camaiph iterum 11. ed nonden

1. deg indainmnedo Ao cAomsuidigud


12. on the part of possession. 13. i.e. the possession is indefinite, and what is possessed there is not discovered until a name is put to it. 14. i.e. a possession, i.e. Telamonian, i.e. Telamon's son. 15. i.e. the son.

1. i.e. of the appellative quality. 2. through the genitive of the primitive the meaning of the possessive is manifested. 3. this below is their diiTerence. 4. i.e. it is one of the two that is there. 5. i.e. composition in the nominatives of pronouns is unusual save the three which he gives. 8. there is indeed. 9. there is moreover. 10, i.e. though the idem of the neuter is compounded, yet it is com- pounded again.

1, because of the nominative by composition. [29] [30] [31] [32] [33] [ 197 ]pluralem masculini quani datiuos et ablatiuos omnium pluralium scribi, id est 'iidem' uel 'eidem' et 'iisdem' uel 'eisdem.' luuenalis :

dat eisdem ferre cenaedis^

- Solent autem auctores etiam per synaerisin*' unam i ponere pro duabus... 'Iste' uero et 'hie' non componitur nisi per eos casus, qui in c desinunt, absque datiuo^..per pluralem uero nullum nisi nominatiuum neutri, qui est et accusatiuus. Nam hie solus in plurali numero c habet finalem', ut 'hie istic'...qui semper singularera lo sequitur feminini®. Quidam tamen haec quoque per metaplasmum^'^ finis* quam {per} compositionem proferri confirmant^". Vnde nee aspirationem seruant", quomodo nee 'illic illaec^'^'; quod'* autem composita seruant'*, ostendunt aduerbia 'adhuc' et 'abhinc.' Nam 'egomef' et cetera, quibus adiungitur 'met,' magis per por- 15 rectionem'* uel assumptionem"...solent proferri. Et primae quidem (i. p. 591) personae omnibus adiungitur casibus : 'egomet, meimet, mihimet, memet,' secundae uero personae obliquis solis'^ ut 'tuimet, tibimet.' ...si dicamus 'tumet'®.' ...'tutS^' 'tutgmet^^'... Vnde


2. .i. donaib cenelaibsin 3. trithobce 4. .i. ni cowsuidigud P. 201 b 70 fri tobarthid 5. .i. indainmnid hilsav wewtair ishe aoenur arecar contmwed hi ' c ' 6. .i. is fornoin^ ti deilb biit semper 7. .i. trefoxal • e • 8, .i. isticce" .i./oroa;lad -e • as 9. .1. indforcinn 10. A. issi aciallsom ata comsuidigthi ni diltai dano incetbuid nisiu 11. in medio olseatsom 12. .i. cruth nandat cAomsuidigthi sidi leo 7 25 nddtechta.t tinfed 13. ol 14. .i. is folliis isnaib dobriathrsiib so ata comsuidigthi quia seruant aspira^io//em 15. .i. is fochetbuid alanaile beos inso 7 non dicit aliam regulam quia sibi placet 16. .i. treeiscsin .i. condibsia de iudrann 17. .i. tre airitin arfdim tormag /air 18. cenmd^ innainmnid^ 19. dtumet 30 20. ost'A 21. ost'A


2. i.e. to those kinds. 3. i.e. it is not composition with the dative, p. 201b 4. i.e. the nominative plural neuter, this alone is found (ending) in c. continued 6. 'tis according to one paradigm they are always (declined). 7. i.e. by removing e. 8. i.e. isticce, i.e. e has been removed from it. 9. i.e. 35 of the termination. 10. i.e. this is their idea, that they are compounds. Now he (Priscian) does not deny this opinion. 11. in medio say they. 12. i.e. as they are not compounds in their opinion and have no aspira- tion. 14. i.e. in these adverbs (adhuc, ab-hinc) it is clear that they are compounds, because they keep the aspiration. 15. i.e. this, further, 40 is according to the opinion of others, et etc. 16. i.e. by porrection, i.e. that the part of speech may be the longer. 17. i.e. by an assump)- tion it takes an addition upon it. 18. except the nominative. [34] [35] [36] [37] [38] [ 198 ]p. 202a neque in alio casu^ eandem 'te' syllabae adiectionem inuenies. Nee non pluralis numeri additur 'met' casibus aliis absque genitiuo^...

'Pte' quoque ablatiuum trium posesiuorum pronominum inuenio asciscere^: 'meapte, tuapte, suapte'...

Sciendum tamen, quod 'met' et 'te' adduntur supra dictis 5 pronominibus uel discretionis causa* plerunque uel significantiae", ut Terentius :

(i. p. 592) Egomet® rapui,

intelligimus enim ' et ego et non alius'.'

P. 202b Haec igitur, hoc est 'met te pte ce' adiectiones esse ipse sensus^ lo (i. p. 593) arguit, qui nullus in his separatis potest inueniri^ : nihil enim compositum diuiditur, quod non cum separetur, quamuis sit ex corruptis, tamen haec eadem corrupta ab integris esse ostendit'... Ergo ' egomet, tute, suapte, huiusce ' minime dicenda sunt com- posita, quia additio, si separetur, nihil significare possit per se. ^5

(i. p. 594) .. aduerbia personas simul et numeros et casus in eodem habere non possunt^ Sunt enim quaedam personas significantia tantum, ...quaedam casus uidentur certos nominum habere'... Adeo autem non est idem dicere 'ecce' et 'eccum,' quod® 'ecce^' aduerbium


P. 202 a 1. .i. cenmithd innainmnid .i. tv _ 2. ar nitormagar frisuidi 20 3. .i. ceni tahair sem desimrecht acht arfemen tantura i 4. .i. do dechrugud persine frialaili 5. .i. dofoirhdet ni cenid ar c^omsuidigthib adrimter inna fortormach so .1. cinnit 7 dofoirndet dechrogod innapersine fri alaili • ^ 6. .. ni nach aile 7. .i. asmme moinur aridrochell • ar mad ego nammd asbevad hes nobed 25 nachaile leis oc inndairchellad amsd sodain •

P. 202 b 1. .i. fil indib 2. .i. nitechtat sens iarna netarscarad 3. .i. cid druailnide rhbes chechtar indarann mnc^omsuidigthiu adcuireddar doldni fritaidbech inchomsuidigthi sin • ivmafortdrmach ucut tmmurgu ni inchoisget sidi ni iarna mbrith onaib rannaib 3° frismbiat 4. .i, sech atd son in svp?"adictis 5. .i. ar c^osmailius tarmorcin 6. .i. ol 7. .i. as ecce


P. 202a 1. i.e. besides the nominative, tu. 2. for it is not added to this. 3. i.e. though he gives no example save only for the feminine. 4. i.e. to distinguish (one) person from another. 5. i.e. they signify 35 somewhat, though these additions are not reckoned as compounds, that is, they define and signify the distinction of the (one) person from another. 6. i.e. it is no other. 7. i.e. that it is I alone who have taken it away; for if he had said ego only, perchance another might have been with him at the taking away in that case. 4°

P. 202b 1. i.e. which is in them. 2. i.e. they have no meaning after their separation. 3. i.e. though each of the two parts in the com- pound be corrupt, they return to completeness at the breaking up of that compound. Yon increments, however, they do not signify anything after being taken from the parts of speech with which they are. 4, i.e. but 45 that is in the supradicta. 5. i.e. for similarity of termination. [ 199 ]licet tam mares quam feminas et unum et* plures demoiistrantibus dicere...

'Mecum' autem et 'tecum, secum, nobiscum, uobiscura/ per anastrophen* cum pronomine praepositio est. Vnde et casus, qui P. 203 a 5 seruiunt praepositioni 'cum' id est ablatiui, in utroque numero trium personarum componuntur'^;...sic 'cum me' et 'mecum.' Nam antiquissimi utrumque dicebant^ sed in plurali primae personae cacenphati causa* solebaut per anastrophen dicere 'nobiscum' pro 'cum nobis.' Itaque propter hoc reliquaruni quoque personarum lo ablatiuos similiter" praepostere proferre coeperunt teste... Cicerone, qui de oratore his utitur uerbis : 'noluimus 'cum me' et 'cum te' dicere, ne eadem computatione adiungendum esset 'cum nobis^' sed potius 'mecum' et 'tecum* et 'nobiscum' diximus, 'cum' prae- positione, quae facit obscenum'^, assidue postposita.' Antiqui tamen (r. p. 595) 15 absque obseruatione* naturali ordine^ haec protulisse inueniuntur. Nulla tamen monosyllaba praepositio anastrophen patitur nisi ea^" fortassis" ideo enclitici uice" fungitur, quia enclitica monosyllaba^^ sunt: 'que, ue, ne.'

Nee mirum, supra dicta pronomina unius causa idem pati, cum 20 in aliis quoque quibusdam structuris^' haec eadem"'^* sola communes


8. .i. tre impuud .i. tucad atosuch fodiu(d) P- 202b

1. .i. as cum 2. .i. air it comsuidigthi aliter is comfuirmud ^°"**""«<^ forgnusa iantum 7 ni comsuidigud 3. .i. cum me 7 mecum .i. * * nobith leo cum in principio 7 in fine 4. inna aisndisen do- is chuirde .i. dochrud leo • n • indiad • ra • o. fri nobiscum 6. arna dernmis cum nobis air dian denmis cum me • dogenmis dano cum nobis 7. .i. mad arthosuch beid 8. cen imcabdil cacenfati 7 cen imcabdil cum nobis do epirt 9. remsuidigud inna remthechtas 10. .i. combad airi^nobeth cu7n in fine in supradictis 10 ar choibnius frisnacovaaccomlasa 11. .i. inchomaccomuil foac- covaailtig 12. .i. fona 13. imnwgnamib 14, 15. .i. uerba as6eir sis i haec eade??i .i. dligeda inchoitchennsa »


8. by anastrophe, i.e. its beginning has been put at the end. P. 202b

2. i.e. for they are compounds. Aliter it is a collocation of form continued 35 only, and not composition. 3. they used to have cum (both) at the ^- ^^^* beginning and at the end. 4. of the disagreeable pronunciation : i.e. n after m they deemed disagreeable. 5. to nobiscum. 6. that we might not make cum. nobis : for if we made cum me, we should then make cttm, nobis. 7. i.e. if it should be as the beginning. 8. with- 40 out shunning cacophony and without shunning to say cum nobis. 9. the preposition in its anteposition. 10. i.e. it would be therefore that cum is in fine in the words aforesaid, on account of its affinity to these conjunctions. 11. i.e. of the subjunctive conjunction. 12. i.e. according to the. 14, 15. i.e. the verbs which he mentions below, or 45 hciec eadem, i.e. the laws of the community. [39] [40] [41] [ 200 ]habent quasdarn proprietates. 'Interest"' et 'refert' genitiuo sclent adiungi omnium casualium absque supra dictis^" quinque pronomin- ibus, pro quorum genitiuis ablatiuos ponimus possessiuorum, ut 'interest' et 'refert mea'... 'Cuia' quoque infiniti possessiuum cum supra dictis uerbis pro genitiuo primitiui ponitur. Cicero pro 5 Vareno: 'ea caedes si potissimum crimini* datur, detur ei, cuia^^ interfuit,..' cuius gentile^® non solum 'cuias,' sed etiam 'cuiatis' pro- ferebant coramuni genere. Plautus :

Quid sit, cuiatis, unde sit, ne passeris^^.

Sed si quem forte tangit, quod in fine sit 'cum' praepositio^', in lo compositione autem plus dicatur ea pars ualere, quae in fine fit^, sciat, quod^^ coniunctiones et praepositiones et aduerbia uim nominum uel pronominum ante se positorum in compositione non motant^^ ut ...'totidem^^ idem, tantundem,' cuius genitiuus solus ex obliquis inuenitur, 'tantidem^^'...quod quamuis uideatur pro 'eiusdem' poni^, 15 tamen significat quantitatem, quae in pronomine esse minime potest, quod substantiam solam... significat 'Tantundem' ergo nihil aliud significat nisi relationem et similitudinem quantitatis, quod etiam si posset pro 'idem' accipi, non tamen iam et pronomen esset^

16. it he inso inna briathra, atd coitchennas tra. itar indi hrethir 20 continued so iniiHTCiognoxu. 17. ni /ognat friangenitnesidi" 18. isadi^ l ahlatiuus .i. darorbai .i. is di in cin quasi cuius i ahlatiuus pro geni^i'ao ut supradicti • 19. isa immchomairsnech ceniuilsidi indi as quis 20. .i. inpaseir .i. indecheneul paseir 21. ascuw 22. isdi oetet ind rann bis hitossuch 23. cesued insin asgndth 25 24. inrandatid 25. tot 7 demum dluthe chovisuidigtheo tuicc • i • nind 26. inna oenamdite 27. tarMssi^ ezwsdem 7 ni bi seni son wanurgu calldic

P. 203 b 1. apronomen asberr eiusdem. 7 each ipronomen dano chene is folud persine inchosig 2. nibad pronomen airi 3°


P. 203 a continued P. 203b 16. these are the verbs. There is a community then between these two verbs in construction. 17. they are not construed with their genitives. 18. it is his, or an ablative, i.e. it has come to him, i.e. his is the crime quasi etc. 19. it is the gentile interrogative of quis. 20. of the passer, i.e. is it of the genus of the passer 1 22. the part 35 of speech that is at the beginning is in subjection to it. 23. though that is usual. 24. as respects parts (of speech). 25. from tot and demum: closeness of composition has put the i into it. 26. of the same size. 27. in place of eiusdem, and yet, however, that is not. 1. the pronoun eiusdem and every pronoun besides, 'tis the substance 40 of a person that it signifies. 2. it would not therefore be a pronoun. [42] [43] [44] [45] [46] [ 201 ]Non enim id, quod pro' aliquo accipitur, omnimodo' etiam ex eadem specie* accipiendum est.

Componuntur nomina cum pronominibus, ut 'huiusmodi*, istius- modi, huiuscemodi'...et sunt omnia nomina, etiam quae** in fine 5 pronomen habuerint : cum enim qualitatem significant, pronomina esse non possunt®. ...quos enim casus separata per appositionem^ habere exigebat structura, eos in compositione seruare*. Numerus pronominibus accidit,.. Sola enim declinabilia pos- sunt habere ex hisdem uocibus tam singulareni numerum quam lopluralem', id est quae sub personas finitas cadere soleiit"... Quamuis igitur aduerbia sunt quaedam numerorum", tamen non (i. p. 597) ex eadem uoce singularem et pluralem significant^- nee ad personas uel singulas singularem uel plures pluralem, quomodo supra dictae partes, reddunt numeros... Et intrinsecus^ quidem eundem P. 204a 15 habent, quem primitiiia eorum, extrinsecus autem pro terminationis forma singularem" et pluralem: 'mens mei, noster nostri.' Vnde 'suus,' quia et primitiuum eius utriusque est numeri commune, id quoque intrinsecus^ utriusque est numeri commune tam per singu-


3. onach mud etir s6n 6 each mud .i. ni ocachmljd isairiti- • p. 203 b 20 4. .i. ond oen ranndato s6n .i. ond dengue randatad j folid air is '^°^^^^^^^'^ folud persine dofoirde eiMsdem intamail mdte twimurgu dofoirnde tantundem • 5. prono?new hifoirciunn indib robu samlid dano roboi modi huius^ hitosuch 7 reliqua .i. Y>ronornen indib fodeud 6. .i. it anm,an asmbiur diib nitat prono7?ima 7. trechomaisndis 25 8. ^alite?' quos exige in compositione .i. orop samlid beit in compositione^ amail rombatar hicomaisndis quos .i. easels*, exigebat 9. .i. odib innon infogor hitar hothad 7 hilax air is hd infogur c6tna filter and 10. ataat persin in nomine 7 in paxticipio ceto ecintecha 11. dofoirdet draim 12. .i. conoSn ^^guth nofilte amal filter ainm

1. alleith aittrebthado 2. arainn aittrebthado P. 204a


3. that is, in any way at all, or in every way, i.e. not in every way P. 203b is it to be accepted. 4. i.e. from the same particularity, i.e. from the <^ontinued same kind of particularity and substance, for 'tis the substance of a 35 person that eiusdem denotes : ('tis) the similitude of quantity, however, that tantundem denotes. 5. a pronoun at the end in them. It was thus then that modi huius was in the beginning etc., i.e. a pronoun in them at the end. 6. i.e. it is nouns which I call them, not pronouns. 8. ...so that thus they maybe in composition as they were in apposition. 40 9. i.e. so that the sound be the same in both singular and plural, for it is the same sound that is inflected there. 10. there are persons in the noun and in the participle, though they are infinite. 11. which signify number. 12. i.e. with one sound to be inflected as a noun is inflected.

1. from the side of the possessor. 2. from the part of the P. 204a possessor.

[47] [48] [49] [50] [51] [52] [53] [ 202 ]larem quam pluralem declinationem ; dicimus enim 'suus illius**' ' suus* illorurn.'

(ii. p. 1) Lib. XIII. . . . uocatiuus . . . proprius est secundae ... scilicet ad quam sernio rectus' dirigitur. Vnde nomina quoqiie et participia in uocatiuo casu secundae personae sunt®... Itaque etiam in 5 appellatiuis nominibus ipsa demonstratione secundae personae pro- priorum loco fungi uidentur in eo casu", ut si dicam ' grammatice/ neminem alium significo nisi eum ad quem loquor^ Primae P. 204b quoque personae possessiuum...uocatiuura quoque propter secundam assumit personam, cum ad earn dirigatur^ Terentius.,.in eunocho... 10

o mea Thais,
Meum sabium'^^

(11. p. 2) ' Nostras ' quoque gentile eundem habet nominatiuum et uoca- tiunm^

Sunt igitur alia monoptota...alia triptota, ut ' sui, sibi, se^'... 15 Nam pronomina exaptota non inueniuntur'... Terentius uoca- tiuum in eunocho :

o mea tu'.

Nee in nominibus tamen hoc inuenias nisi tribus, quae nomi- natiuum in us et genitiuum in ius terminantia secundum quorun- ^o dam pronominum declinationem flectuntur^ ...'ullus, nullus, alius' uocatiuos habere non possunt*...

(11. p. 3) ...Dorice^ et aov^^" et 0^9" dici solet. In 01/9 autem desinens genitiuus solet apud nos in is diffiniri^^ ... ... huiuscemodi P. 205a genitiuus^'... Vnde Romani sextum casum assumpserunt^ In 25 plurali uero numero, quia tertia persona, id est ' sui,' tam singularis


P. 204 a continued P. 204 b P. 205 a .3. di .i. UMuB 4. [in marg.] inna di'^ .i. fihus reliqua Lib. XIII 5. acaldam hifrecndairc 6. in immfognam 7. .i. gaibit engraic anmmce dilis isintuisiulsin 8. .i. ciaso doacaldmach aifi grammatice 30

1. comlahridi 2. amoaine .1. amochland ^ro^r'ium 3. .1. nostras dano 4. delha tuisel 5. is airi nistabor 6. athvsv 7. .i. file fordivll^ pronominis 7 in aliis c^ano 8. .i. is airi nis tabor 9. indoracdid insin 10. .i. tis 11. sis 12. ut mis • tis 13. sis 35

1. .i. huare rombdi lagrecu angnce ut an^e dixit


P. 204 a 5- allocution in the present (face to face). 6. in construction. continued 7. i.e. they take the place of a proper name in that case. 8. though grammatice is appellative.

P. 204b 1- allocutive. 2. O my delight, i.e. O my child. Or a proper 40 name. 3. i.e. nostrds also (is the vocative). 4. forms of cases. 6. therefore I do not give them. 6. O thou. 7. i.e. which are (inflected) according to the pronominal declension and in others also. 8. i.e. therefore I do not give them. 9. that is in the Doric fashion (Dorice). 45

P. 205a 1. i.e. because the Greeks had the form, as he said before. [54] [55] [56] [57] [ 203 ]communis est quam pluralis numeri, prima et secunda sibi con- gruunt'... Quod igitur habent nominum, id est casus et genera, (n. p. 4) in fine ostendunt ; quod uero uerborum, in principalibus syllabis uitandae causa confusionis'.

5 In omnibus autem concidentibus* hoc sciendum, quod structura uel ordinatio orationis dubitationem repellit.

Quaeritur etiani illud, cur,...apud Latinos 'sui' et nominatiuo deficit et pluralia separatim non habuit ? Ergo iure deficit, ne P. 205b dubitationem faceret^ sicut et ' sis ' in genitiuo pro ' sui.' Omnia 10 enim pluralia apud Graecos in ot* desinentia mutant eam in i, (u .p. 5) AaTLvoi^ 'Latini,' sic ol" 'hi.' ...unde aspirationem quoque ubi- que seruauit*, quae est et in Graecis...pronominibus. Hoc tamen illterest^ quod tertia persona primitiui apud Graecos relatiua est...

...'hicce haecce hocce.' Vnde uocali quoque sequente ablata per 15 synaloepham, manentibus duabus c solebant producere ' hocc'^^' (n. p. 6) Vnde Virgilius in II Aeneidos:

Hocc" erat alma parens...

sed scriptorum neglegentia praetermisit unam c".

...quomodo et apud Graecos avrrj et ovto<; vel 09 et ^^.. Ilia P. 206a 10 enim quae quibusdam uisa est ratio non adeo firma uidetur, ideo in (n. p. 7) um facere neutrum^, quia in us desinit masculinum. Nam alius, cum in us terminetur, neutrum tamen 'aliud' fecit'.

' Alis^ ' quoque pro ' alius ' antiquissimi protulerunt. P 206b

'Quis' etiam communis esse generis putauerunt uetustissimi, (u. p, g) «5 sicut apud Graecos oo-Tt?^


2. .i. isairi nisnairmiin sidi^ quia reliqua 3. dodechvr p. 205 a accidentivm erhoTum 7 nominwxn quae pronomini accidvnt 4. si- continued milibus .i. otuitet hicosmailivs

1. inetarrogo son dm 2. .i. huare is ■ vi • in • i • oroscaiged P. 205b 30 and tantuva 7 ni comarscaiged • dasien • 3. .i. inter hie 7 agrec^ 4. ani as hoc 5. indala • c

1. alagr^c 2. .i. issed se an dliged 3. air ckeso in • us • P. 206 a conosna s6n ni in • um • dogni aneutur

1. .i. I'obdi do ainmnid 7 do genitin aipud vetystissimos 2. .i. P. 206b 35 gT4c indi as quis t qui


2. i.e. 'tis therefore I do not reckon them, because etc. 3. to dis- P. 205a tinguish the accidents of verbs etc. 4. i.e. which coincide in similarity, continued

1. in choosing between indeed. 2. i.e. since it is vi that has been P. 205b changed into i therein only and the rough breathing has not been changed. 40 3, i.e. between hie and its Greek. 4. that which is hoc (the word hoc). 5. one of the two cs.

1. the second Greek. 2. i.e. this is the rule. 3. for P. 206 a although this ends in -us it does not make its neuter in -um.

1. i.e. it stood for a nominative and for a genitive with the ancients. P. 206b 45 2. i.e. the Greek of quis or qui. [58] [59] [60] [61] [62] [63] [ 204 ](ii. p. 9) ...ablatiuus quoque Don solum in o, sed etiam in i : 'a quo' uel P. 207a ' a qui ' et ' a qua ' uel * a qui^' Virgilius in XI :

Accam ex aequalibus unam,
Quicum partiri curas,

pro 'quacum^'

Nam datiuum et ablatiuum nunc quoque tam per is quam* per bus proferimus, 'quis' uel 'quibus^' Sciendum autem, quod 'qui,' quando pro interrogatiuo uel infinito, id est pro 'quis' ponitur, circumflectitur^ quando autem pro relatiuo, accuitur per se*, in lectione uero grauatur^. Similiter obliqui cassus generalem ac- lo centuum^ regulam seruant^ quando sunt infinita uel interrogatiua, quando uero relatiua, acuuntur" per se", idem*^ in lectione grauantur per omnes syllabas**.

(ii. p. 10) Quaeritur...an ' huius huic/ 'cuius cui,' ' eius ei' monosyllaba sint accipienda in datiuo, quod regula exigit^ et plerique poetarum 15 metris comprobant, ut Virgilius... in I georgicon :

Huic a stirpe pedes temo protentus in octo,

et ubique hoc seruat'". Vnde pluralis etiam datiuus et ablatiuus secundum analogiam in ius terminantinm genitiuum singularem . . . 'ei/ 'eis' uel 'iis,' ut *cui",' 'quis,' 'huic'... ...per dierisin^'^ 20 autem 'ei' et 'eis' inuenitur bisillabum...

P. 207 b Terentius in adelphis:

O mi Aeschine,
O mi germane.

Adeo autem masculini est uocatiuus possessiui, et non genitiuus 25


P. 206b 3. dofoxa,d femin

continued ^ j fQ^,f}i(^g{ foxlada femin 2. .i. isairi nithabur^ ladligeda arside reliqua 3. A. frisalethar rhbis qui ■ archintech - 4. .1. quando fit solus ut qui .i. inti sin 5. .i, med a aicnedsom son • 6. .i. ind aiccend bias forsindainmnid is4 bias forsnaib camthuisiih 3° .i. circvnflexMS 7. intan mbite anoinur 8. .i. armad hisuidiv isgraif bis foraib som 9. .i. beta noin syllabcha 10. .i. oinsyllabche hi • cvi 7 hvic • 11. analach 12. tre indlach


P. 206b 3. as an ablative feminine. 35

continued -^ ^ p jj^ place of an ablative feminine. 2. i.e. therefore I do P. 207a j^Qj. g^^g -^ with the rules of the ancients etc. 3. i.e. he expects *that qui is (used) for the definite. 5. i.e. this is its nature. 6. i.e. the accent which will be on the nominative is that which will be on the oblique cases, viz. a circumflex. 7. when they are alone. 8. i.e. 40 for if it be in this (in lectione) the grave is upon them. 9. i.e. that they shall be monosyllabic. 10. i.e. monosyllabism in cui and huic. 11, analogy. 12. by diaeresis. [64] [65] [66] [67] [68] [69] [ 205 ]uel datiuus primitiui per sinagopam, quod quibusdara uidetur quod Dunquam uocatiue positum feininino uel neutro adiungiturl

' O ' non esse pronomen, multis modis ostenditur. Nam ex quo sit nominatiuo'? 'Tu' enim, quod est secundae personae, eundem 5 habet nominatiuum et uocatiuum, qui assumit ' o,' ut ' 6 tCi*.'

Non est igitur pronomen : nee articulus uero, cum semper in demonstratione' ponitur * o,' quae contraria est relationi, quam arti- culus significat. Delude® articulum Romani non habentl ' Qui*' quoque', oaxKi, signification e interpretationis uidetur habere arti- lo culum subiunctiuum, simplex tamen nomen est apud Latinos, quo- (n. p. 12) modo phirima quoque alia inueniuntur apud nos simplicia, quae apud Graecos coraposita sunt, ut ' felix ' euTu;^7;9...et alia mille'". Non tamen ideo significationem Graecam attendentes debemus ea com- posita dicere uel quae ex contrario inueniuntur simplicia apud illos, 15 apud nos composita", ut 'incestus' /ji€/jLov/jL/j,€vo<;^^' . . Sine dubio igitur^' 'o' aduerbium est uocandi et optandi"...


1. .1. asngenitiv i ^o6arthid 2. .1. nibad samlaid son mad P. 207b onchetnidiu nobed ar nobiad frifemen 7 7ieutaT arnaH sodin • - 3. .i. air do ainmnid diitnigidir .i. 7nasu ipronomen .i. ni fil^ 4. .i. da «o do menad nech abuith • tu • air istogarthid • do • nifir 5. .i. hi- togarmim frecndairc 6. innnadiad 7. .i. accuis aile onach articol • o • lalaitn6ri 8. .i. as oaTi^ 9. Qui quoque reliqua .i. uidetur • qui • ha6ere axticulum subiunctiuum signijicatinne inter- pretationis .i. ocrt? .i. indi as • ocrrt? • reliqua .i. inni aetarcerta sidi «5 .i. xssi ind etarcdrt in son grecde .i. oinni inna eperta grecda doadbadar as cAomsuidigthe isingietc oari^ • diuit immurgu qui linni'^ 10. .i. corrid mill .i. foirbthe ar anfoirbthiu*^ reliqua 11. dt comswidigthi lagrecu ni ecen dunni beta comsuidigthi linn 12. son diuit insin 13. .i. o • siv 14. .i. o .i. afameinn 30 pro vtinam


1. 1.6. that it is a genitive or a dative. 2. i.e. this would not be p. 207b thus if it {mi) were from the primitive, for then it would be (used) with the feminine and neuter. 3. i.e. for from what nominative is it? i.e. if it is a pronoun, i.e. it is not. 4. i.e. if anyone thought that it (o) 35 was from tu^ since it is a vocative thereto, (this opinion) is false. 5. i.e. in present calling. 7. i.e. another cause so that o is not an article with the Latins, qui, i.e. oo-t«s seems to have a subjunctive article by its sense of interpretation, i.e. of oo-ns etc., that is, from the sense of its interpretation, i.e. this is the interpretation, the Greek word. From the ♦o sense of the Greek vocable ocrris is shewn to be a compound in the Greek. With us, however, qui is simple (uncompounded). 10. Le. up to a thousand, i.e. a perfect (number) for an imperfect one. 11. although they are compounds with the Greeks it is unnecessary for us that they should be compounds with us. 12. that is a simple (uncomjx)unded) 45 word. 13. o here. 14. would that! iox utinam. [70] [71] [72] [73] [ 206 ]p. 208a Nemo' enim recte dicit 'Appollonius ambulo^ Aristofanes am- bulas^'... Itaque loco tertiae personae melius nomen ponitur, et (II. p. 13) maxime si abest^ r.-.tiisi"»® uel praesens sit iuxta et demonstratiue hoc ipsum uolentes indicare dicamus ' hie ' uel ' iste/ uel longe uideatur et dicamus 'ille,' uel, si absit, quasi de iam cognito utamur 5 relatiuo ' is/ dicentes de quo iam nouimus aliquid uel locuti ante sumus'. Cum igitur in demonstratione sit prima et secunda persona, hoc autem nominis caret nominatiuus, iure ad tertiam retruditur personam^ Substantiuis autem et uocatiuis solis ideo adiunguntur uerbis et primae et secundae personae nominatiui nominum^... ^o

Cum igitur omnia quae sibimet coniunguntur in diuersis posita personis casualia, siue disiungantur sine copulentur, eundeni seruant casum, uocatiuus hoc solus seruare non potest^". ...caeteris uero casibus diuersas personas iungimus, quippe cum in omnibus illi inueniuntur personis". Ergo quando dicimus ' et ego et ille et tu,' i5 P. 208b sine dubio* nominatiuus est tu. Idque maxime dinoscitur^ in plurali numero... ...pronomina hisdem casibus adiunguntur in nomin- ibus" : * ego Virgilius '. . .' mei Virgilii ' . .


P. 208a 1. .i. is airi asbiur it tertiae qwando carent substanfmo • nemo enim reliqua 2. .i. manitormais ego • 3. .i. manitormais tv • 20 4. .i. huare nadmhi hifrecndairc indtertpersan semper ar is c6ir a^ronomen diainchoscsi mad frecndaiYC, • ^ 5. A. tertpersan 6, .i. Air mad frecndairc foilsigthech apronomen nirecar less ind anmmae amail sodsdr acht islour apronomen 7. .i. inti dianeprem • is • 8. .i. oid tertpersan nominatiuus nommis 9. .i. is doih anoinur 25 adcomaltar^ intan incosaig priina,m y securidsim 10. A. forcomdtas 7 accomol ind ointvisil ipersanaib ecsamlib acht isinoin persin atacomla vt inante dicit • 1 1 . .i. is coitchen dosvidib buith hicacha persanaib nicummce 7 vocatiMw*

P. 208b 1. asnainmnid 2. .i. is hinon tuisel pronominis 7 nommis 30 is indaccomol


P. 208 a 1. i.e. therefore I say they are third persons when etc. 2. i.& unless thou add ego. 3. i.e. unless thou add tu. 4. i.e. since the third person is not always present, for it is meet that the pronoun should signify it, if it be present. 5. i.e. a third person. 6. i.e. for if 35 the pronoun be present demonstrative, there is no need of the noun in that case, but the pronoun is enough. 7. i.e. he of whom we say is. 8. i.e. so that the nominative of the noun is the third person. 9. i.e. to them alone it is joined when it signifies the first and second. 10. i.e. the conservation and junction of the one case in the various 40 persons, but it is in one person that it joins itself, as he says afterwards. 11. i.e. to them it is common to be in all persons, not the same as the vocative.

P. 208b 1. that it is a nominative. 2. i.e. the case of the pronoun and of the noun is the same in junction. 45 [74] [75] [ 207 ]Neque enim interrogatiua nomina...quae omnia carent demon- (n. p. 14) stratione, uocatiuos pollicentur'... ...pronominis 'tu*' uocatiui.

Illud etiam sciendum, quod omnia pronomina apud Latinos absoluta* sunt et tam praepositiua quam subiunctiua^ rectique 5 accentus^ id est opdoTovovfieva^, cum apud Graecos* sint quaedam inclinatiua, ut fiov, fioi, /^e^ 'ego dico, dico ego'...absoluta autem dicuntur, quae cum aliis sociari possint uel non ; nam dicendo 'ego dico ' possum et solus intellegi et cum alio®. Solet tamen ' met ' addita'" plerunque significantiam " uel discretionem'^ ostendere... lo ' egomet/ ego et non alius. Nee non etiam ' ipse ego ' uel ' egomet ipse".'

  • Sui"' solum apud Latinos reciprocum fit in eadem tertia

persona... id est quando ipse in se actum reflectit persona, ut eadeni sit et agens et patiens, potest significare kavrov'^ 'sui.' ...uetus- 15 tissimus omnium fere auctorum Homerus'^ simplicibus utitur pro compositis, ut e'/ie Xvaoixac^ pro ifiavrov^. (n- P- 15)

Nominatiuum autem ideo non habet hoc pronomen, id est ' sui P. 209a sibi se a se/ quia necesse est, quando to 'eauroO*' significat tam


3. nitairiig^rat .i. nisfil leo 4. astv 5. Absoluta .i. P- 208b 20 huatuasailcthecha^ huasaingnvis ar intan asTiihir so • ego dico t tv '^^" '" dicis nisluindiso hisuidiv nandeper nach aile it choimthecht • INtain trnmurgu asmbir siv • ego ipse t egomet issaingnuis duitso thoinur hisvidiv indepext 7 ni erchondla nach persan aile frit • - 6. .i. conecat andede sin .i. dico ego 7 ego dico 7. .i. acvit foraih linni 25 8. .i. drcunflex lagrecu for alailih diib ut est in his pronomtVnbiis graecis 9. .i. hicoitchenas 10. .i.yWego 11. .i. ishinon oin iiigmficantia -J di^cretio 12. fri cenelchi persan 13. .i. solet ostendere signi^a^^mm t discretionem .i. ego an astormachte ipse t met fris 14. .i ciall chesta and dogres 15. asmaam 30 rosechestar^ arsidetaid


3. they will not promise, i.e. they have them not. 4. absolved ^- 208b from a special form, for when thou sayest ec/o dico or tu dicis, thou dost not signify herein that no other says it in thy company. When, how- ever, thou sayest ego ipse or egomet the saying is a special form to thee 35 alone in this, and no other person con verses (?) with thee. 6. i.e. they can (do) those two things, i.e. dico ego and ego dico. 7. i.e. we have the acute on them. 8. i.e. the Greeks have the circumflex on some of them, ut est etc. 9. i.e. in community. 10. i.e. to ego. 11. i.e. quite the same are significantia and discretio. 12. from the generality 40 of persons. 13. i.e. ego usually shows significantia or discretio when ipse or met is added to it. 14. i.e. the sense of a passive is always in it. 15. who has most followed antiquity. [76] [77] [78] [79] [80] [81] [82] [83] [ 208 ]actionem qiiam pasionem^ in eadem intellegi persona^. Non aliter igitur potest proferri* is", in quern aliquid agitur, nisi per obliquos casus. ...'Aiaxse interfecit/ rursus enim ' interfecit*' ad ipsum (ii. p. 16) Aiacem reciprocatur. lure igitur nos, qui in plerisque antiqui- tatem seruauimus gratiae*^,..

Quaeritur igitur, cur, si ' mei' pro i/uov'^ et efiavrov^ et 'tni' pro P. 209b aov^ et o-eayroO^ accipiantur*"'^*, tamen nominatiuos habeant, ' sui/ cum pro ov^ et eavrov^ accipitur, non habeat nominatiuum ? Ad quod multa sunt dicenda : primum quod, si loco aspirationis...quae est in principio tertiae person ae apud Graecos, 'u est i, s prae- lo poneretur nominatiuo^ esset dubitatio ad coniunctionem ' si ' ; quo- modo enim ov ' sui ' et ol" ' sibi ' et e ' se,' sic nominatiuus i ' si ' debuit esse^. Et in aliis enim dictionibus" quibusdam solent Eolis sequentes uel in digamma uel in s conuertere aspirationem*... Et fortasse ideo ex eo per anastrophen factum est 'is' aliud pronomen', '5 quod propterea puto et relatiuum esse, quomodo t apud Graecos^";


P. 209a 1- N^ arindi bed hi sui t innachamthuislib nobed ingnim t incesad acht doasilbthcer triit som gniim t chesad^ doneuch • 2. hisv oathuislib 3. .. ni rubai anisin rvomin-A,ivo 4. .. inti 5. .i. ani as interfea'^ 6. .i. rothechtatsom. hijius 7 heulus «o 7. t .i. geniiin chintig .i. mei . mux 8. t genitm azYre6thaig

P. 209 b 1- geniiin chint^ 2. ^enitiu aiYrebthaig 3. .i. cwm 3a. si accipiantttr tamen nomtnatiwos hiibeant .i. camaiph thechta.ii^ ainmnidi^ 4. .i. ^em'tiu chintig A. sui • 5. ^renitiu aiYrebthaig .i. sui A. inddi fosodin 6. dond ainmnid nobiad^ dokvi 7, .i. 25 combad • si • apud nos 8. air dosoat eo/dai tinfed indigaivi 9. .i. insin 10. [in marg.] Aliud pronome/i .i. is allail^ proxiomen ani sin frisui- A. an -is- hisin- quod propterea puto .i. med dumuinursa olpriscien issed dorigeni pronomen natdrcadach di • is • anisin uare^ is 6^ pronome?i atdrcadach atd la grcecu • >- 3°


P. 209a 1. not that the action or the passion is in sui or in its oblique cases, but through it action or passion is ascribed to some one. 2. in sui with its cases. 3. i.e. that cannot be in the nominative. 5. i.e. the word interfecit. 6. which they (the Latins) had in knowledge and guidance. 7. or i.e. a genitive of the finite, i.e. mei mine. 8. or 35 a genitive of the possessive.

P. 209 b 1- a genitive of the finite. 2. a genitive of the possessive. 3. i.e. however, they have nominatives. 4. i.e. a genitive of the finite, i.e. sui. 5. a genitive of the possessive, i.e. s)ii, i.e. his in ac- cordance with that. 6. to the nominative which would be to sui. 40 7. i.e. with us it would be si. 8. for the Aeolians convert aspiration into digamma. 9. i.e. that. 10. i.e. that, to wit, that is another pronoun from sui, to wit that is, quod p. p., i.e. this is what I think, says Priscian, this is what made an anaphoric pronoun of is, because it is (derived) from an anaphoric pronoun (?) which the Greeks have. 45 [84] [85] [86] [87] [88] [89] [90] [91] [92] [93] [94] [ 209 ]deinde quod huius ipsius, id est 'i nominatiui, rarus est etiam apud Graecos usus" ; postremo quod nunquam potest hoc pronomen in- ueniri — hoc est 'sui sibi se a se' — siue reciprocum siue transitiuum '^ ("• P- 17) ut non intelligantur"'* actus uel ab ipsa in se" uel ab ipsa in 5 aliam^* simul^" et ab alia in ipsam, nisi possessiuibus" uel adiunctis copuletur ; tunc enim agere solum, non etiara pati significat, ut ' ille miseratur sui seruum' et 'sibi similem'. . . Ab ipsa in se*', ut Terentius:

Ipsius" sibi esse iniurius uideatur'^;

Pasiua enim quo" ab actiua liquefiunt"*'^^ In aliam ab ea et in lo eandem ab alia^, ut idem in eadem :

banc fidem*
Sibi me obsecrauif", qui se sciref^ non deserturum^»^, ut darem.


11. .i. inddin ainmnedoso .i. inchosc sulbaire «ti- huius 7 an P- 209 b ipsius immalle 12. .i. mad adchoimchladach .i. gnim uad feisin ^'o"'^""^'* 15/017' feisin 7 imfolngai cesad dosom ingnim hisin-^ Siue transi- tiuum .i. intairmtfiechtach .i, hopersin do persin .i. gnim dosom innach naile innunn 7 is cesad do suidiu gnim onach ailiv foir sem anall 7 iscesad dosom afodaitiu sidi • • • 13. .i. med inso mid chumaing aranisar and coni enggnatar gnima acht asagnintar 14. .i. issed 70 ar^ reciprocum insin 15. .i. issed transitiuum 16. .i. gnim doib diblinaib 7 chesad 17. .i. reciprocwm sin 18. .i. a ancride feisin imvaefoliigai cdsdA do 19 — 21. .i. dv- doneprennet^ . d'd inairesetar 22. cesad intesi ab alia nodgni anall 23. .i. immuntorisinse 24. .i. Gnim domsa, thindnacol^ inna hirise - cdsad 25 dosom aairitiv • - 25. ishide rodfinnad 26. Gnim. dosom afius cesad domsa anephdeirgesova. • ut darem .i odartin do arrogdid dom issi dano inchiall hisin arafocladar som (uando dicit in eandem ab alia • • 27. .i. naich ndeirsed


11. i.e. of this one nominative, i.e. the huius and the ipsius together P. 209b 30 is a mark of eloquence. 12. i.e. if it be a reciprocal, i.e. action from continued himself on himself, and that action causes passion (suffering) to him. Or transitivum, that is, transitive, i.e. from a person to a person, i.e. action by him into some other, and the action by some other on him is passion to the latter and the endurance of it is passion to him (the foi-mer). 13. i.e. 35 'tis this which cannot be found there, that actions are not understood, but they are understood. 14. i.e. that is the reciprocum. 15. i.e. this is transitivum. 16. i.e. action to both of them and passion. 17. i.e. that is reciprocum. 18. i.e. (it is) his own wrong which causes suffering to him. 19 — 21. (where) they flow forth, i.e. where 40 they remain. 22. passion into it from another who does it. 23. i.e. for this faith. 24. i.e. action to me to give the faith, passion (suffering) to him to receive it. 25. 'tis he that used to know it. 26. action to him to know it, passion to me not to desert him, ut darem, i.e. that I should give to him what he had asked of me. That, then, is the 45 meaning which he expresses when he says in eandem ah alia. 27. that he would not desert him. [95] [96] [97] [98] [99] [100] [101] [ 210 ]Huiuscemodi uero structura nominatiuum habere quantum ad transitionera non potest^. Omnis enim genitiuus^* uel uerbo ad- iungitur ad perfectionem sensus, ut 'mei' uel ' illius potior^,' uel possession i*i, ut ' mei seruo loquor.' Alii uero casus non ad pos- sessiones"^ sed ad uerba solum feruntur^^ Igitur ' sui' pronomen uel 5 ad uerbum semper ponitur reciprocum...uel retransitiuum uel ad possessionem "^ ... nunquam autem absolute^, quomodo alia, ut 'ego loquor'... Nominatiuus enim per se positus*^ transitionem non significat ... Cum igitur 'sibi loquitur^' dicimus, in uerbo 'loquitur' nominatiuum intelligimus 'ille^'; cum 'sibi' uero' con- 10 iungimus, ad eum casum, hoc est datiuum...ferri^ actum signifi- camus. ...ifiavTov^ quoque et o-auTo0...quandoquidem ad


28. Hi^mscemoc?* .i. issed acumtach .i. taihsiu gnimo t chesta'^ continued opevsin fviH feisin t opersin do persin hi • svi • conachalnthuislib .i. n{ recar less didin ainmneda la - svi • oc slund indedisin^ • 29. Omnis 15 enim genitiuus .i. isairi ni tuic svi • isnaib desimrectaib • acht • is sibi se tuic indib ar omnis enim genitiuus veMqua ar each genitiu dichoisin ataat indib indicheilse sis • ata dano hisui • cenudfil gnim 7 chesad hisuidiu immurgu oachamthuislib •• ni'^ indaicsenogod so'^- • 30. AD -perfectionem sensus .i. dolinad intsliuchta uerhi air ciasberasu potior P. 210a (II. p. 18) P. 209 b P. 210a' P. 209 b continued P. 210a ni Idn chiall and ofeiser da dia cumachtachtaigther^ .i. induit fein fadonach ailiu .i. is inderb coich inniug concerbara mei .i. doadbadar hisvidiu as leimfein • • 31. .i. dodund atraib trisiniigenitin son 32. .i. slund ceille atraib acht is dolinad intsliuchto^ nerhi 33. .i. mbi nachtuisel aile etarru 7 inbriathar^ 34. .i. cenchdsad fniri 25 fdsin t 171 aliam 35. innaaicniud feisin

1. inninscise 2. asille 3. ani as -sihi 4. .i. fedar .i. mamlaid insin dohucthar ingnim mabeith ^o6arthid aile fri sibi ut sibi ipsi reliqua cave"*-


28. i.e. this is the structure, i.e. manifestation of action or passion 30 from a person on himself, or from a person to a person in sui with its oblique cases. In expressing those two things, then, it is unnecessary for sui to have a nominative. 29. i.e. therefore he has not put sui in the examples, but it is sibi, se that he has put in them, for omnis etc. ; for in every genitive that exists there are these two meanings (mentioned) 35 below : (this) is then in sui. Although, however, there are action and passion in this with its oblique cases this is not the causality. 30. i.e. to fill up the sense of the verb ; for if thou say potior, the meaning here is incomplete until thou know for whom thou art powerful, whether for thyself or for some other. It is uncertain whose is the slave until thou 40 sayest mei : i.e. in this it is shewn that he is mine own. 31. i.e. that is to express possession by the genitive. 32. i.e. an expression of the meaning of possession, but it is to perfect the sense of the verb. 33. i.e. there is no other case between them and the verb. 34. i.e. without passion on itself or towards another. 35. in its own nature.

1. i.e. this statement. 4. i.e. that it is carried, i.e. it is thus that the action can be brought if there be another dative with sibi, as sibi ij)si etc. [102] [103] [104] [105] [106] [107] [108] [109] [110] [111] [ 211 ]actum, hoc est ad uerbum", proferuntur, reciproca sunt...'mei senium cicidi®.'

. . .et quod' . . loco aspirationis, quam habet tertia apud Graecos persona, s habet principalem per omnes casus".

...coniunctio'* uerbi habet uim nominatiui casus cum actione (n. p. 19) aliqua^". Non igitur 'sui^' nominatiuus potest constare. P. 2i0b

...uis ipsius significationisl 'Uter' uero 'utrius'...licet^ in ("• P- 20) metris et producere et corripere, et quae ex eis componuntur; quamuis haec quoque quidam eodem errore* declinationis inducti lo pronomina esse putauerunt. Quomodo enim iufinita uel interro- gatiua pro norainibus accipiantur^ propriis, quae ignorationem ipsius propriae unius cuiusque substantiae uel qualitatis uel quantitatis significant ?

  • Quis^' quoque quamuis substantiam sine aliqua certa qualitate

15 demonstret, hoc" tamen interest... ...in hoc^ esse dicimus P- 2lia qualitatem.

Quid autem sic incongruum quam omnia numerorum nomina^ ("• P- 21 ) sine dubio ab omnibus nomina accipi, ' unus ' autem et ' alter ' et 'uter' et 'solus' declinationis causa pronomina esse putare^? 20 ...'suppellex suppellectilis"',' 'ospes ospita,' 'gracilis^ gracila.,.'

Illud quoque quidam, obiiciunt, quod demonstratio propria est pronominum^ ut 'hie' Ergo et 'talis, tantus,' sed falso. ...id, quod demonstratur per pronomen, solum'-" ostenditur per se nee


5. .i. dolinad intliuchta uerbi 6. ascomort 7. ol ^- ^P* , 25 8. .i. hitossuch recachthuisiul 9. .i. anaccomol 10. .i. asagnintar intainmnid in uerbo

1. .i. indi as • svi • 2. .i. inUliuchta 3. .i. is dilmain P. 210b 4. .i. feih conrerortatar^ is indi as quis 5. .i. air dachruth arafoimtar 6. ani as quis

1. .i. issi a inne insin 2. .i. olchence cenmithd vnus • 7 P- 2lla reliqua 3. .i. issed dm anecoir putare reMqua 4. .i. ni suppellectis dogni 5. .i. nicoitchen 6. .i. armbad hi pronomen tantuin nobed foilsigvd 7. .i. ego 8. .i. ni adchumtig na aill do linad indfoilsigthe fil and acht foilsigthi feisin ii cen ainm dothormuch fris •


5. i.e. to perfect the sense of the verb. 8. i.e. at the beginning, P- 210a before every case. 9. i.e. the conjunction. 10. i.e. the nominative is understood in the verb.

1. i.e. of sui. 3. i.e. it is permitted. 4. i.e. as they have erred P. 210b 40 in quis. 5. i.e. for how are they accepted ? 6. quis.

1. i.e. that is its quality. 2. i.e. (all) others except unus etc. P. 211a 3. i.e. this indeed is the wrongness to think etc. 4. i.e. it does not make supellectis. 5. i.e. it is not common. 6. i.e. that there should be demonstration in a pronoun only. 8. i.e. it does not ' ad- 45 struct' anything else to perfect the demonstration which is therein ; but it demonstrates it itself without the addition of a noun to it. [112] [113] [ 212 ]ad aliud pertinet extrinsecus*, quod uero per nomen, non solum ipsorum, quae ostenduntur, sed etiam illoruin, ad quos referuntur, demonstrationem habet, ut 'talis Pyrrhus apparet, qualis pater eius'V et quod pronomina demonstratiua in eodem genera et numero manent, qui demonstratur", nomina uero demonstratiua possumus 5 diuersa ostendentes^^ ad diuersa referre'^' ^*, ut si aspicientes mare dicamus, 'Talem^^ esse* Nilum^",' cum sit Nilus masculini, mare autem neutri, uel si quis dicat statuam Herculis cernens, 'Tanti P. 211b fuerunt mei parentes, quantus iste Hercules"'... ...dicimus 'similis huic de quo loquimur.' Ergo cum adiungimus substantiam 10 (11. p. 22) qualitati — nam 'huic^' substantiam, significat, 'similis^* uero quali- tatem...

Trea autem sunt demonstratiua nomina : 'talis, tantus, tot,' et quod a pronomine et nomine componitur: 'huiusmodi' uel 'huius- cemodi.' Vnde hoc quoque aliud intrinsecus demonstrat, id est i.s substantiam^ et aliud extrinsecus intellegitur^ id est qualitas^ quam per se' pronomen sine adiunctione nominis^ habere non posset.


9. .i. 7 naaill dianechtar dofoilsigud afolaid 10. .i. ni ed amet foilsigther ind inne robot hipyrr • acht is i,cen onddrbastar inne indi frisasamaltar ' .i. pater 11. .i. bis isindanmmaim Warn ^o 12. .i. andonaidbdem 13. .i. quasi co??iparare hiceill 14. .i. acosrniligminer dvli ecsamli . . .i. dochenelaib 7 dirmib ecsamlib ar is dcsamil acenel cetne'^ fil isindi as mare 7 as nilus 15. .i. med se an nomen foilsigthech 16. A. ecsamlus ceneiuil anisiv 17. ec- samlus dirme hie

1. ani as huic 2. ani as similis 3. .i. afolud feisin archuit ipronominis 4. .i. archuit ind anmme .1. intan asmbeir Immsmodi .i. inchrutso .i. is ecen taidbse inna inne frisasamaltar 5. .i. tria folud feisin 6. .i. indanmme fit inna c/io??isuidigud .i. modi 30


9. i.e. and anything else from without to demonstrate its substance. 10. i.e. not only is the quality which was in Pyrrhus demonstrated, but it is necessary that the quality of that to which he is compared, i.e. his father, should be shewn. 11. i.e. which is in the noun before. 12. i.e. when we shew. 13. i.e. as if to compare in sense. 14. i.e. when 35 we compare different things, i.e. to different genders and numbers, for different is the gender which is in mare and Nilus. 15. i.e. this is the demonstrative noun. 16. i.e. diversity of gender this. 17. di- versity of number here.

1. huic. 2. similis. 3. i.e. its own substance as regards 40 a pronoun. 4. i.e. as regards the noun, i.e. when he says huiusmodi, i.e. in this manner, i.e. it is necessary to shew the quality to which it is compared, 5. i.e. by its own substance. 6. i.e. of the noun which is in its compound, i.e. modi. [114] [115] [116] [ 213 ]Sciendum tamen', quod 'talis' et 'tantus* et 'tot,' si ad praesentes dicantur, etiam demonstratiua sunt...

. . in uocatiuo omnia nomina eius capacia possunt esse demon- stratiua ; itaquo in hoc solo finitam uidcntur secundam habere 5 personam : nam in aliis casibus infinitae^ sunt personae et tertiae^» ^"j nisi... ...ad secundam — ea est enim, ad quam naturaliter interro- gatio dirigitur"...

'Alius' quoque caret uocatiuo... Igitur quod^'* caret demon- stratione praesenti, uocatiuum habere non potest... Tertiam lo (juoque incertam significat, quod est illi pro qualitate, et quod'^* in amplioribus solet dici quam duo. ...recitat^^. .. ...'ipse"' omni potest subici pronomini...

Quomodo^ ergo in significatione diuersarum personarum possit P- 212 a esse uocatiuus...? (n. p. 23)

Lib. XIIII. De praepositione. Itaque cum mihi bene (n. p. 24) uideantur praepositionem caeteris indeclinahilibus^ Graecorum doctissimi praeposuisse... Nomini enim...praepositiua"' uim potest sibi dictionis defendere, aliis uero, id est carentibus casu, adiuncta unitur^ cum eis® iusque dictionis proprium perdit^.

Est igitur praepositio pars orationis indeclinabilis, quae prae- ponitur aliis partibus uel appositione^ uel compositione.

Est autem quando per appositionem prolatae praepositiones praepostere^ ponuntur, poetica plerumque auctoritate ; nam sine


7. .i. ciaso folud freciidairc sluindes apronomen fil ism chom- P- 211 b -iS suidigthm tuas .i. huius .i. hitmsmodi 8. .i. ainmnid Hair '^^^**""^" 9. .i. 7 it tertpersin 10. aris ecintech intertpersan 11. .i. aris secunda, pe?'Sona adglddathar iudaicnetid 12. .i. ani .i. alius 12 a. ol 13. arlega 14. ani as ipse

1. dachruth 2. .i. in urdd dorannaib 7iephdiledcha,ib .i. P- 212a 30 dominrannaih^ 3. .i. hicomaisndeis 7 c/iomsuidigud 4. .i. oinaichthir 5. .i. in compositio?ie 7 ni hi friu hi comasndeis 6. .i. non praepositio sed alia pars • aliter oaich rann insce foleith isuidiu acht isaccomolta fri rainn naili • 7. .i. hicomasndis 8. indremdedenach" .i. fo deod


7. i.e. although it is a present substance that is signified by the P. 211b pronoun which is in the compound above, i.e. huius, i.e. huiusmodi. <^onttnued 8. i.e. nominative plural. 9. i.e. and they ai"e third persons. 10. for the third person is indefinite. 11. i.e. for it is the second person which it addresses naturally. 12. i.e. that (which), i.e. aliits.

2. i.e. in order, to the indeclinable parts of speech, i.e. to the lesser P- 212a parts of speech. 3. i.e. in apposition and composition. 5. i.e. in composition, and it is not with them in apposition. 6. Aliter : so that here it is not a separate part of speech, but it is joined to another part. 7. i.e. in apposition. 8. preposterously, i.e. finally. [117] [118] [119] [ 214 ]metris scribentes^ rarissime hoc inuenias facere^" nisi in 'cum/ quae solet quibusdam pronominibus apud omnes" similiter postponi. Quando autem ordinem motant'^, motant etiam accentum, nisi differentia prohibeat^*, quod etiam coniiinctiones apud Latinos praepositiuae" uel communes^^, si postponantur, facere solent, ut 5 'igitur/ 'quoniam,' 'saltem'; praepositae autem grauantur omnibus P, 212b syllabis, postpositae acuuntur in principio^

Sed hoc interest inter praepositiones et coniunctiones^, quod coniunctiones praepositae* nunquam componi possunt cum declina- (n. p. 25) bilibus nisi^ infinitis, ut 'siqua, nequa/ nee praepositiones, quamuis lo in transitioned ponantur personarum separatae^. . .nee coniungunt*^ duas substantias cum uno accidente^, quod est proprium ®coniunc- tionis.,.uel duo accidentia'^ cum una substantia^ ut 'scribit et legit homo'... Et praepositiones quidem ante casuales tam in composi- tione, quam in appositione ponuntur, coniunctio uero nisi in apposi- 15 tione praeponi aliis partibus^ non potest... .. nee significationem


9. innahi^ 10. .i. ahuith wdremsuidigtheo fodeod hi- continued comasndis 11. .i. etar fileda 7 dis ndinma sairse chence 12. comhiat fodeod 13. .i. graif forsna huilib remsuidigthih dechor^ igitur intan mbite hiremthechtas acuit forapeneuilt iutan 20 I'nhite fodeid acht mabeith accuis dechuir ar isin uilt biid aiccend indib hisuidiu ut circum reliqiia 14. A. remfuirmedcha 15. .i. hitar remsamugud 7 foacomol

1. .i. inna cetnisillabm 2. .i. cenodchosmailigetar hicum- scugud aiccend 3. .i. hitairmthecht opersin dialaili verbi gratia 25 chStni persin dopersin tanaisi 4. .. hicomashdeis 5. .i. dipevsin indingnim 6. .i. ius i7id accomuil 7. .i. nee con- iungunt praepositio?ies amal cidindchomlat cowiunctiones 8. .i. oin folud duini dogni andedesin 9. .i. carentibzw casv^ .i. air tecmaing abuith Azcomsuidigud hiremihechtas fri anman ut ante 6ixit 30 neqwis siqwis • reliqua


9. them (that). 10. i.e. that the preposition should be at the end in apposition. 11. i.e. both poets and other artists. 12. so that they are at the end. 13. i.e. the grave accent on all the prepositions, then, when they are in anteposition : the acute on their penult when they are .^5 at the end, unless there be a cause of difference, for in this case the accent in them is on the ultima. 15. i.e. both anteposition and subjunction.

1. i.e. of the first syllable. 2. i.e. though they are alike in changing accents. 3. i.e. in passing from (one) person to another, for example, from the first person to the second. 4. i.e. in apposition. 40 5. i.e. two persons in one action. 6. i.e. the rule of the conjunction. 7. i.e. nor do prepositions join as conjunctions join. 8. i.e. a man's single substance does these two things (writing and reading). 9. i.e. for it (sometimes) happens to be in composition, prefixed to nouns, as he said before, nequis, siquis, etc. 45 [120] [121] [122] [123] [124] [125] [ 215 ]suam^° coniunctionis [scil. que] seniat... ...apud Graecos quoque Se in eundem modiim in fine additur'^ nee tamen coniunctio accipitur**, ut oBe, rovSe, rmSe^^*.

Coniunctio praeponitur etiam carentibus casu per appositionem'* 5 solam...

Et aduerbia quidem diriuatiua possunt esse, praepositiones uero positiuae, id est primitiuae, sunt omnes, si sequimur Graecorum auctoritatem^^ ...omnia aduerbia, quae solent casibus adiungi, P- 2l3a Roniani artium scriptores inter praepositiones posuerunt, quia sunt (n- P- 26) lo praepositiua^ casualium et grauantur omnibus syllabis^ uel quia interpretatio eorum apud Graecos* modo praepositionis modo ad- uerbii uim obtinet, ut :

ante era patrum :

hie 'ante^' to Vpo' significat... 'secundum quoque, quando" 15 pro Kara et fierd accipitur, loco praepositionis est.' Sallustius in lugurthino: 'secundum ea'^ uti debetis uterer^' Lucanus in Villi" : (n. p. 27)

secundum®' ^
thebathiam*^ lis tanta datur.

Accentum habent praepositiones acutum in fine'... qui tamen 20 cum aliis legendo" in grauem conuertitur^", nisi praepostere"


10. .i. abidth hi remsamugud 11. A. fortormach • de • apud P- 212 b graecos i7i fine 7 ni comacomol airi cia beith in fine- 12. .i. m oin (continued mod fortormaich son 13. acht is fortormach 14. .i. ammnid airticuil ■ o • foi'tdrmach. -de- .i. si uerum 15. .i. hicomashdis 2-, 16. ar it cetnidi lasuidib

1. .i. is airi insin darigeiisat 2. graif foraib olsodain as P. 213 a sainreth do 7*er?isuidigthib 3. .i. inson fritaindle^ lagrecu 4. anias -ante 5. .i. co 6. .i. iiitayiisiv .i. aduerbium 7. [in marg.] t isare msuidigud^ dobertar indadesmerecht 7 itaremsuidigthib io iiidi greic ama sodain 8. .. acuit inna forciunn feisTie 9. .i. lase aralegatar .i. hisreith rann 10. Legendo .i. olegund .i. hi- filedacht • /ttco7?isuidigud .i. hitosug inna rainne fnsataet incom- suidigad^ 11. fodeid


10. i.e. its being in premission. 11. i.e. 8c is an addition with P- 212 b 35 the Greeks at the end, and it is not therefore a conjunction though it 'continued be at the end. 12. i.e. into the same mode of addition. 13. but iz is an addition. 14. i.e. 6 is the nominative of the article, 8e an addition. 15. i.e. in apposition. 16. i.e. for with them they are primitives.

1. i.e. it is therefore they have done it. 2. the grave accent on P. 213a 40 them, which is peculiar to prepositions. 3. i.e. the word which corre- sponds to them with the Greeks. 6. i.e. secondly. 7. or 'tis for a preposition {sectcndum) that the two examples are given, and for preposi- tions are the two Greek (words), in that case. 8. i.e. the acute on their own termination. 9. i.e. when they are recited, i.e. in a 45 series of parts of speech". 10. legendo, i.e. by reading, i.e. in poetry or in composition, that is, at the beginning of the part of speech with which the composition takes place* (lit. comes). [126] [127] [128] [129] [130] [131] [132] [133] [134] [ 216 ]proferantiir^ quod Eoles quoque^^ quamuis fugiant in fine acutum^*, in hac parte solent seruare... Cum uero praepostere ponantur", monosyllabae acuto, disyllabae paenultimo acuto proferuntur, nisi P. 213b aliqua differentia^^ .. impediat... Nee mirum, in hac parte orationis Romanos in fine ponere accentus, quamuis sint disyllabae, 5 nee non Eoles contra consuetudinem suam idem facere^ cum annititur^ semper praepositio sequenti dictioni... ...separatae praepositiones acuuntur, coniunctae casibus aut loquellis uim suam sepe conmotant' et graues fiunt. Censorinus . . de his docet in libro, quem de accentibus scribitl

(ii. p. 28) Necnon etiam coniunctioni inuenitur praeposita, sed non seruat uim suam"*, ut 'absque'... Ergo a praepositione 'abs' deriuatum est aduerbium 'absqueV quomodo ab 'ex' 'extra"... ...participio per deriuationem uel consequentiam compositorum uerborum uel per appositionem^, caeteris autem partibus per solam compositionem 15 praepositio iungitur.

P. 214a ...praepositiones... quae complent multarum apud nos^ demon- strationem, ut irept pro 'circum' et 'circa' et 'erga' et 'de' et 'super/ quando memoriae est^ praeponitur".

(11. p. 29) Inueniuntur igitur apud Latinos in praepositionibus trea contraria 20 obseruationi Graecorum^...

...sunt, quae habeant aspirationem, sunt, quae non habeant : 'hara*,' 'habeo,' 'habens,' 'hie/ 'hue/ 'heuV


12. .i. ius .i. aicend in fine 13. .i. hifoirciun" narann olchence 14. fodeid hicomasndis 15. A. fri ainin i dobrethir "^5

1. .i. buith indaiccind in fine 2. .i. lase arasisedar 3. .i. nert an aiccind 4. atd ocoscribunt beos 5. .i. ni remsnidigud acht aduerbiu7>i 6. .i. inchenadid^ 7. .i. indsechtardid 8. .i. nidibsem^ incomsuidignd 7 istriimmaircidMaid innambriathar son [marg. inf.] ut frango fregi fractws eflfringo eflfregi effractus reliqua 3°

1. .{.file linni 2. .i. intan mbis foraithmet^ hi -super' 3. .i. dondforcomet file lasuidib in Y)raepo8itionibus 4. mucfoil 5. .i. nitabair desimrechta hie ar7ia hi ndd techtat Unfed acht arna hi nodtechtsit


12. i.e. rule, i.e. the accent on the end. 13. i.e. on the end of 35 the other parts of speech. 14. at the end in apposition. 15. i.e. from a noun or an adverb.

1. i.e. the accent's being on the end. 3. i.e. the force of their accent. 4. he is still writing it. 5. i.e. it is not a preposition but an adverb. 8. not of them is the composition, and this is through the 40 consequence (consequentiam) of the verbs, as/ranffo, etc.

1. i.e. which we have. 2. i.e. when there is recollection in super^. 3. i.e. to the observance which these (the Greeks) have in prepositions 5. i.e. he does not give examples here for those that have not aspiration, but for those that have it. [135] [136] [137] [138] [139] [140] [141] [ 217 ]Necnon habent quandatn cognationem ^ cum aduerbiis localibus P. 214 b plerunque praepositiones, ut 'in': 'ad locum' et 'in loco'... ...'ex' praepositio, quae Graeca est...et 'pax' aduerbium comicum, quo utitur Terentius, quod similiter Graecum est^.

Sunt quae iu compositione elgsionem' patiuntur, ut 'con ' sequente uocali... Contra* 'pro^' sequente uocali d assumit. (n. p. 30)

...'ad'... In compositione quoque modo intentiuum" est, ut 'approbat, affirmat.'

Inueniuntur tamen* in aliis etiam partibus praepositiuae^..ut... P- 2i5a lo 'hie' pronomen praepositiuum, quod tamen licet etiam postponere, ut ("• P- ^^) 'hie homo' et* 'homo hie,' nulla ordinis confusione"...bene dicitur^ lure igitur haec sola pars, id est praepositio, a loco, quern proprium possidet^ nomen accepit.

Sepe et uerbis desunt praepositiones '...et praepositionibus '5 uerba*...

Compositae praepositiones cum aliis partibus in illarum potes- tatem concedunt^ ut 'incuruus, adoro, abhinc, perinde'; nam in 'absque' magis additio est que* syllabae, . . quam coniunctio. Verba, quia nominatiuum semper significant uel uocatiuum^ ideo in 2o compositione semper habent praepositiones, quomodo et nominatiui nominum et uocatiui.

Est quando praepositio loco coniunctionis . . accipitur...ut 'propter te,' hoc est 'tui causa ^".' Similiter 'ob' loco causalis poni solet ("• P- 32)


1. .i. ^mal rondgab saichdetu dochuva luic in aduerbiis aid dauo P. 214 b ?5 in Tpraeipositionibus ut in reliqua 2. fri • ex 3. tobe 4. fri con 4a. .i. ani as • pro • 5. .i. indidmech .i. derbaid ni

1. .i. alaaili diib hi remthechtas ut ipraeipositiuae alaaili dano it P- 215 a coitchena eter remthechtas et tiarmoracht ut hie • • 2. ni fail chumscugud iihuirdd and huare is dilmain ndo chechtar nhdi 30 3. cdineperr 4. .i. arremsuidigud do rannaib 5. .i. ni biat rewwuidigthi friu huaraib 6. biit rernsmdigthi huaraib cen- briathra, leo 7. foscochet 8. is airi nithabvr son 9. .i. nert nainmnichthce pronominis hicetni persin 6rethre 7 iiei^t nainmnedo anmmce hitertpersin 6rethre 7 nert togarthado hipersin tdndisi brethre 35 10. .i. aicsenogud comacomuil do buith Arremsuidigud


1. i.e. as there is a striving towards a place in adverbs, so there is in P. 214b prepositions, as in etc. 2. to ea;. 4. to con. 4 a. ie. pro. 5. i.e. intentive, i.e. it certifies something.

1. i.e. some of them in anteposition, as praepositives, others then are P. 215a 40 common both in anteposition and in postposition, as hie. 2. there is no change of order there, because either is permissible to it. 4. i.e. their being placed before parts of speech. 5. i.e. sometimes there are no prepositions with them. 6. there are sometimes prepositions without verbs by them. 8. therefore I do not give this. 9. i.e. the 45 force of naming a pronoun (is) in the first person of a verb, and the force of a nominative of a noun in the third person of a verb, and the force of a vocative in the second person of a verb. 10. i.e. giving the reason why a conjunction is in a preposition. [142] [ 218 ]coniunctionis. . . .cum in compositione semper praepositionis habeat" significationem. . .

Cum apud Graecos separata praepositio tribus soleat casibus praeponi...apud nos duobus solis praeponitur, id est accusatiuo et ablatiuo, nisi er)vi(r/jLM^ utatur auctoritas^^. . . . . .genitiuo est usus 5 secundum Graecos^ pro ablatiuo. .. ...Separatae^ enim eae semper transitionem significant.

Praepositio^, quando per defectionem uerborum profertur, gener- alem seruat accentuum regulam ., ut Virgilius in III Aeneidos^:

O mihi sola mei super* Astyanactis imago... lo

Nee non etiam si praepostere proferatur, ut Virgilius in XII :

decus imperiumque Latini
Te penes ^

Virgilius in I Aeneidos :

maria omnia circiirn, 15

in fine acuitur...sicut et apud Graecos Bid^. Et si loco aduerbiorum uel interiectionum" accipiantur, similiter motant accentum sibi distinatum^. ...cum etiam loco nominis ea [scil. aduerbia] soleant accipi, ut Virgilius :

mane nouum ; 20
Sponte sua

Et est quando eandem habent tam in compositione quam in appositione significationem^... Est quando diuersam, ut *de te loquor^' id est 'tui causa loquor/ 'deprimo/ hoc est 'infra premo'; est quando abundant syllabice...ut 'emori' pro 'moriV ...cumas apud Graecos praepositio composita cum dictionibus aliis quibusdam paenultimam habentibus acutam antepaenultimam eam facit, si addit significationi aliquid, ut TrXrjcrio^ irapaiTXrjaLO'i^, apud nos in


11. ol 12. .i. ainmm ngn'dso trisa nacomoUar remsuidigud dogenitin •

1. /oc/iosmailius ngrec 2. hicomashdis 3. .1. rem- suddignd aoinur cen brethir 4. artda 5 .i. islatso 6. aiccend inuilt dano hisuidiu ai^ud graecos 7. i. aiccerid saindiles inna remsuidigthe

1. .i. anniuian, doronta dedobriatli raih 2. inni aicsenogud in • de • hicomasiidis aidhligod and hicomsuidigud 4. nombdad


12. i.e. name of a figure by which a preposition is joined to a genitive.

1. after the likeness of the Greeks. 2. in apposition. 3. i.e. 40 a preposition alone without a verb. 4. survives. 5. i.e. 'tis thine. 6. in this, then, the Greeks have the accent on the ultima. 7. i.e. the peculiar accent of the prepositions.

1. i.e. nouns which have been made of adverbs. 3. i.e. causality in de (when) in apposition, intensification therein (when) in composition. 45 [143] [144] [145] [146] [ 219 ]uno aduerbio hoc^ solet facere, *inde' 'deinde/ ^xinde, prdinde, ne, si grauetur praepositio, per appositionem esse putetur ante aduerbium, quod fieri non liquet* ^ Est quando significantiae causa assumitur praepositio'... Sunt quae similem habent potestatem [soil. 5 priuationem], ut 'ab a/ 'ex e,' quae etiam localem possident** significationem*.

Subtractae quoque nominibus quibusdam loco aduerbiorum ea (n. p. 36) faciunt accipi, ut 'domo uenio' pro 'a domoV et 'doini sum' pro 'in domo' et 'domum eo' pro 'ad domum.' Et inuicem pro se ponuntur lo praepositiones, ut 'in urbem uenio"' pro 'ad urbera'... Adeo autem plerumque localem habent significationem praepositiones, quod' aduerbia quoque ex his quaedam localia nascuntur: 'ex, extra^ extrinsecus; sub, subter; in, infra intra, intus^'

De singularum igitur ui^ et significatione^ ut ualemus*', disserere P. 2i7a 15 conemur. (n. p. 37)

'Ad' tam in compositione tam in appositione plerumque prox- imitatem significat, ut 'adeo'*' .. *ad Troiam' pro 'iuxta Troiam'...'ad balneas Pallacinas^' hoc est 'iuxta balneas.' Est etiam causalis, ut 'ad quid hoc fecisti®?' hoc est 'cuius causa,' et similitudinis, ut 20 'accommodatus®'...'ad ungeml'.,. Additionis quoque, ut 'ad haec mala^'


1. .i. ind aiccend do hriihfor antepeneuilt 2. .i. abuitsem P. 2i6b Aicomsuidigud an^e aduerbii^m 3. do itnmdogod forggnuso 4. .i. locdatu indih huilib 5. .i. foxol oluc isindobrethir asberr 25 domo 6. donchathrsiig 7. ol 8. indsechtardaid 9. oin huile insin

1. .i. in i coTTisuidigud /a hicomasndia biitfa andiis 2. .i. P. 217 a cisi chiall bis indib a??ial rondgab proximitas in • ad 3. saigitn 4. .i. ocnafothaircthib palnacdib .i. de nomwe philosophi"^ araanic 30 aceneke fothaircthesin • • 5. da ar neoch^ dorrignis 6. .i. ddchomadasaigthe^ .i. coniadasogod 7 chosmailigud neich dialailiv • > 7. do ingin 8. .i. inna olcsa amal nibed • ad and


1. i.e. the bringing the accent on the antepenult. 2. i.e. that it P- 216b should be in composition before an adverb. 3. to enhance signi- 35 ficance (1). 4. i.e. locality in them all. 5. i.e. removal from a place (is implied) in the adverb domo. 6. to the city. 9. all this {infra, intra, intits, is derived) from in.

1. i.e. whether they are in composition or in apposition or in both of ^- 2^"* them. 2. i.e. what is the meaning that is in them, as there is 40 proximity in ad. 4. i.e. at the Pallacine baths : from the name of a philosopher who invented that kind of baths. 5. for what hast thou done it? 6. accommodated, that is, the accommodation and assimilation of one to another. 8. i.e. these evils, as if or? were not there. [147] [148] [149] [150] [151] [152] [ 220 ]'Per'.. Est etiam iurandi, in quo uim obtinet irp6<i Graecae, (ii. p. 38) quae apud illos quoque in iureiurando^ accipitur, ut 'per louem'^' 77/909 Tov Ai6<i^. Virgilius in X:

Per te*, per qui te talem genuere parentes*.

Aduerbii quoque uim obtinet, quando pro 'nalde' accipitur ut 5 Terentius in Andria :

Per .e. castor^ scitus puer est natus Pampilo.

Virgilius in III Georgicon :

post^ montem oppositum.

Deriuatur ex hoc 'posterus' et 'postica^' 10

'Cis' et componitur et separatur et magis localem habet significa- tionem, ut 'cisalpina^ Gallia"' et 'cis^" Rhenum".' Possumus tamen per translationem et in tempore et in aliis rebus ea uti^'^, ut 'cis (11. p. 39) definitum tempus^V sicut 'ultra" definitum^V uel 'cis naturae leges'*,' ut 'ultra naturae.' 15

'Trans' quoque et componitur et separatur, ut 'transfero'...' trans Padumi^'...

...'cum' pro qua 'con' in compositione semper inuenitur prae- positiua eandem significationem' habens^ quam 'cum^' praepositio, ut 'concurro, conficio.' Nee scriptura* tamen multum discrepat" : 20 antiqui enim pro 'cum' 'com' scribebant. Praepostere® tamen, ut quibusdam placet, cum ablatiuo pronominum componitur 'cum"


.i. hifirlugu 2. tar ioih 3. tarsnadeo^ 4. torutsu 5. indadbol 6. .i. iartain .i. aduerbium 7. fann 8. .i. cenalpande .i. fri alpai n desiu 9. cisalptna .i. comsutc^igthe .i. 25 m gallia cenalpande • cenalpai n etarru • 10. .i. comasndis 11. .i. cenrian netrom 12. .i. cesu locdatu asaicned and .i.° tar crich innunn .i. cesu fricrich desiu aaicned som • 1 reliqua 13. .i. seek innaimsir crichnigihi Jdnnunn 14. .i. al 15.* .i. amal hid ed insin asbertha 16. .i. echtarechf^ .i. docoid tar recht 30 naicnid hinnun 17. comasnd^is

1 . .i. fri cum 2. .i. con • hicomsuidigud 3. .i. ascum 4. .i. ascribend 5. hiter con 7 cum, 6. .i. ciasidruburt nandgndth -cum- Atcomsuidigud acht is con bis tarahesi- 7. ascum


3. by the gods^ 8. cisalpine, i.e. on this side of the Alps. 35 9. cis-alpina, i.e. a compound, the cisalpine Gaul, without the Alps between them (and it)'. 10. apposition. 11. without the Rhine between me (and it)^ 12. i.e. though locality is its natural meaning, that is, beyond the boundary, i.e. though its natural meaning is on this side of the boundary. 13. i.e. beyond the definite time. 40 15. i.e. as if it were this that was said. 16. i.e. outside the law, i.e. he has transgressed a law of nature. 17. apposition.

1- i-6- with cum. 2. i.e. con in composition. 4. i.e. the writing of it. 5. between con and cu7n. 6. i.e. though I have said that cum is not usual in composition, but con is in place of it. 45 [153] [154] [155] [156] [157] [158] [ 221 ]praepositio, ut 'mecum'... 'Clara' enim magis aduerbium est^...et dimiuuitur^ quod nulla praepositio habet, ut 'clanculum^"'...

'Ante'... ...significat enim 'antea*'...ut Virgilius in bucolico: P. 2l8b

Ante^ pererratis amborum finibus, exul ^' '
Aut Ararim Parthus bibet aut Germania Tigrim.

Deriuatur ex hoc nomen 'antiquus'...ex quo 'antiquarius'.'

...'citra saniem*'...

'Circum' . . quando uero irepu^ demonstrat, aduerbium est locale, (n. p. 41) ut Virgilius in IIII Aeneidos :

Anna, uides toto properari litore circum*.

'Circa '...quando pro 'iuxta' accipitur, ut 'circa forum ^'...postposita tamen inuenitur apud Virgilium post ablatiuum 'quoV loco coniunc- tionis prolata causalis...

'Erga'...quae separata inuenitur solum^.. P. 219 a

'Inter'... Nee solum casualibus praeponitur apud nos et («• P- 42) grauatur, quod suum est^ praepositionis...

' Pridie ' quoque more praepositionis accusatiuo adiungitur. . . ^- 220a ' pridie Kalendas^ lanuarias.' ("• P- ^^)

...'coram, palam, sine, absque, tenus,' quorum omnium interpre- ("• p. 45) 20 tationes apud Graecos aduerbia sunf^. ...nostri huiuscemodi dictiones, quando praeponuntur casibus accusatiuis uel ablatiuis, per transitionem personarum^ inter praepositiones accipiunt et grauantur omnibus syllabis^; quando uero uerbis coniunguntur et intransitiuae sunt et generalem seruant accentuum rationem*, inter aduerbia 35 numerant, et tunc licet ea nominatiuo uel praeponi uel supponi, ut 'legit Cicero et ultra nihil fecit^'... 'Sine' tamen et 'absque' et 'tenus non inueni nisi cum ablatiuo et semper transitiue. . . Suum


8. .1. isairi niihahur &^ud supradicto 9. amaX dongaibter ^- 218a dobriathra 10. indiamrdn continued

1. iar miciniar 2. riam 3. arsate 4. sleidm P. 2l8b 5. inchuartaigthith 6. ocondal suidiu 7. osqMo

1. nibi hi comsvadignd 2. saindiles P. 219 a

1. pridkalde .i. aduerbium loco proeposiiiowis 2. anetarcerta P- 220a lagrecu 3. opersin dialaili 4. .i. graif foraib 5. .i. iar 35 riagoil chenelaig aiccend indobriathraib'^ amaA asiidliged aicend iwdd6riathraib olchene 6. .i. supponitwr hi'c ultra .i. indoll 7. nicumcat sidi beta iidobriathra^


8. i.e. therefore I do not give it with those above mentioned. 9. as P. 218a adverbs are diminished. continued

6. at the foriun. P. 218 b

1. (erga) is not in composition. 2. peculiar. p. 219a

2. their interpretations with the Greeks. 3. from (one) person P. 220 a to another. 4. i.e. the gi*ave accent on them. 5. i.e. according to the general rule of accents on adverbs as is the law of accents on other 45 adverbs. 7. these cannot be adverbs. [159] [160] [161] [162] [ 222 ]uero est aduerbiorum . . intrausitiue posse proferri et similiter omnibus adiungi^ ut 'non bonus homo ille est'.., sic et per reliquos casus, in quibus 'non' aduerbii causa nulla transitio fieri ostenditur^ At* si dicam 'coram Cicerone dixit Catilina^'...transitionem sine dubio facio diuersarum person arum^", id est ab alia ad aliam transeo 5 personam, quod suum est praepositionis.

Quae uero ex his possunt sine casibus^ uerbis adiungi^, etiam (II. p. 46) inter aduerbia ponunt, Sallustius uero in historiis aduerbium hoc [scil. super] protulit: 'ubi multa nefanda" casu super ausi atque passi.' Sed mihi uidetur Sallustius quoque loco praepositionis hoc postere*^ ro protulisse*... Idem Censorinus haec etiam subiungit*: "post' (11. p. 47) praepositio'. . .' Nee mirum, accentum uel ordinationem differentiam facere praepositionibus et aduerbiis", quamuis easdem habeant syllabas, cum hoc in aliis quoque partibus inueniatur, ut 'pone' uerbum et aduerbium sine praepositio accentu discemitur^. . . 15

'A' et 'ab' et 'abs' et 'e' et 'ex' eandem fere significationis uim habent ; nam et locales et temporales^ et ordinales'" similiter inueniuntur". Sed quando consonans sequitur, 'a' et 'e' magis praeponuntur et^^ in appositione... 'Abs' tam in compositione quam appositione consonantibus solet praeponi^.. 'E' autem in 10


8. centaii'mthecht persan 9. ni ddni dohriathar^ tairm- thechtas persan nindib ciadcomaltar doib 10. atd tairmthechtas persan hic .i. is sain indi asidrubart 7 indi /risaner'brath

1. intan rhhite cen tuisliu 2. ^tcowiasndis 3. .i. casu super ybsorfm 4. .i. uerba asheir sis 5. .i. iartain 6. .i. 25 cumscugud aiccind i uirdd dogni dechor randatath 7. .i. cum- scugud uirdd 7 aiccind 8. pone • graif for cechtar adasyllsib intan asremsuidigud 9. .i. ha6ent sensvm separationis de loco (uando seruiunt^ contra^ particijam 1 intain fongniat frianmman sluindite aimsir • ut de die de tempore • 10. Ordinales .i. p7-aepositiuae .^o semper ifogniatfri anman huirdd vt a prime reiiqua 11. .i. dogniat huili atredesin 12. .i. cid

1. etsi non ovcvmhus .i. partialis mci^ientihus a consonantibus i donaib comfogrichthib^ archuit tuisil -


8. without transition of persons. 9. an adverb does not cause 35 transition of persons in them, though it be added to them. 10. here there is a transition of persons, i.e. different are the person who has said it and the person to whom it has been said.

1. when they are without cases. 2. in apposition. 3. '^casu swjoer ' accordingly. 4. i.e. words that he says below. 5. i.e. 40 afterwards. 6. i.e. change of accent or order which makes a distinc- tion of part of speech. 7. i.e. change of order and accent. 8. put a grave accent on each of its two syllables when it is a preposition. 9. ...or when they are construed with nouns that signify time, as de die, de tempore.... 10. or they are construed with nouns of order, as a 45 primo etc. 11. i.e. they all do these three things.

1. ...or to the consonants as regards case. [163] [164] [165] [166] [167] [168] [169] [170] [ 223 ]compositione uel priuatiuum* est: 'eneruusV'enodus,' uel intentiuum', ut 'eaectus'... 'Ex' quoque . . . modo priuatiuum, ut 'explico exero*'... Deriuatur' autem ab eo quod est *ab, abs absque.' Nam 'que/ quando uim et^' significationem couiunctionis non habet, 5 syllaba est', non pai-s orationis', quomodo in 'ubique"... ("• P- *^)

...alii uero ad imitationem Graecorum, apud quos irpo^ piaepositio corripitur, nostros quoque in quorundam compositione hoc fecisse dicunt^ 'In' quoque loco inuenitu^^ ut 'pro testimonio dixit,' hoc est 'in testimonio.' ^- ^^^*

'Prae'... Pro 'ante' quoque accipitur, ut 'praedico^'... (n. p. 50)

'Cum' et aduerbium potest esse'*, quando to 'oirore' significat, et praepositio, quando avv, et est copolatiua'...et per solam apposi- tionem* inuenitur. Nee mirum', cum loco eius in compositione ("• P- ^^) semper 'con' praeponatur^. . . 'Cum"' praepositio quoque, quando i.s pronominibus postponitur primae uel secundae personae uel etiam 'seV quae est tertiae, enclitici nice fungitur...ut 'mecum, t^cum, secum'...aliis uero postposita acuitur", ut 'quocum^", quacum'...

...diminutionem, quae in praepositione nunquam inuenitur, in P- 2*22b aduerbio uero est ^ quando ^% ut 'bene: belle,' ' longe : longule'; sic ergo 2o ' clam : clanculuml' Deriuatur ex hoc etiam 'clandistinus^'

'Sine' autem etiam uerbum est imperatiuum*... (n. p. 52)

'Absque' quibusdam composita a praepositione 'abs' et 'que^' coniunctione uidetur, sed nunquam 'que®' coniuuctio in compositione


1. doopir sens indiuit 2. ueTuus .i. colmmene eneruus .i. P-22lb 25 enairt 3. .i. eiscsende t furbuide .i. seiis aidhligthe thechtas 4. assajiud 5. .. fortorviach 6. .i. ni comacomol hisuidiv 7. .i. in chnith nandrann insce acht is fortormach 8. ius innatimmoircne 9. arecar dano sensMS in • hi pr(5 •

1. .1. remiepvr 2. A. intainsin 3. A. ciall chomthinoil^-^^^^ 30 and 4. trechomasildeis 5. .i. ni machdath cid hi comasndis 6. arniad hi coTwsuidigud is con bis and innalucsom hi suidiu 7. ani as cum 8. cid do se 9. arisicomasndis attd 10. lasinnisin

1. diminutio la. .. alailitain 2. ind inidlednP-^^^^ 353. inidil 4. leic 5. <xs abs 7 as que*^ 6. as que


1. it takes away the sense of the simplex. 3. i.e. extensive "^ or ^* 221b perfected*, i.e. it has the sense of enhancement. 5. i.e. an addition. 6. i.e. it is not a conjunction thera 7. i.e. as que is not a part of speech, but an addition. 8. the rule of the shortening. 9. so 4° the meaning of in is found in pro.

2. i.e. then. 3. i.e. the sense of collection therein. 4. by P. 222 a apposition. 5. i.e. no wonder that it is in apposition. 6. for if cum be in composition 'tis con that is in its place herein. 8. even to 86. 9. for it is in apposition.

la. i,e. at some time. P. 222 b [171] [172] [173] [174] [175] [ 224 ]suam uim' amittit", ut 'atque, neque, quoque^.' Ergo quando amittat significationem^, syllabice magis adiecta uidetur. Est igitur . . deriuatio ab 'abs: absque^",' quomodo ab *unde: undique'..

' magnus poeta Virgilius fuit, magnus poeta Virgilius fuit^^'

,..'uter^'... Plautus in Poenulo:

Quid est ? cuiates estis^ ? aut quo ex oppido ?

Quamobrem igitur praepositae partes, id est interrogatiuae, uel nominatiuae fiunt^ uel aduerbiales, ostendimus.


7. annert his icomaccomol 8. amsd ata comsuidigthi sidi continued 9 ^g^^^ comaccomciU 10. ani as absque

1. ni rdid chene

1. • ciade 2. can duibsi

1. . cairhe hiit" 7. the force that is in a conjunction. 8. as these are compounds. 9. the force of a conjunction.

1. it is not easy besides.

2. whence are ye?

1. why they are. [176] [177] [178]

Notes
  1. MS. et et
  2. cf. Sg. 204» 4
  3. s under the line
  4. here no seems to have been written by mistake, and it is omitted in the transla- tion, cf. Ml. 87" 17
  5. om. MS.
  6. leg. primitini
  7. MS. possessiuorum
  8. Compare cennadart fona fertaih into, Windiscb, Worterb. 419
  9. MS. atrebtar, with an aspiration-mark over the second a
  10. MS. eafJMOs
  11. MS. efiaos
  12. for disruthaigeddar
  13. leg. cum retransitiue
  14. om. MS.
  15. In fo-r-ror-congrad the first r is the assimilated n of the relative: as to the ror see vol. I. p. 567, note a, and Celt. Zeitschr. iii. 471
  16. dese: MS. de
  17. even as, W.S. hinunn 7 = idem atqae, Windisch.
  18. om. MS.
  19. om. MS.
  20. MS. €/j.ai • (Tov • i-ov • eXXou • ffov • hov • efirjae • he •
  21. for the construction cf. Ml. 59"» 7, 85"» 10
  22. at
    • MS. intarcud
  23. MS. meae aiae
  24. in Sticho om. MS.
  25. the subject of the dependent clause is put by anticipation in the genitive after the verbal noun
  26. the Latin word inflected as Irish; bn = mn
  27. the absolute form of mo, (as di of a), which occurs also in Sg. 209' 7 and, with the suffix -se, in Wb. l*" 3. So in Adamnan's prayer, LU. 28", mui mo chelmaine is glossed by isi mo chelmaine dam, and in Amra Senain, the blind author says: moai mo rose .i. rop lim mo radarc. Cf. further is and nadbi mui na tdi 'there there is neither 'mine' nor 'thine," LU. 131 I, 31
  28. der rand vollig abgerieben und nicht mehr zu lesen, Thurneysen
  29. MS. communes li
  30. MS. omnibus
  31. leg, iihed
  32. d of. KZ. XXXV. 339
  33. the Latin word inflected as Irish
  34. MS. sinaresim
  35. cf. above p. 50, note b
  36. the second c over the line
  37. leg. cenmithd (cf. Sg. 202« 1)
  38. MS. -aimnid
  39. om. MS.
  40. recte et fortassis
  41. MS. cobadair
  42. MS. cremina
  43. recte parseris
  44. the n oifrian is superscribed and blotted : sehr verwischt, Thurneysen
  45. MS. isaidi, with punctum delens over the second i
  46. MS. tahessi with r written over a
  47. om. MS.
  48. MS. omnia nomina cum pronominibus quae
  49. MS. singuralem
  50. before h's is the siglum for eius, with puncta delentia above and below.
  51. am obern rand mit verweisungszeichen ; die obere zeile ist vom bucbbinder grosstentheils weggeschnitten oder beschnitten, Thurneysen
  52. MS. copos; the mark for m may have been cat off by the bookbinder
  53. i. cas* over quos
  54. added on margin by the same hand
  55. leg. sauium
  56. ndi ? cf. Sg. 198* 16
  57. the r is under the line : for v Thurneysen reads i
  58. MS. OY
  59. MS. AATiNOr
  60. MS. hOY
  61. MS. hoc
  62. cf. nisnarroetmami sidi Sg. 16» 8, further Wb. 31» 9, Ml. 44» 14, 44*» 10, 11
  63. cf. Sg. 7*>1, with note
  64. MS. tam
  65. MS. accentum
  66. MS. accuntur
  67. MS. id est in rasura
  68. MS. tabur, with aspiration-mark over t
  69. cf. Ml. 129* 2»
  70. MS. /jxfxoXvixTivos
  71. the aspiration is due to the infixed neater pronoun
  72. rectius comsuidigthe
  73. MS. aran rt Cf. Wb. 9' 10 and 12^25
  74. MS. add. est
  75. MS. adcomaltal
  76. MS. orchoTONO/weNak
  77. MS. aixaov • afiaov • afie
  78. e&YTON
  79. MS. eAMACAYCOMAY
  80. MS. M&YTON
  81. MS. eavTov
  82. coined to express ab-soluta
  83. cf. innani as deg rochreitset Wb. 31* 6, and KZ. xxxv. 351
  84. leg. graeciae
  85. MS. efiaov et efia aov et creavrov accipiantur
  86. MS. Hoy
  87. om. MS.
  88. MS. cesad
  89. .i. iiber accipiantwr, das in der ersten zeile der seite steht, glosse : .i. c ; weiter oben am rande ohne verweisungszeichen : i si etc., Thur- neysen
  90. The aspiration is strange. Is it due to camaiph?
  91. MS. no bia
  92. rectius alaill
  93. MS. ore with va written over 6.
  94. MS. o, which Ascoli prints as if it were Greek or Latin
  95. leg. intellegatnr
  96. leg. possessluis
  97. leg. Ipsns
  98. a corrupt text is explained
  99. here, as in ar-rind sin Sg. 70" 7, ar is the nom. sg. of the neut. article, n being assimilated to the following r
  100. in the MS. dr and doneprennet are separated by a Latin gloss .i. persona over actiua
  101. cf. KZ. xxxv. 339
  102. MS. positionem
  103. MS. efjuxirov
  104. MS. cesta
  105. this gloss is on the margin of p. 209»
  106. leg. nihe?
  107. leg. cumachtaigther, cf. Sg. 39" 2, Ml. 28» 12
  108. MS. indsliucht: cf. co Idni innt'sliuchto, Sg. 26*9
  109. for the construction, cf. Sg. 7" 1 with note
  110. svdet qui legat difficilis ista pagina
  111. caue is written above the gloss, in particular over mabeith
  112. om. MS.
  113. cf. Ml. Ib^ 10
  114. MS. et
  115. om. MS.
  116. leg. cetavau» ? J.S.
  117. leg. praepoeita
  118. a mark of length over min is very doubtful, Windisch, Thurneysen
  119. cf. iarmindedenach Ml. 29» 7
  120. MS. praepositiuae
  121. MS. nisi cum declinabilibus his
  122. leg. praepositiones uero non coniungunt, Hertz
  123. in full innahi scribtae
  124. sic ; doch scheint mir moglich, dass das zwischen remsuidig'" und g^intan stehende dechor, das genau iiber differentia steht, eine vorher eingetragene glosse ist, die also nur zufallig die iiber die ganze zeile geschriebeiie glosse 212* 13 trennt, Thurneysen
  125. these words are from a sentence of Priscian's a little further on: coniunctio praeponitur etiam carentibus casu per appositionem solam, cum contra praepositio per compositionem dumtaxat potest illis praeponi
  126. MS. Tw5e
  127. ova. MS.
  128. MS. iii"
  129. leg. Emathiam
  130. cf. atait .i. suut afrithindleach latinda BB. SI?** 6, Windisch Wb. s.v. frisindlim, frisindle in coin cona dib Ufmaib LU. 60^88, frisindle chaindell, Cormac s.v. Uthech
  131. ar remsuidigud
  132. MS. incomsnig"
  133. cf. Sg. 95» 2
  134. cf. Sg. 158» 3, 4, 159» 3, 197» 4
  135. MS. proferatur
  136. leg. ponitur
  137. MS. hiforciun
  138. an artificial adverbial formation from cen
  139. MS. indibsem
  140. MS. foraith
  141. i.e. wben super implies recollection. Ascoli wrongly prints semper
  142. om. MS.
  143. MS. eXivi(r/io
  144. om. MS.
  145. MS. interectionum
  146. MS. irXTjaws TrapanXeffus
  147. leg. licet
  148. MS. possidentur
  149. MS. ualeamus
  150. MS. philophi
  151. in Ml. cierniu 47'^!, ciaenieo 101*4
  152. Ascoli, Gloss xlvii, would correct into dechomadasaigthe ; but do-choviadasaigthe is an artificial word made to represent ac-commodatus, the mark over do here indicating stress, not length
  153. i parentes » MS. potentes
  154. the glossator mistook Aids for the Latin deos
  155. this may be the beginning of a separate gloss on translationem, Thurneysen
  156. 14 and 15 may form one gloss, Thurneysen
  157. rectius echtarrecht
  158. cf. Vol. i. 599 note f
  159. MS. dobre"
  160. cf. iarmiciniar (gl. antea) Ml. 18 10
  161. MS. indohre^
  162. MS. dolrreth"
  163. MS. aut
  164. MS. cantilena
  165. MS. nefandae
  166. leg. praepostere
  167. MS. dofere"
  168. the n over the line
  169. =Ir. intain fongniat fri
  170. MS. comogrich
  171. MS. diriaantur
  172. om. MS.
  173. MS. q.
  174. cf . eiscsin Sg. 201" 16, escse Ml. 65» 4, escsiu 65» 5
  175. cf. forbaidi Ml. 110" .3
  176. MS. amittat
  177. magnus poeta ir^ fuit • ni reid chene MS. magiius poeta uirgilius fuit • iuuenalis in • 11 •
  178. leg. ciaimeo 6nt = quamobrem fiunt, cf. Sg. 217*5? J.S.